installation guide acs substation - danfoss...

28
Installation Guide ACS Substation 1 Danfoss District Energy VI.GE.K2.02 DEN-SMT/FI 1.0 Content ................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 1 2.0 Safety notes ............................................................................................................................................................................................................................. 2 3.0 System overview .................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 2 3.1 General about district heating substations ............................................................................................................................................................. 2 3.2 ACS Substation................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 2 3.3 ACS - example circuit diagram ..................................................................................................................................................................................... 3 3.4 Electrical circuit diagrams .............................................................................................................................................................................................. 4 4.0 Visible components in the substation ............................................................................................................................................................................ 8 5.0 Installation and start-up - Step by step .......................................................................................................................................................................... 8 5.1 Removing the cover panels ........................................................................................................................................................................................... 8 5.2 Protective cardboard cover........................................................................................................................................................................................... 9 5.3 Removing the substation from the pallet................................................................................................................................................................ 9 5.4 Moving substation to the installation place ........................................................................................................................................................... 9 5.5 Installation place............................................................................................................................................................................................................ 10 5.6 Height adjustment ........................................................................................................................................................................................................ 11 5.7 Pipe connections ........................................................................................................................................................................................................... 11 5.7.1 Connection directions ..................................................................................................................................................................................... 11 5.7.2 Dimensions for the pipe connections ......................................................................................................................................................... 12 5.8 Electrification .................................................................................................................................................................................................................. 13 5.9 Controller settings ......................................................................................................................................................................................................... 13 5.9.1 Controller display and symbols ..................................................................................................................................................................... 14 5.9.2 Operating the controller .................................................................................................................................................................................. 14 5.9.3 Setting the date and time................................................................................................................................................................................ 15 5.9.4 Setting the heat curve ...................................................................................................................................................................................... 16 5.9.5 Setting up limitations for flow temperature ............................................................................................................................................. 17 5.9.6 Manual control .................................................................................................................................................................................................... 18 5.9.7 Commissioning with one circuit ................................................................................................................................................................... 19 5.9.8 Sensor displays .................................................................................................................................................................................................... 20 5.9.9 Alarm ....................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 20 5.9.10 Changing the favourite display for the user ........................................................................................................................................... 22 5.9.11 Setting the room temperature .................................................................................................................................................................... 22 5.9.12 Setting domestic hot water temperature ............................................................................................................................................... 22 5.10 Basic parameters, factory settings .......................................................................................................................................................................... 23 5.11 Start-up ............................................................................................................................................................................................................................ 24 6.0 Trouble shooting ................................................................................................................................................................................................................. 24 Declaration of conformity ....................................................................................................................................................................................................... 26 General warranty conditions .................................................................................................................................................................................................. 28 1.0 Content

Upload: doanphuc

Post on 19-Feb-2018

223 views

Category:

Documents


0 download

TRANSCRIPT

Page 1: Installation Guide ACS Substation - Danfoss Heatingheating.danfoss.com/PCMPDF/VIGEK202_ACS_Inst_Guide.pdf · 5.9.6 Manual control ... DRAWING NO HE pump alarm. Installation Guide

Installation Guide

ACS Substation

1Danfoss District Energy VIGEK202 DEN-SMTFI

10 Content 120 Safety notes 230 System overview 2

31 General about district heating substations 232 ACS Substation 233 ACS - example circuit diagram 334 Electrical circuit diagrams 4

40 Visible components in the substation 850 Installation and start-up - Step by step 8

51 Removing the cover panels 852 Protective cardboard cover 953 Removing the substation from the pallet 954 Moving substation to the installation place 955 Installation place 1056 Height adjustment 1157 Pipe connections 11

571 Connection directions 11572 Dimensions for the pipe connections 12

58 Electrification 1359 Controller settings 13

591 Controller display and symbols 14592 Operating the controller 14593 Setting the date and time 15594 Setting the heat curve 16595 Setting up limitations for flow temperature 17596 Manual control 18597 Commissioning with one circuit 19598 Sensor displays 20599 Alarm 205910 Changing the favourite display for the user 225911 Setting the room temperature 225912 Setting domestic hot water temperature 22

510 Basic parameters factory settings 23511 Start-up 24

60 Trouble shooting 24Declaration of conformity 26General warranty conditions 28

10 Content

Installation Guide ACS Substation

2 DEN-SMTFI VIGEK202 Danfoss District Energy

20 Safety notes

Read the instructions carefully before installation and start-up of the substation Danfoss does not bear responsibility for whichever damages of device which have not been mounted or stored in accordance with following instructions

To avoid injury of persons and damages to the device it is abso-lutely necessary to carefully read and observe these instructions

Necessary assembly start-up and maintenance work must be performed only by qualified and authorized personnel

Warning of hot surfaceThe substation has got hot surfaces which can cause skin burns Please be extremely cautious in close proximity of the substa-tion

Warning of high pressure and temperatureThe maximum temperature and pressure always have to be checked on the product data label attached to the productBe aware of the installationrsquos permissible system pressure and temperature The risk of persons getting injured and equipment being damaged increases considerably if the recommended permissible operating parameters are exceeded

The substation installation is equipped with safety valves which must always be mounted in accordance with local regulations

Warning of transportation damagePrior to installing substation please make sure that the substa-tion has not been damaged during transportation Be extreme-ly careful when lifting or moving big and heavy substation

30 System overview

31 General about district heating substations

The heating system of the property is connected to the district heating network with the substation Hot district heating water in the district heating network runs through the heat exchangers in the substation District heating water does not enter the internal network just heat is transferred through the heat exchanger The substation distributes heat into the heating and domestic hot water circuits

All substation functions are controlled with an electronic con-troller The outdoor temperature is measured and the controller adjusts the flow temperature to keep the room and domestic hot water temperatures in the desired level With the controller you can change the property related settings (eg heating curve temperature limits) check the temperatures change the settings create schedules etc

32 ACS Substation

Up to a certain point ACS substation is standardized The final se-lection of components and the dimensioning of the heat exchang-ers is done based on the requirements given by the customer This Installation Guide includes general instructions The more detailed information of the order can be found in the product related documentation

District heating energy plant

Hot district heating water

Cool district heating water

District heating customer

Domestic hot water

Heating

Picture Energiateollisuus ry

Installation Guide ACS Substation

33Danfoss District Energy VIGEK202 DEN-SMTFI

33 ACS - example circuit diagram

- 2 circuits circuit diagram exampleAfter heating connection domestic hot water and heating

25

15

15

1528

64

467 627

27 27

26

5 78

1665

1166 18

27

27

18

13

13

12

7 612

3030

2929 77 46

7

7

25a

TE1A

TV1

TV2

TE1B

LS1 LS2

TE2C

TE2B

TE2A

P2

P1

PSPE2

7

SUMMER SHUT-OFF

Temperatures and alarms on the controller display

Limit of the prefabricated substation

Options

1 Plate heat exchanger HE 2 Plate heat exchanger DHW5 Strainer6 Non-return valve7 Ball valve8 Circulation pump HE11 Safety valve HE12 Safety valve DHW13 Thermometer15 Manometer16 Expansion vessel18 Drain valve25 Electronic Controller 25a Pump control bow26 Outdoor temperature sensor27 Temperature sensor28 Pressure sensor29 Actuator30 Control valve46 Balancing valve64 Circulation pump DHW65 Service valve66 Filling valve

Installation Guide ACS Substation

4 DEN-SMTFI VIGEK202 Danfoss District Energy

34 Electrical circuit diagrams

ACS with ECL controller

DATE

DESIG

NER

PAG

E

WO

RK NO

DRAW

ING

NO

HE pump alarm

Installation Guide ACS Substation

55Danfoss District Energy VIGEK202 DEN-SMTFI

DATE

DESIG

NER

PAG

E

WO

RK NO

DRAW

ING

NO

34 Electrical circuit diagrams

ACS with ECL controller

Installation Guide ACS Substation

6 DEN-SMTFI VIGEK202 Danfoss District Energy

DATE

DESIG

NER

PAG

E

WO

RK NO

DRAW

ING

NO

34 Electrical circuit diagrams

ACS without controller

Installation Guide ACS Substation

77Danfoss District Energy VIGEK202 DEN-SMTFI

DATE

DESIG

NER

PAG

E

WO

RK NO

DRAW

ING

NO

AU

TOM

ATION

DIA

GRA

M

34 Electrical circuit diagrams

ACS without controller

Installation Guide ACS Substation

8 DEN-SMTFI VIGEK202 Danfoss District Energy

40 Visible components in the substation

1 All substation functions are controlled and the operational values are observed with the electronic controller

2 Dial navigation in the menus and changes in the operating values by following the controller display

3 Display all settings temperature information and mode are found on the graphical display Navigation in the menus and changes in the settings are done following the display

4 With the installation feet you can adjust the substation posi-tion directly and on the correct height The adjustments can be done up to 6 cm

5 Connections to district heating heating and domestic hot water networks

6 The cover panels protect the components in the substation and add user safety When installing or servicing the cover panels have to be removed

50 Installation and start-up - Step by step

51 Removing the cover panels

The cover panels have to be removed before moving the substa-tion to the installation place and installing it

The panels are removed by lifting them up1 First remove the white panels from the front and back2 After that lift the grey panels

The cover panels can be placed back on the substation when the substation is installed and ready for use The panels are placed back in the opposite order when compared with taking them away

1

4

5

6

23

112

2

Installation Guide ACS Substation

99Danfoss District Energy VIGEK202 DEN-SMTFI

52 Protective cardboard cover

Leave the cardboard cover on top of the substation during moving and installation

53 Removing the substation from the pallet

The substation is screwed on the pallet with the attaching feet Take off the screws pointed with arrows in the picture

54 Moving substation to the installation place

ACS substation can be moved to the installation place using sev-eral different ways depending on the installation place and how to get therePlan the most convenient route to the installation place Be aware not to break floor and wall surfaces stairs doorposts etcThe substation includes delicate components

Do not hurt yourself or damage the substation when lifting it

1 Moving with a pallet truck

Installation Guide ACS Substation

10 DEN-SMTFI VIGEK202 Danfoss District Energy

2 Lifting with a crane It is possible to screw up lifting eyes in the top corners after remov-ing detachable metal round pieces from the roof This way substa-tion can be lifted up by using straps

55 Installation place

The installation place and the pipe connections for ACS substation can be planned in beforehand due to standardized sizing

The upwards oriented connections enable installation eg close to the wall Since the hot surfaces are hidden underneath the cover it is possible to use the boiler room also for some other activities

Installation Guide ACS Substation

1111Danfoss District Energy VIGEK202 DEN-SMTFI

56 Height adjustmentAdjust the substation straight horizontally and on the desired height with the help of the installation feet By turning the adjust-ment feet you can make up to 6 cm adjustments

57 Pipe connectionsThe substation is connected to the district heating network heat-ing domestic hot water and circulation networks in the building according to the connections and flow directions in the drawing

The pipes equipped with the couplings are to be detached and welded somewhere else but above the substation

The pipes must be mounted so that the strain caused by eg ther-mal expansion does not harm the sustation The pipes must be equipped with brackets in order to prevent any torsional stress

The connection to the district heating network can be done only by a qualified installer accepted by the district heating distributor

Prior to installation all pipes and connections have to be cleaned and rinsed

571 Connection directions

1 District heating supply2 District heating return3 Heating supply4 Heating return5 Cold water6 Domestic hot water7 Domestic hot water circulation

After cooling connectionAfter cooling connection

Direct return connection

5 6 7 2 1

4 3

Direct connection

After cooling connection

Direct return connection

56 7 2 1

4 3

Installation Guide ACS Substation

12 DEN-SMTFI VIGEK202 Danfoss District Energy

572 Dimensions for the pipe connections

The pipe connections are standardized and their places differ ac-cording to required capacity and the size of the substation

In the after cooling connection both cold water and district heat-ing return connection places are dependable on the size of the required heat exchanger The dimensions settle within the dimen-sions given in the dimensional pictures

0 300-420 550 720 880-1000 1240 13500

100

460

250 4700

After cooling connection 1350 mm blockAfter cooling connection 1090 mm block

Direct connection DN32

90100

120

460

740

0 240 470 560 730 890 1080 1190 13500

90100

120

460

740

0

150 3000

0 330 490 640 860 950 1090

Direct connection DN50

330 490 640 850 960 10900

90120

460

740

0

1500 300

Direct connection DN65

0 220-280 400 560 650-710 920 1090

100

460

220 370

Installation Guide ACS Substation

1313Danfoss District Energy VIGEK202 DEN-SMTFI

58 Electrification

Since the internal electrical connections are factory made it is not mandatory to use an electrician to connect the substation The contact plug is the main electrical switch in the substation

The outdoor temperature sensor is to be installed on the north side of the property at app 3 m height where the outdoor tem-perature can be measured There should be no ventilation window at the close proximity to the measuring point The other end of the outdoor temperature sensor cable is to be connected into the con-trol box When connecting outdoor temperature sensor make sure to remove the substation contact plug

In case the length of the outdoor temperature sensor cable is not long enough for your property it is remmendable to change the whole cable This way extra joints are avoided The minimum area for the cable is 04 mm2 and the maximum length is 125 m If you choose to use the extra joint inspite of recommendation protect the jointing sleeve with the shrink cable

Stick the contact plug into the wall socket fitted with a 10A220V fuse

Wait for 10 s turn the circulation pumps P1 (DHW) and P2 (HE) on by pressing the operating switches

Do not run the pumps without water

59 Controller settings

DescriptionThe ECL Comfort electronic weather compensated temperature controllers are for use in district heating central heating and cool-ing systems

Energy savings are facilitated by weather compensation adjust-ment of temperature according to schedule optimization as well as limitation of return temperature flow and power Functionalities such as data logging and alarm functions are implemented in the controller

Property specific controller settingsThere are some property related settings which are to be done before starting up the substation A complete controller instruc-tion is included and the most important details are also enclosed in this Installation Guide

20 m

20 m

Installation Guide ACS Substation

14 DEN-SMTFI VIGEK202 Danfoss District Energy

591 Controller display and symbols

592 Operating the controller

The graphical monochrome display shows all temperature val-ues status information and is used for the setting of control pa-rameters Navigation browsing and selecting is done by means of the dial You can navigate in the menus and change the values by turning the dial left or right and pushing to confirm

When a rectangle appears around the value or symbol it is pos-sible to do changes by turning the dial left or right

You can always get back to your favourite display by going to the top of the display and turning the dial so many times that ldquoHomerdquo appears If the dial has not been activated the controller will after 20 min revert to the favourite display

Favourite display for the user

Symbol Description

Tempera-tures

Outdoor temperature

Room temperature

DHW temperature

Position indicator

Mode

Scheduled operation

Comfort mode

Saving mode

Frost protection mode

Manual mode

Circuits

Heating

DHW

Common controller

Control-led com-ponents

Pump ON

Pumppu OFF

Actuator opens

Actuator closes

Alarm

Display selector

Favourite display for the installer

1 = Heating circuit = DHW circuit = Common controller

Mode

= Manual mode

= Scheduled operation

= Comfort mode

= Saving mode

= Frost protection modeMenus with

values and settings

Position indicator for

navigation

Display selection

State of components

System pressure

Primary return temperature

actual and desired

Flow temperatureactual and desired

Return temperature actual

1 = Heating circuit = DHW circuit = Common controller

Mode

= Scheduled operation

= Comfort mode

= Saving mode

= Frost protection modeDesired room temperature

Date

Outdoor temperature

Time

Schedule

Menus with values and settings Position indicator

for navigation

Display selection

Installation Guide ACS Substation

1515Danfoss District Energy VIGEK202 DEN-SMTFI

593 Setting the date and time

Set correct date and time in the controller

Setting done as with the hours

Setting the date same way as time

Getting out of the menu

Installation Guide ACS Substation

16 DEN-SMTFI VIGEK202 Danfoss District Energy

594 Setting the heat curve

Due to different heat masses heating system insulation dimen-sions etc it might be necessary to change the heat curve

Set the heat curve always according to HEVAC plans (functioning temperature of the heating circuit) There you can find desired flow temperatures for different outdoor temperatures

10

20

30

40

50

60

70

80

90

100

110

120

130

140

150

-40 -30 -20 -10 0 10 20 30 [oC]

[oC]

10

14

06

02

18

22 30 3526 40

01

0304

Factory setting the heat curve Example heat curve for the floor-heating system

Factory setting is a typical heat curve for radiator heating about 10

Outdoor temperature

degC

Flow temperature

degC

Visible on the display

-30 75 (-3075)-15 60 (-1560)-5 50 (-550)0 45 (045)5 40 (540)

15 28 (1528)

The heat curve typically used with floor-heat-ing about 04

Outdoor temperature

degC

Flow temperature

degC

Visible on the display

-30 45 (-3045)-15 38 (-1538)-5 34 (-534)0 31 (031)5 28 (528)

15 22 (522)

Changes in the heat curve point by point

Set the desired temperature

Move to the following points

Setting same way as with the previous point

Installation Guide ACS Substation

1717Danfoss District Energy VIGEK202 DEN-SMTFI

Saving the new curve Getting out of the menu

595 Setting up limitations for flow temperature

The flow temperature maximum limitation prevents too hot water from going into the heating circuit eg in the floor-heating system

When taking floor-heating system into use for the first time the max limitation for flow temperature can be set eg at 27degC The limitation temperature cuts off the heat curve when the tempera-ture reaches the limitLater on after the concrete slab has dried the flow temperature limitation can be raised to 45degC which is typically used in the floor-heating system

Typical max limitation in the radiator heating circuit is 90degC

Typical flow temperature limitations in different heating systems

Flow temperature

min degC max degC

Radiator heating 20 90When taking floor-heating system into use for the first time (drying up concrete slab)

20 27

Floor-heating 20 45

Setting the flow temperature max limitation

Typical flow temperature max limitation floor-heating 45degC

Setting the flow temperature min limitation

Typical flow temperature max limitation radiator heating 90degC

The heat curve display by fol-lowing the intructions in ldquo594 Setting the heat curverdquo

Installation Guide ACS Substation

18 DEN-SMTFI VIGEK202 Danfoss District Energy

Typical flow temperature max limitation When taking floor-heating system into use for the first time (drying up concrete slab) 27degC

Example display of the heat curve limiting temperature floor-heating heat curve flow temp max limitation 27degC

Getting out of the menu

The heat curve display by fol-lowing the intructions in ldquo594 Setting the heat curverdquo

Getting out of the menu

Typical flow temperature min limitation is 20degC

596 Manual control

Manual control is typically used when installing or servicing The controlled components valve pump etc can be controlled for correct function

Do not leave the controller in ldquoManual controlrdquo mode after finishing maintenance or service work The normal mode is ldquoComfort moderdquo or when using schedules ldquoScheduled operationrdquo

The valve is open

Installation Guide ACS Substation

1919Danfoss District Energy VIGEK202 DEN-SMTFI

The valve is closed

Getting away

Changing back to Comfort mode

597 Commissioning with one circuit

When commissioning the substation it might be necessary to close a circuit eg DHW circuit The circuit in question can be closed by forcing the control valve to close downThe pump has to be stopped with an operating switch

M1 P1 DHW circuit control valve and circulation pump

M2 P2 Heating circuit control valve and circulation pump

A1 Alarm relay

An example DHW circuit control valve close down

The valve is forced to close down

STOP leaves the valve in closed position

Getting out of the menu

Installation Guide ACS Substation

20 DEN-SMTFI VIGEK202 Danfoss District Energy

598 Sensor displays

Temperature and pressure information can be read on the con-troller display

All values can be found by going down the list

Getting out of the menu

599 Alarm

Alarm functions in the controller pressure alarm pump alarm and maximum temperature alarm (temperature limiting thermo-static function) As a sign of an alarm symbol appears on the display

Alarm overview shows which alarm is in question

Installation Guide ACS Substation

2121Danfoss District Energy VIGEK202 DEN-SMTFI

Pressure alarm

Max and min limitations (Alarm high Alarm low) have to adapted to the building Low X and high X values have been set based on the pressure transmitter included Do not change

Pump alarm The alarm disap-pears from the display when the pump is working again

Alarm value1=open contact (eg Wilo)0= closing contact (eg Grund-fos)

Max temperature limitation (temperature limiting thermo-static function)

Max temperature limitation can be used eg in floor-heating system as a temperature limiting thermostatic function

Getting out of the menu

In a floor-heating system the maximum temperature limita-tion can be set at 50degC

Installation Guide ACS Substation

22 DEN-SMTFI VIGEK202 Danfoss District Energy

5910 Changing the favourite display for the user

After having done the installation settings it is recommendable to change the favourite display to fit the userrsquos needs

5911 Setting the room temperature

The setting of the desired room temperature is important even if the room temperature sensor is not connected It has an effect on the temperature in your property

5912 Setting domestic hot water temperature

Changing the circuit

Installation Guide ACS Substation

2323Danfoss District Energy VIGEK202 DEN-SMTFI

Changing the desired tempera-ture Getting out of the menu

510 Basic parameters factory settings

Heating circuit

Setting Factory set-ting

Own setting Comment

Room temperature and setback temp 20 degC 16 degC

Heat curve 10 Note In a floor-heating system the typical setting is 04

Limit for heating cut-out 18 degC

Flow temperature min 20 degC

Flow temperature max 90 degC Note In a floor-heating system change the max temp to 45 degC

Proportional band Xp 85 K

Integration time constant Tn 25 s

Running time of the motorized con-trol valve

120 s

Neutral zone Nz 2 K

Pressure alarm limit max 23

Pressure alarm limit min 08

Pressure alarm timeout 30 s

Pump alarm alarm value 1 1= open contact (eg Wilo)0= closing contact (eg Grundfos)

Pump alarm timeout 20 s

Max flow temperature limitation alarm (temperature limiting thermostatic function)

90 degC Note In a floor-heating system change to 50 degC

Max flow temperature limitation alarm timeout ΔTALARM

60 s

DHW circuit Setting Factory set-

tingOwn setting Comment

DHW temperature and setback temp 58 degC 55 degC

Flow temperature min 45 degC

Flow temperature max 65 degC

Proportional band Xp 9 K

Integration time constant Tn 13 s

Running time of the motorized control valve

15 s

Neutral zone Nz 3 K

Installation Guide ACS Substation

24 DEN-SMTFI VIGEK202 Danfoss District Energy

Problems Heating

Room temperature is too lowie flow temperature is too low

Disruption in the district heating distribution

Get in contact with the district heating distributor

The filter is cloggedGet in contact with the district heating distributor or with local Danfoss Sales Company

The heat curve is not correct Check the heat curve settings

Failure in the heating circuit controls Get in contact with local Danfoss Sales Company

The circulation pump has stopped Turn the pump on check eg heat relay

Pressure in the heating circuit is too low Add water through the filling valve Write down the filling date

Air in the heating circuit Remove air from the radiators add water if necessary

Fouling in the heat exchanger Get in contact with local Danfoss Sales Company

The radiator thermostat is stuck or broken Get in contact with the installer

The control valve is stuck Get in contact with local Danfoss Sales Company

Room temperature is too highie flow temperature is too high

The heat curve is not correct Check the heat curve settings

The controller in the heating circuit is brokenGet in contact with local Danfoss Sales Company

The control valve stays openclosed

511 Start-up

Check following point before start-up

Check points before start-up

Pipes are connected according to the designsDrainage valves are closedThe temperature for the domestic hot water is set to +58˚CThe outdoor temperature sensor is installed and connectedController settingsConnections are tightenedFunction of the safety valves is checked

Fill the substation with flow media and raise the pressure slowly to working pressure When starting up the substation it should be air vented The shut-off valve in the primary side on the return side is opened and the shut-off valve on the supply side is closed Air comes out by open-ing the air vent valveAfter that the operation of the substation must be observed If the substation operates according to designed parameters it can be taken into continuous use

Check points after start-up

Check temperaturesCheck pressuresThermal expansionOperation of the pumpsFlow directionsOperation of the controls

All Danfoss heat exchangers and substations have been pres-sure tested according to PED 9723EC (module H)

Make sure to give operating instructions to the users of the substation

60 Trouble shooting

Installation Guide ACS Substation

2525Danfoss District Energy VIGEK202 DEN-SMTFI

60 Trouble shooting

Problems Domestic hot water (DHW)

DHW smells bad or is coloured DHW heat exchanger has an internal leakage

Get in contact with local Danfoss Sales Company

Temperature of DHW varies more than usual

DHW control does not work or the control valve is broken

DHW control valve is too big for the existing conditions

Inadequate DHW circulation Get in contact with the installer

The filter is clogged Get in contact with the district heating distributor

The pressure difference is too bigGet in contact with local Danfoss Sales Company

Trash in the control valve

Other situations

The pump sounds strangeAir lock in the pump Stop the pump for a moment to remove the

air lock

The bearing in the pump is brokenGet in contact with the district heating distributor

The control valve has a strong whistling sound

The control valve is broken

Pressure difference is too big in the district heating network

Get in contact with the district heating distributor

Water leaks on the floor in the boiler room or the heat exchanger insulation is wet The heat exchanger has an external leakage

Get in contact with the district heating distributor andor local Danfoss Sales Company

The pressure or the temperature of district heating water differs significantly from the normal

Disruption in the district heating distribution Get in contact with the district heating distributor

The outdoor temperature is not visible on the display

The outdoor temperature sensor has been connected to the substation with the power on

Pull the substation contact plug out and reconnect it

Heating control does not work

The controller is let in rdquoManual controlrdquo mode

Set the controller to rdquoComfort moderdquo or rdquoScheduled operation moderdquo

The controller sensor or motorized control valve is broken Get in contact with local Danfoss Sales

CompanyThe control valve stays openclosed

Water in the heating circuit increases and excess water comes out through the safety valve for the expansion vessel

The heat exchanger has an internal leakageGet in contact with the district heating distributor andor with local Danfoss Sales Company

The filling valve in the heating circuit leaks into the heating circuit

Get in contact with local Danfoss Sales Company

Pressure in the heating circuit is too low The heating circuit has too little water or the ciruit has a leakage

Add water into the circuit through the filling valve Write down the filling date If this happens often get in contact with local Danfoss Sales Company

The return temperature in the heating circuit is high

The difference between district heating and heating circuit return temperatures is big

Get in contact with local Danfoss Sales Company

Installation Guide ACS Substation

26 DEN-SMTFI VIGEK202 Danfoss District Energy

Declaration of conformityPressure equip

ment in accordance w

ith the sound engineering practice

(Directive 9723EC

Article 33)

Pressure equipm

ent in hazard category I (D

irective 9723EC A

rticle 9)

Installation Guide ACS Substation

2727Danfoss District Energy VIGEK202 DEN-SMTFI

Declaration of conformity

Disposal instructionThis product should be dismantled and its components sorted if possible in various groups before recycling or disposal Always follow the local disposal regulations

Pressure equipm

ent in hazard category II - III (D

irective 9723EC A

rticle 9)

Installation Guide ACS Substation

Danfoss can accept no responsibility for possible errors in catalogues brochures and other printed material Danfoss reserves the right to alter its products without notice This also applies to products already on order provided that such alterations can be made without subsequential changes being necessary in specications already agreedAll trademarks in this material are property of the respective companies Danfoss and the Danfoss logotype are trademarks of Danfoss AS All rights reserved

Produced by Danfoss AS copy 072010

Oy Danfoss Ab middot Danfoss LPM middot Box 19 middot 79101 Leppaumlvirta middot FinlandPhone +358 403 092 200 middot Fax +358 403 092 281 middot salesdanfosscom middot wwwdanfosscom middot wwwlpmdanfossfi

General warranty conditions

1) Scope of application and warranty provider This warranty shall apply to Danfoss LPM heating substations and heat exchangers that are supplied by Oy Danfoss Ab for district heating use

2) Warranty periodThis warranty shall be in force as follows- Heating substation components 12 months from the initialization or 18 months from the delivery date

whichever period concludes earlier- Pipework parts and connectors 12 months from the initialization or 18 months from the delivery date whichever

period concludes earlier- Heat exchangers 12 months from the initialization or 18 months from the delivery date whichever period

concludes earlierA change of ownership causing transfer of goods for continued use will not terminate this warranty Product which has been repaired or replaced is not granted the new or extended warranty

3) Scope of warrantyThe guarantee covers the new component but not the costs for the assembly of the component Oy Danfoss Ab shall not be responsible for faults in cases where as can be proven the goodrsquos deteriorated quality or non-conforming applicability is obviously due to- Careless or faulty installation or repair work (such as insufficient pipe work supports the wrong operating

environment)- Exceeding the maximum pressure level (pressure shocks)- External stress (temperature mechanical stress etc)- Poor circulation water quality (does not fill the national requirements)

4) Reporting faultsThe buyer shall report any faults to Oy Danfoss Ab within 14 days from the date on which they had or should have detected the fault in question

5) Correcting faults In cases where the fault in question is covered by the warranty defined in these conditions Oy Danfoss Ab shall be obliged to correct the fault by delivering flawless goods within a reasonable period of time once a fault report has been received The liability of Oy Danfoss Ab is limited and does not cover the indirect costs and damages

6) Settling disputesThe Buyer shall be entitled to submit a warranty condition dispute to the Finnish Arbitral Tribunal for settlement All disputes will be handled in English

Oy Danfoss Ab Danfoss LPM

Oy Danfoss Ab middot Danfoss LPM

General Warranty Conditions

Please refer to Danfoss General Sales Conditions in details about sales process

Page 2: Installation Guide ACS Substation - Danfoss Heatingheating.danfoss.com/PCMPDF/VIGEK202_ACS_Inst_Guide.pdf · 5.9.6 Manual control ... DRAWING NO HE pump alarm. Installation Guide

Installation Guide ACS Substation

2 DEN-SMTFI VIGEK202 Danfoss District Energy

20 Safety notes

Read the instructions carefully before installation and start-up of the substation Danfoss does not bear responsibility for whichever damages of device which have not been mounted or stored in accordance with following instructions

To avoid injury of persons and damages to the device it is abso-lutely necessary to carefully read and observe these instructions

Necessary assembly start-up and maintenance work must be performed only by qualified and authorized personnel

Warning of hot surfaceThe substation has got hot surfaces which can cause skin burns Please be extremely cautious in close proximity of the substa-tion

Warning of high pressure and temperatureThe maximum temperature and pressure always have to be checked on the product data label attached to the productBe aware of the installationrsquos permissible system pressure and temperature The risk of persons getting injured and equipment being damaged increases considerably if the recommended permissible operating parameters are exceeded

The substation installation is equipped with safety valves which must always be mounted in accordance with local regulations

Warning of transportation damagePrior to installing substation please make sure that the substa-tion has not been damaged during transportation Be extreme-ly careful when lifting or moving big and heavy substation

30 System overview

31 General about district heating substations

The heating system of the property is connected to the district heating network with the substation Hot district heating water in the district heating network runs through the heat exchangers in the substation District heating water does not enter the internal network just heat is transferred through the heat exchanger The substation distributes heat into the heating and domestic hot water circuits

All substation functions are controlled with an electronic con-troller The outdoor temperature is measured and the controller adjusts the flow temperature to keep the room and domestic hot water temperatures in the desired level With the controller you can change the property related settings (eg heating curve temperature limits) check the temperatures change the settings create schedules etc

32 ACS Substation

Up to a certain point ACS substation is standardized The final se-lection of components and the dimensioning of the heat exchang-ers is done based on the requirements given by the customer This Installation Guide includes general instructions The more detailed information of the order can be found in the product related documentation

District heating energy plant

Hot district heating water

Cool district heating water

District heating customer

Domestic hot water

Heating

Picture Energiateollisuus ry

Installation Guide ACS Substation

33Danfoss District Energy VIGEK202 DEN-SMTFI

33 ACS - example circuit diagram

- 2 circuits circuit diagram exampleAfter heating connection domestic hot water and heating

25

15

15

1528

64

467 627

27 27

26

5 78

1665

1166 18

27

27

18

13

13

12

7 612

3030

2929 77 46

7

7

25a

TE1A

TV1

TV2

TE1B

LS1 LS2

TE2C

TE2B

TE2A

P2

P1

PSPE2

7

SUMMER SHUT-OFF

Temperatures and alarms on the controller display

Limit of the prefabricated substation

Options

1 Plate heat exchanger HE 2 Plate heat exchanger DHW5 Strainer6 Non-return valve7 Ball valve8 Circulation pump HE11 Safety valve HE12 Safety valve DHW13 Thermometer15 Manometer16 Expansion vessel18 Drain valve25 Electronic Controller 25a Pump control bow26 Outdoor temperature sensor27 Temperature sensor28 Pressure sensor29 Actuator30 Control valve46 Balancing valve64 Circulation pump DHW65 Service valve66 Filling valve

Installation Guide ACS Substation

4 DEN-SMTFI VIGEK202 Danfoss District Energy

34 Electrical circuit diagrams

ACS with ECL controller

DATE

DESIG

NER

PAG

E

WO

RK NO

DRAW

ING

NO

HE pump alarm

Installation Guide ACS Substation

55Danfoss District Energy VIGEK202 DEN-SMTFI

DATE

DESIG

NER

PAG

E

WO

RK NO

DRAW

ING

NO

34 Electrical circuit diagrams

ACS with ECL controller

Installation Guide ACS Substation

6 DEN-SMTFI VIGEK202 Danfoss District Energy

DATE

DESIG

NER

PAG

E

WO

RK NO

DRAW

ING

NO

34 Electrical circuit diagrams

ACS without controller

Installation Guide ACS Substation

77Danfoss District Energy VIGEK202 DEN-SMTFI

DATE

DESIG

NER

PAG

E

WO

RK NO

DRAW

ING

NO

AU

TOM

ATION

DIA

GRA

M

34 Electrical circuit diagrams

ACS without controller

Installation Guide ACS Substation

8 DEN-SMTFI VIGEK202 Danfoss District Energy

40 Visible components in the substation

1 All substation functions are controlled and the operational values are observed with the electronic controller

2 Dial navigation in the menus and changes in the operating values by following the controller display

3 Display all settings temperature information and mode are found on the graphical display Navigation in the menus and changes in the settings are done following the display

4 With the installation feet you can adjust the substation posi-tion directly and on the correct height The adjustments can be done up to 6 cm

5 Connections to district heating heating and domestic hot water networks

6 The cover panels protect the components in the substation and add user safety When installing or servicing the cover panels have to be removed

50 Installation and start-up - Step by step

51 Removing the cover panels

The cover panels have to be removed before moving the substa-tion to the installation place and installing it

The panels are removed by lifting them up1 First remove the white panels from the front and back2 After that lift the grey panels

The cover panels can be placed back on the substation when the substation is installed and ready for use The panels are placed back in the opposite order when compared with taking them away

1

4

5

6

23

112

2

Installation Guide ACS Substation

99Danfoss District Energy VIGEK202 DEN-SMTFI

52 Protective cardboard cover

Leave the cardboard cover on top of the substation during moving and installation

53 Removing the substation from the pallet

The substation is screwed on the pallet with the attaching feet Take off the screws pointed with arrows in the picture

54 Moving substation to the installation place

ACS substation can be moved to the installation place using sev-eral different ways depending on the installation place and how to get therePlan the most convenient route to the installation place Be aware not to break floor and wall surfaces stairs doorposts etcThe substation includes delicate components

Do not hurt yourself or damage the substation when lifting it

1 Moving with a pallet truck

Installation Guide ACS Substation

10 DEN-SMTFI VIGEK202 Danfoss District Energy

2 Lifting with a crane It is possible to screw up lifting eyes in the top corners after remov-ing detachable metal round pieces from the roof This way substa-tion can be lifted up by using straps

55 Installation place

The installation place and the pipe connections for ACS substation can be planned in beforehand due to standardized sizing

The upwards oriented connections enable installation eg close to the wall Since the hot surfaces are hidden underneath the cover it is possible to use the boiler room also for some other activities

Installation Guide ACS Substation

1111Danfoss District Energy VIGEK202 DEN-SMTFI

56 Height adjustmentAdjust the substation straight horizontally and on the desired height with the help of the installation feet By turning the adjust-ment feet you can make up to 6 cm adjustments

57 Pipe connectionsThe substation is connected to the district heating network heat-ing domestic hot water and circulation networks in the building according to the connections and flow directions in the drawing

The pipes equipped with the couplings are to be detached and welded somewhere else but above the substation

The pipes must be mounted so that the strain caused by eg ther-mal expansion does not harm the sustation The pipes must be equipped with brackets in order to prevent any torsional stress

The connection to the district heating network can be done only by a qualified installer accepted by the district heating distributor

Prior to installation all pipes and connections have to be cleaned and rinsed

571 Connection directions

1 District heating supply2 District heating return3 Heating supply4 Heating return5 Cold water6 Domestic hot water7 Domestic hot water circulation

After cooling connectionAfter cooling connection

Direct return connection

5 6 7 2 1

4 3

Direct connection

After cooling connection

Direct return connection

56 7 2 1

4 3

Installation Guide ACS Substation

12 DEN-SMTFI VIGEK202 Danfoss District Energy

572 Dimensions for the pipe connections

The pipe connections are standardized and their places differ ac-cording to required capacity and the size of the substation

In the after cooling connection both cold water and district heat-ing return connection places are dependable on the size of the required heat exchanger The dimensions settle within the dimen-sions given in the dimensional pictures

0 300-420 550 720 880-1000 1240 13500

100

460

250 4700

After cooling connection 1350 mm blockAfter cooling connection 1090 mm block

Direct connection DN32

90100

120

460

740

0 240 470 560 730 890 1080 1190 13500

90100

120

460

740

0

150 3000

0 330 490 640 860 950 1090

Direct connection DN50

330 490 640 850 960 10900

90120

460

740

0

1500 300

Direct connection DN65

0 220-280 400 560 650-710 920 1090

100

460

220 370

Installation Guide ACS Substation

1313Danfoss District Energy VIGEK202 DEN-SMTFI

58 Electrification

Since the internal electrical connections are factory made it is not mandatory to use an electrician to connect the substation The contact plug is the main electrical switch in the substation

The outdoor temperature sensor is to be installed on the north side of the property at app 3 m height where the outdoor tem-perature can be measured There should be no ventilation window at the close proximity to the measuring point The other end of the outdoor temperature sensor cable is to be connected into the con-trol box When connecting outdoor temperature sensor make sure to remove the substation contact plug

In case the length of the outdoor temperature sensor cable is not long enough for your property it is remmendable to change the whole cable This way extra joints are avoided The minimum area for the cable is 04 mm2 and the maximum length is 125 m If you choose to use the extra joint inspite of recommendation protect the jointing sleeve with the shrink cable

Stick the contact plug into the wall socket fitted with a 10A220V fuse

Wait for 10 s turn the circulation pumps P1 (DHW) and P2 (HE) on by pressing the operating switches

Do not run the pumps without water

59 Controller settings

DescriptionThe ECL Comfort electronic weather compensated temperature controllers are for use in district heating central heating and cool-ing systems

Energy savings are facilitated by weather compensation adjust-ment of temperature according to schedule optimization as well as limitation of return temperature flow and power Functionalities such as data logging and alarm functions are implemented in the controller

Property specific controller settingsThere are some property related settings which are to be done before starting up the substation A complete controller instruc-tion is included and the most important details are also enclosed in this Installation Guide

20 m

20 m

Installation Guide ACS Substation

14 DEN-SMTFI VIGEK202 Danfoss District Energy

591 Controller display and symbols

592 Operating the controller

The graphical monochrome display shows all temperature val-ues status information and is used for the setting of control pa-rameters Navigation browsing and selecting is done by means of the dial You can navigate in the menus and change the values by turning the dial left or right and pushing to confirm

When a rectangle appears around the value or symbol it is pos-sible to do changes by turning the dial left or right

You can always get back to your favourite display by going to the top of the display and turning the dial so many times that ldquoHomerdquo appears If the dial has not been activated the controller will after 20 min revert to the favourite display

Favourite display for the user

Symbol Description

Tempera-tures

Outdoor temperature

Room temperature

DHW temperature

Position indicator

Mode

Scheduled operation

Comfort mode

Saving mode

Frost protection mode

Manual mode

Circuits

Heating

DHW

Common controller

Control-led com-ponents

Pump ON

Pumppu OFF

Actuator opens

Actuator closes

Alarm

Display selector

Favourite display for the installer

1 = Heating circuit = DHW circuit = Common controller

Mode

= Manual mode

= Scheduled operation

= Comfort mode

= Saving mode

= Frost protection modeMenus with

values and settings

Position indicator for

navigation

Display selection

State of components

System pressure

Primary return temperature

actual and desired

Flow temperatureactual and desired

Return temperature actual

1 = Heating circuit = DHW circuit = Common controller

Mode

= Scheduled operation

= Comfort mode

= Saving mode

= Frost protection modeDesired room temperature

Date

Outdoor temperature

Time

Schedule

Menus with values and settings Position indicator

for navigation

Display selection

Installation Guide ACS Substation

1515Danfoss District Energy VIGEK202 DEN-SMTFI

593 Setting the date and time

Set correct date and time in the controller

Setting done as with the hours

Setting the date same way as time

Getting out of the menu

Installation Guide ACS Substation

16 DEN-SMTFI VIGEK202 Danfoss District Energy

594 Setting the heat curve

Due to different heat masses heating system insulation dimen-sions etc it might be necessary to change the heat curve

Set the heat curve always according to HEVAC plans (functioning temperature of the heating circuit) There you can find desired flow temperatures for different outdoor temperatures

10

20

30

40

50

60

70

80

90

100

110

120

130

140

150

-40 -30 -20 -10 0 10 20 30 [oC]

[oC]

10

14

06

02

18

22 30 3526 40

01

0304

Factory setting the heat curve Example heat curve for the floor-heating system

Factory setting is a typical heat curve for radiator heating about 10

Outdoor temperature

degC

Flow temperature

degC

Visible on the display

-30 75 (-3075)-15 60 (-1560)-5 50 (-550)0 45 (045)5 40 (540)

15 28 (1528)

The heat curve typically used with floor-heat-ing about 04

Outdoor temperature

degC

Flow temperature

degC

Visible on the display

-30 45 (-3045)-15 38 (-1538)-5 34 (-534)0 31 (031)5 28 (528)

15 22 (522)

Changes in the heat curve point by point

Set the desired temperature

Move to the following points

Setting same way as with the previous point

Installation Guide ACS Substation

1717Danfoss District Energy VIGEK202 DEN-SMTFI

Saving the new curve Getting out of the menu

595 Setting up limitations for flow temperature

The flow temperature maximum limitation prevents too hot water from going into the heating circuit eg in the floor-heating system

When taking floor-heating system into use for the first time the max limitation for flow temperature can be set eg at 27degC The limitation temperature cuts off the heat curve when the tempera-ture reaches the limitLater on after the concrete slab has dried the flow temperature limitation can be raised to 45degC which is typically used in the floor-heating system

Typical max limitation in the radiator heating circuit is 90degC

Typical flow temperature limitations in different heating systems

Flow temperature

min degC max degC

Radiator heating 20 90When taking floor-heating system into use for the first time (drying up concrete slab)

20 27

Floor-heating 20 45

Setting the flow temperature max limitation

Typical flow temperature max limitation floor-heating 45degC

Setting the flow temperature min limitation

Typical flow temperature max limitation radiator heating 90degC

The heat curve display by fol-lowing the intructions in ldquo594 Setting the heat curverdquo

Installation Guide ACS Substation

18 DEN-SMTFI VIGEK202 Danfoss District Energy

Typical flow temperature max limitation When taking floor-heating system into use for the first time (drying up concrete slab) 27degC

Example display of the heat curve limiting temperature floor-heating heat curve flow temp max limitation 27degC

Getting out of the menu

The heat curve display by fol-lowing the intructions in ldquo594 Setting the heat curverdquo

Getting out of the menu

Typical flow temperature min limitation is 20degC

596 Manual control

Manual control is typically used when installing or servicing The controlled components valve pump etc can be controlled for correct function

Do not leave the controller in ldquoManual controlrdquo mode after finishing maintenance or service work The normal mode is ldquoComfort moderdquo or when using schedules ldquoScheduled operationrdquo

The valve is open

Installation Guide ACS Substation

1919Danfoss District Energy VIGEK202 DEN-SMTFI

The valve is closed

Getting away

Changing back to Comfort mode

597 Commissioning with one circuit

When commissioning the substation it might be necessary to close a circuit eg DHW circuit The circuit in question can be closed by forcing the control valve to close downThe pump has to be stopped with an operating switch

M1 P1 DHW circuit control valve and circulation pump

M2 P2 Heating circuit control valve and circulation pump

A1 Alarm relay

An example DHW circuit control valve close down

The valve is forced to close down

STOP leaves the valve in closed position

Getting out of the menu

Installation Guide ACS Substation

20 DEN-SMTFI VIGEK202 Danfoss District Energy

598 Sensor displays

Temperature and pressure information can be read on the con-troller display

All values can be found by going down the list

Getting out of the menu

599 Alarm

Alarm functions in the controller pressure alarm pump alarm and maximum temperature alarm (temperature limiting thermo-static function) As a sign of an alarm symbol appears on the display

Alarm overview shows which alarm is in question

Installation Guide ACS Substation

2121Danfoss District Energy VIGEK202 DEN-SMTFI

Pressure alarm

Max and min limitations (Alarm high Alarm low) have to adapted to the building Low X and high X values have been set based on the pressure transmitter included Do not change

Pump alarm The alarm disap-pears from the display when the pump is working again

Alarm value1=open contact (eg Wilo)0= closing contact (eg Grund-fos)

Max temperature limitation (temperature limiting thermo-static function)

Max temperature limitation can be used eg in floor-heating system as a temperature limiting thermostatic function

Getting out of the menu

In a floor-heating system the maximum temperature limita-tion can be set at 50degC

Installation Guide ACS Substation

22 DEN-SMTFI VIGEK202 Danfoss District Energy

5910 Changing the favourite display for the user

After having done the installation settings it is recommendable to change the favourite display to fit the userrsquos needs

5911 Setting the room temperature

The setting of the desired room temperature is important even if the room temperature sensor is not connected It has an effect on the temperature in your property

5912 Setting domestic hot water temperature

Changing the circuit

Installation Guide ACS Substation

2323Danfoss District Energy VIGEK202 DEN-SMTFI

Changing the desired tempera-ture Getting out of the menu

510 Basic parameters factory settings

Heating circuit

Setting Factory set-ting

Own setting Comment

Room temperature and setback temp 20 degC 16 degC

Heat curve 10 Note In a floor-heating system the typical setting is 04

Limit for heating cut-out 18 degC

Flow temperature min 20 degC

Flow temperature max 90 degC Note In a floor-heating system change the max temp to 45 degC

Proportional band Xp 85 K

Integration time constant Tn 25 s

Running time of the motorized con-trol valve

120 s

Neutral zone Nz 2 K

Pressure alarm limit max 23

Pressure alarm limit min 08

Pressure alarm timeout 30 s

Pump alarm alarm value 1 1= open contact (eg Wilo)0= closing contact (eg Grundfos)

Pump alarm timeout 20 s

Max flow temperature limitation alarm (temperature limiting thermostatic function)

90 degC Note In a floor-heating system change to 50 degC

Max flow temperature limitation alarm timeout ΔTALARM

60 s

DHW circuit Setting Factory set-

tingOwn setting Comment

DHW temperature and setback temp 58 degC 55 degC

Flow temperature min 45 degC

Flow temperature max 65 degC

Proportional band Xp 9 K

Integration time constant Tn 13 s

Running time of the motorized control valve

15 s

Neutral zone Nz 3 K

Installation Guide ACS Substation

24 DEN-SMTFI VIGEK202 Danfoss District Energy

Problems Heating

Room temperature is too lowie flow temperature is too low

Disruption in the district heating distribution

Get in contact with the district heating distributor

The filter is cloggedGet in contact with the district heating distributor or with local Danfoss Sales Company

The heat curve is not correct Check the heat curve settings

Failure in the heating circuit controls Get in contact with local Danfoss Sales Company

The circulation pump has stopped Turn the pump on check eg heat relay

Pressure in the heating circuit is too low Add water through the filling valve Write down the filling date

Air in the heating circuit Remove air from the radiators add water if necessary

Fouling in the heat exchanger Get in contact with local Danfoss Sales Company

The radiator thermostat is stuck or broken Get in contact with the installer

The control valve is stuck Get in contact with local Danfoss Sales Company

Room temperature is too highie flow temperature is too high

The heat curve is not correct Check the heat curve settings

The controller in the heating circuit is brokenGet in contact with local Danfoss Sales Company

The control valve stays openclosed

511 Start-up

Check following point before start-up

Check points before start-up

Pipes are connected according to the designsDrainage valves are closedThe temperature for the domestic hot water is set to +58˚CThe outdoor temperature sensor is installed and connectedController settingsConnections are tightenedFunction of the safety valves is checked

Fill the substation with flow media and raise the pressure slowly to working pressure When starting up the substation it should be air vented The shut-off valve in the primary side on the return side is opened and the shut-off valve on the supply side is closed Air comes out by open-ing the air vent valveAfter that the operation of the substation must be observed If the substation operates according to designed parameters it can be taken into continuous use

Check points after start-up

Check temperaturesCheck pressuresThermal expansionOperation of the pumpsFlow directionsOperation of the controls

All Danfoss heat exchangers and substations have been pres-sure tested according to PED 9723EC (module H)

Make sure to give operating instructions to the users of the substation

60 Trouble shooting

Installation Guide ACS Substation

2525Danfoss District Energy VIGEK202 DEN-SMTFI

60 Trouble shooting

Problems Domestic hot water (DHW)

DHW smells bad or is coloured DHW heat exchanger has an internal leakage

Get in contact with local Danfoss Sales Company

Temperature of DHW varies more than usual

DHW control does not work or the control valve is broken

DHW control valve is too big for the existing conditions

Inadequate DHW circulation Get in contact with the installer

The filter is clogged Get in contact with the district heating distributor

The pressure difference is too bigGet in contact with local Danfoss Sales Company

Trash in the control valve

Other situations

The pump sounds strangeAir lock in the pump Stop the pump for a moment to remove the

air lock

The bearing in the pump is brokenGet in contact with the district heating distributor

The control valve has a strong whistling sound

The control valve is broken

Pressure difference is too big in the district heating network

Get in contact with the district heating distributor

Water leaks on the floor in the boiler room or the heat exchanger insulation is wet The heat exchanger has an external leakage

Get in contact with the district heating distributor andor local Danfoss Sales Company

The pressure or the temperature of district heating water differs significantly from the normal

Disruption in the district heating distribution Get in contact with the district heating distributor

The outdoor temperature is not visible on the display

The outdoor temperature sensor has been connected to the substation with the power on

Pull the substation contact plug out and reconnect it

Heating control does not work

The controller is let in rdquoManual controlrdquo mode

Set the controller to rdquoComfort moderdquo or rdquoScheduled operation moderdquo

The controller sensor or motorized control valve is broken Get in contact with local Danfoss Sales

CompanyThe control valve stays openclosed

Water in the heating circuit increases and excess water comes out through the safety valve for the expansion vessel

The heat exchanger has an internal leakageGet in contact with the district heating distributor andor with local Danfoss Sales Company

The filling valve in the heating circuit leaks into the heating circuit

Get in contact with local Danfoss Sales Company

Pressure in the heating circuit is too low The heating circuit has too little water or the ciruit has a leakage

Add water into the circuit through the filling valve Write down the filling date If this happens often get in contact with local Danfoss Sales Company

The return temperature in the heating circuit is high

The difference between district heating and heating circuit return temperatures is big

Get in contact with local Danfoss Sales Company

Installation Guide ACS Substation

26 DEN-SMTFI VIGEK202 Danfoss District Energy

Declaration of conformityPressure equip

ment in accordance w

ith the sound engineering practice

(Directive 9723EC

Article 33)

Pressure equipm

ent in hazard category I (D

irective 9723EC A

rticle 9)

Installation Guide ACS Substation

2727Danfoss District Energy VIGEK202 DEN-SMTFI

Declaration of conformity

Disposal instructionThis product should be dismantled and its components sorted if possible in various groups before recycling or disposal Always follow the local disposal regulations

Pressure equipm

ent in hazard category II - III (D

irective 9723EC A

rticle 9)

Installation Guide ACS Substation

Danfoss can accept no responsibility for possible errors in catalogues brochures and other printed material Danfoss reserves the right to alter its products without notice This also applies to products already on order provided that such alterations can be made without subsequential changes being necessary in specications already agreedAll trademarks in this material are property of the respective companies Danfoss and the Danfoss logotype are trademarks of Danfoss AS All rights reserved

Produced by Danfoss AS copy 072010

Oy Danfoss Ab middot Danfoss LPM middot Box 19 middot 79101 Leppaumlvirta middot FinlandPhone +358 403 092 200 middot Fax +358 403 092 281 middot salesdanfosscom middot wwwdanfosscom middot wwwlpmdanfossfi

General warranty conditions

1) Scope of application and warranty provider This warranty shall apply to Danfoss LPM heating substations and heat exchangers that are supplied by Oy Danfoss Ab for district heating use

2) Warranty periodThis warranty shall be in force as follows- Heating substation components 12 months from the initialization or 18 months from the delivery date

whichever period concludes earlier- Pipework parts and connectors 12 months from the initialization or 18 months from the delivery date whichever

period concludes earlier- Heat exchangers 12 months from the initialization or 18 months from the delivery date whichever period

concludes earlierA change of ownership causing transfer of goods for continued use will not terminate this warranty Product which has been repaired or replaced is not granted the new or extended warranty

3) Scope of warrantyThe guarantee covers the new component but not the costs for the assembly of the component Oy Danfoss Ab shall not be responsible for faults in cases where as can be proven the goodrsquos deteriorated quality or non-conforming applicability is obviously due to- Careless or faulty installation or repair work (such as insufficient pipe work supports the wrong operating

environment)- Exceeding the maximum pressure level (pressure shocks)- External stress (temperature mechanical stress etc)- Poor circulation water quality (does not fill the national requirements)

4) Reporting faultsThe buyer shall report any faults to Oy Danfoss Ab within 14 days from the date on which they had or should have detected the fault in question

5) Correcting faults In cases where the fault in question is covered by the warranty defined in these conditions Oy Danfoss Ab shall be obliged to correct the fault by delivering flawless goods within a reasonable period of time once a fault report has been received The liability of Oy Danfoss Ab is limited and does not cover the indirect costs and damages

6) Settling disputesThe Buyer shall be entitled to submit a warranty condition dispute to the Finnish Arbitral Tribunal for settlement All disputes will be handled in English

Oy Danfoss Ab Danfoss LPM

Oy Danfoss Ab middot Danfoss LPM

General Warranty Conditions

Please refer to Danfoss General Sales Conditions in details about sales process

Page 3: Installation Guide ACS Substation - Danfoss Heatingheating.danfoss.com/PCMPDF/VIGEK202_ACS_Inst_Guide.pdf · 5.9.6 Manual control ... DRAWING NO HE pump alarm. Installation Guide

Installation Guide ACS Substation

33Danfoss District Energy VIGEK202 DEN-SMTFI

33 ACS - example circuit diagram

- 2 circuits circuit diagram exampleAfter heating connection domestic hot water and heating

25

15

15

1528

64

467 627

27 27

26

5 78

1665

1166 18

27

27

18

13

13

12

7 612

3030

2929 77 46

7

7

25a

TE1A

TV1

TV2

TE1B

LS1 LS2

TE2C

TE2B

TE2A

P2

P1

PSPE2

7

SUMMER SHUT-OFF

Temperatures and alarms on the controller display

Limit of the prefabricated substation

Options

1 Plate heat exchanger HE 2 Plate heat exchanger DHW5 Strainer6 Non-return valve7 Ball valve8 Circulation pump HE11 Safety valve HE12 Safety valve DHW13 Thermometer15 Manometer16 Expansion vessel18 Drain valve25 Electronic Controller 25a Pump control bow26 Outdoor temperature sensor27 Temperature sensor28 Pressure sensor29 Actuator30 Control valve46 Balancing valve64 Circulation pump DHW65 Service valve66 Filling valve

Installation Guide ACS Substation

4 DEN-SMTFI VIGEK202 Danfoss District Energy

34 Electrical circuit diagrams

ACS with ECL controller

DATE

DESIG

NER

PAG

E

WO

RK NO

DRAW

ING

NO

HE pump alarm

Installation Guide ACS Substation

55Danfoss District Energy VIGEK202 DEN-SMTFI

DATE

DESIG

NER

PAG

E

WO

RK NO

DRAW

ING

NO

34 Electrical circuit diagrams

ACS with ECL controller

Installation Guide ACS Substation

6 DEN-SMTFI VIGEK202 Danfoss District Energy

DATE

DESIG

NER

PAG

E

WO

RK NO

DRAW

ING

NO

34 Electrical circuit diagrams

ACS without controller

Installation Guide ACS Substation

77Danfoss District Energy VIGEK202 DEN-SMTFI

DATE

DESIG

NER

PAG

E

WO

RK NO

DRAW

ING

NO

AU

TOM

ATION

DIA

GRA

M

34 Electrical circuit diagrams

ACS without controller

Installation Guide ACS Substation

8 DEN-SMTFI VIGEK202 Danfoss District Energy

40 Visible components in the substation

1 All substation functions are controlled and the operational values are observed with the electronic controller

2 Dial navigation in the menus and changes in the operating values by following the controller display

3 Display all settings temperature information and mode are found on the graphical display Navigation in the menus and changes in the settings are done following the display

4 With the installation feet you can adjust the substation posi-tion directly and on the correct height The adjustments can be done up to 6 cm

5 Connections to district heating heating and domestic hot water networks

6 The cover panels protect the components in the substation and add user safety When installing or servicing the cover panels have to be removed

50 Installation and start-up - Step by step

51 Removing the cover panels

The cover panels have to be removed before moving the substa-tion to the installation place and installing it

The panels are removed by lifting them up1 First remove the white panels from the front and back2 After that lift the grey panels

The cover panels can be placed back on the substation when the substation is installed and ready for use The panels are placed back in the opposite order when compared with taking them away

1

4

5

6

23

112

2

Installation Guide ACS Substation

99Danfoss District Energy VIGEK202 DEN-SMTFI

52 Protective cardboard cover

Leave the cardboard cover on top of the substation during moving and installation

53 Removing the substation from the pallet

The substation is screwed on the pallet with the attaching feet Take off the screws pointed with arrows in the picture

54 Moving substation to the installation place

ACS substation can be moved to the installation place using sev-eral different ways depending on the installation place and how to get therePlan the most convenient route to the installation place Be aware not to break floor and wall surfaces stairs doorposts etcThe substation includes delicate components

Do not hurt yourself or damage the substation when lifting it

1 Moving with a pallet truck

Installation Guide ACS Substation

10 DEN-SMTFI VIGEK202 Danfoss District Energy

2 Lifting with a crane It is possible to screw up lifting eyes in the top corners after remov-ing detachable metal round pieces from the roof This way substa-tion can be lifted up by using straps

55 Installation place

The installation place and the pipe connections for ACS substation can be planned in beforehand due to standardized sizing

The upwards oriented connections enable installation eg close to the wall Since the hot surfaces are hidden underneath the cover it is possible to use the boiler room also for some other activities

Installation Guide ACS Substation

1111Danfoss District Energy VIGEK202 DEN-SMTFI

56 Height adjustmentAdjust the substation straight horizontally and on the desired height with the help of the installation feet By turning the adjust-ment feet you can make up to 6 cm adjustments

57 Pipe connectionsThe substation is connected to the district heating network heat-ing domestic hot water and circulation networks in the building according to the connections and flow directions in the drawing

The pipes equipped with the couplings are to be detached and welded somewhere else but above the substation

The pipes must be mounted so that the strain caused by eg ther-mal expansion does not harm the sustation The pipes must be equipped with brackets in order to prevent any torsional stress

The connection to the district heating network can be done only by a qualified installer accepted by the district heating distributor

Prior to installation all pipes and connections have to be cleaned and rinsed

571 Connection directions

1 District heating supply2 District heating return3 Heating supply4 Heating return5 Cold water6 Domestic hot water7 Domestic hot water circulation

After cooling connectionAfter cooling connection

Direct return connection

5 6 7 2 1

4 3

Direct connection

After cooling connection

Direct return connection

56 7 2 1

4 3

Installation Guide ACS Substation

12 DEN-SMTFI VIGEK202 Danfoss District Energy

572 Dimensions for the pipe connections

The pipe connections are standardized and their places differ ac-cording to required capacity and the size of the substation

In the after cooling connection both cold water and district heat-ing return connection places are dependable on the size of the required heat exchanger The dimensions settle within the dimen-sions given in the dimensional pictures

0 300-420 550 720 880-1000 1240 13500

100

460

250 4700

After cooling connection 1350 mm blockAfter cooling connection 1090 mm block

Direct connection DN32

90100

120

460

740

0 240 470 560 730 890 1080 1190 13500

90100

120

460

740

0

150 3000

0 330 490 640 860 950 1090

Direct connection DN50

330 490 640 850 960 10900

90120

460

740

0

1500 300

Direct connection DN65

0 220-280 400 560 650-710 920 1090

100

460

220 370

Installation Guide ACS Substation

1313Danfoss District Energy VIGEK202 DEN-SMTFI

58 Electrification

Since the internal electrical connections are factory made it is not mandatory to use an electrician to connect the substation The contact plug is the main electrical switch in the substation

The outdoor temperature sensor is to be installed on the north side of the property at app 3 m height where the outdoor tem-perature can be measured There should be no ventilation window at the close proximity to the measuring point The other end of the outdoor temperature sensor cable is to be connected into the con-trol box When connecting outdoor temperature sensor make sure to remove the substation contact plug

In case the length of the outdoor temperature sensor cable is not long enough for your property it is remmendable to change the whole cable This way extra joints are avoided The minimum area for the cable is 04 mm2 and the maximum length is 125 m If you choose to use the extra joint inspite of recommendation protect the jointing sleeve with the shrink cable

Stick the contact plug into the wall socket fitted with a 10A220V fuse

Wait for 10 s turn the circulation pumps P1 (DHW) and P2 (HE) on by pressing the operating switches

Do not run the pumps without water

59 Controller settings

DescriptionThe ECL Comfort electronic weather compensated temperature controllers are for use in district heating central heating and cool-ing systems

Energy savings are facilitated by weather compensation adjust-ment of temperature according to schedule optimization as well as limitation of return temperature flow and power Functionalities such as data logging and alarm functions are implemented in the controller

Property specific controller settingsThere are some property related settings which are to be done before starting up the substation A complete controller instruc-tion is included and the most important details are also enclosed in this Installation Guide

20 m

20 m

Installation Guide ACS Substation

14 DEN-SMTFI VIGEK202 Danfoss District Energy

591 Controller display and symbols

592 Operating the controller

The graphical monochrome display shows all temperature val-ues status information and is used for the setting of control pa-rameters Navigation browsing and selecting is done by means of the dial You can navigate in the menus and change the values by turning the dial left or right and pushing to confirm

When a rectangle appears around the value or symbol it is pos-sible to do changes by turning the dial left or right

You can always get back to your favourite display by going to the top of the display and turning the dial so many times that ldquoHomerdquo appears If the dial has not been activated the controller will after 20 min revert to the favourite display

Favourite display for the user

Symbol Description

Tempera-tures

Outdoor temperature

Room temperature

DHW temperature

Position indicator

Mode

Scheduled operation

Comfort mode

Saving mode

Frost protection mode

Manual mode

Circuits

Heating

DHW

Common controller

Control-led com-ponents

Pump ON

Pumppu OFF

Actuator opens

Actuator closes

Alarm

Display selector

Favourite display for the installer

1 = Heating circuit = DHW circuit = Common controller

Mode

= Manual mode

= Scheduled operation

= Comfort mode

= Saving mode

= Frost protection modeMenus with

values and settings

Position indicator for

navigation

Display selection

State of components

System pressure

Primary return temperature

actual and desired

Flow temperatureactual and desired

Return temperature actual

1 = Heating circuit = DHW circuit = Common controller

Mode

= Scheduled operation

= Comfort mode

= Saving mode

= Frost protection modeDesired room temperature

Date

Outdoor temperature

Time

Schedule

Menus with values and settings Position indicator

for navigation

Display selection

Installation Guide ACS Substation

1515Danfoss District Energy VIGEK202 DEN-SMTFI

593 Setting the date and time

Set correct date and time in the controller

Setting done as with the hours

Setting the date same way as time

Getting out of the menu

Installation Guide ACS Substation

16 DEN-SMTFI VIGEK202 Danfoss District Energy

594 Setting the heat curve

Due to different heat masses heating system insulation dimen-sions etc it might be necessary to change the heat curve

Set the heat curve always according to HEVAC plans (functioning temperature of the heating circuit) There you can find desired flow temperatures for different outdoor temperatures

10

20

30

40

50

60

70

80

90

100

110

120

130

140

150

-40 -30 -20 -10 0 10 20 30 [oC]

[oC]

10

14

06

02

18

22 30 3526 40

01

0304

Factory setting the heat curve Example heat curve for the floor-heating system

Factory setting is a typical heat curve for radiator heating about 10

Outdoor temperature

degC

Flow temperature

degC

Visible on the display

-30 75 (-3075)-15 60 (-1560)-5 50 (-550)0 45 (045)5 40 (540)

15 28 (1528)

The heat curve typically used with floor-heat-ing about 04

Outdoor temperature

degC

Flow temperature

degC

Visible on the display

-30 45 (-3045)-15 38 (-1538)-5 34 (-534)0 31 (031)5 28 (528)

15 22 (522)

Changes in the heat curve point by point

Set the desired temperature

Move to the following points

Setting same way as with the previous point

Installation Guide ACS Substation

1717Danfoss District Energy VIGEK202 DEN-SMTFI

Saving the new curve Getting out of the menu

595 Setting up limitations for flow temperature

The flow temperature maximum limitation prevents too hot water from going into the heating circuit eg in the floor-heating system

When taking floor-heating system into use for the first time the max limitation for flow temperature can be set eg at 27degC The limitation temperature cuts off the heat curve when the tempera-ture reaches the limitLater on after the concrete slab has dried the flow temperature limitation can be raised to 45degC which is typically used in the floor-heating system

Typical max limitation in the radiator heating circuit is 90degC

Typical flow temperature limitations in different heating systems

Flow temperature

min degC max degC

Radiator heating 20 90When taking floor-heating system into use for the first time (drying up concrete slab)

20 27

Floor-heating 20 45

Setting the flow temperature max limitation

Typical flow temperature max limitation floor-heating 45degC

Setting the flow temperature min limitation

Typical flow temperature max limitation radiator heating 90degC

The heat curve display by fol-lowing the intructions in ldquo594 Setting the heat curverdquo

Installation Guide ACS Substation

18 DEN-SMTFI VIGEK202 Danfoss District Energy

Typical flow temperature max limitation When taking floor-heating system into use for the first time (drying up concrete slab) 27degC

Example display of the heat curve limiting temperature floor-heating heat curve flow temp max limitation 27degC

Getting out of the menu

The heat curve display by fol-lowing the intructions in ldquo594 Setting the heat curverdquo

Getting out of the menu

Typical flow temperature min limitation is 20degC

596 Manual control

Manual control is typically used when installing or servicing The controlled components valve pump etc can be controlled for correct function

Do not leave the controller in ldquoManual controlrdquo mode after finishing maintenance or service work The normal mode is ldquoComfort moderdquo or when using schedules ldquoScheduled operationrdquo

The valve is open

Installation Guide ACS Substation

1919Danfoss District Energy VIGEK202 DEN-SMTFI

The valve is closed

Getting away

Changing back to Comfort mode

597 Commissioning with one circuit

When commissioning the substation it might be necessary to close a circuit eg DHW circuit The circuit in question can be closed by forcing the control valve to close downThe pump has to be stopped with an operating switch

M1 P1 DHW circuit control valve and circulation pump

M2 P2 Heating circuit control valve and circulation pump

A1 Alarm relay

An example DHW circuit control valve close down

The valve is forced to close down

STOP leaves the valve in closed position

Getting out of the menu

Installation Guide ACS Substation

20 DEN-SMTFI VIGEK202 Danfoss District Energy

598 Sensor displays

Temperature and pressure information can be read on the con-troller display

All values can be found by going down the list

Getting out of the menu

599 Alarm

Alarm functions in the controller pressure alarm pump alarm and maximum temperature alarm (temperature limiting thermo-static function) As a sign of an alarm symbol appears on the display

Alarm overview shows which alarm is in question

Installation Guide ACS Substation

2121Danfoss District Energy VIGEK202 DEN-SMTFI

Pressure alarm

Max and min limitations (Alarm high Alarm low) have to adapted to the building Low X and high X values have been set based on the pressure transmitter included Do not change

Pump alarm The alarm disap-pears from the display when the pump is working again

Alarm value1=open contact (eg Wilo)0= closing contact (eg Grund-fos)

Max temperature limitation (temperature limiting thermo-static function)

Max temperature limitation can be used eg in floor-heating system as a temperature limiting thermostatic function

Getting out of the menu

In a floor-heating system the maximum temperature limita-tion can be set at 50degC

Installation Guide ACS Substation

22 DEN-SMTFI VIGEK202 Danfoss District Energy

5910 Changing the favourite display for the user

After having done the installation settings it is recommendable to change the favourite display to fit the userrsquos needs

5911 Setting the room temperature

The setting of the desired room temperature is important even if the room temperature sensor is not connected It has an effect on the temperature in your property

5912 Setting domestic hot water temperature

Changing the circuit

Installation Guide ACS Substation

2323Danfoss District Energy VIGEK202 DEN-SMTFI

Changing the desired tempera-ture Getting out of the menu

510 Basic parameters factory settings

Heating circuit

Setting Factory set-ting

Own setting Comment

Room temperature and setback temp 20 degC 16 degC

Heat curve 10 Note In a floor-heating system the typical setting is 04

Limit for heating cut-out 18 degC

Flow temperature min 20 degC

Flow temperature max 90 degC Note In a floor-heating system change the max temp to 45 degC

Proportional band Xp 85 K

Integration time constant Tn 25 s

Running time of the motorized con-trol valve

120 s

Neutral zone Nz 2 K

Pressure alarm limit max 23

Pressure alarm limit min 08

Pressure alarm timeout 30 s

Pump alarm alarm value 1 1= open contact (eg Wilo)0= closing contact (eg Grundfos)

Pump alarm timeout 20 s

Max flow temperature limitation alarm (temperature limiting thermostatic function)

90 degC Note In a floor-heating system change to 50 degC

Max flow temperature limitation alarm timeout ΔTALARM

60 s

DHW circuit Setting Factory set-

tingOwn setting Comment

DHW temperature and setback temp 58 degC 55 degC

Flow temperature min 45 degC

Flow temperature max 65 degC

Proportional band Xp 9 K

Integration time constant Tn 13 s

Running time of the motorized control valve

15 s

Neutral zone Nz 3 K

Installation Guide ACS Substation

24 DEN-SMTFI VIGEK202 Danfoss District Energy

Problems Heating

Room temperature is too lowie flow temperature is too low

Disruption in the district heating distribution

Get in contact with the district heating distributor

The filter is cloggedGet in contact with the district heating distributor or with local Danfoss Sales Company

The heat curve is not correct Check the heat curve settings

Failure in the heating circuit controls Get in contact with local Danfoss Sales Company

The circulation pump has stopped Turn the pump on check eg heat relay

Pressure in the heating circuit is too low Add water through the filling valve Write down the filling date

Air in the heating circuit Remove air from the radiators add water if necessary

Fouling in the heat exchanger Get in contact with local Danfoss Sales Company

The radiator thermostat is stuck or broken Get in contact with the installer

The control valve is stuck Get in contact with local Danfoss Sales Company

Room temperature is too highie flow temperature is too high

The heat curve is not correct Check the heat curve settings

The controller in the heating circuit is brokenGet in contact with local Danfoss Sales Company

The control valve stays openclosed

511 Start-up

Check following point before start-up

Check points before start-up

Pipes are connected according to the designsDrainage valves are closedThe temperature for the domestic hot water is set to +58˚CThe outdoor temperature sensor is installed and connectedController settingsConnections are tightenedFunction of the safety valves is checked

Fill the substation with flow media and raise the pressure slowly to working pressure When starting up the substation it should be air vented The shut-off valve in the primary side on the return side is opened and the shut-off valve on the supply side is closed Air comes out by open-ing the air vent valveAfter that the operation of the substation must be observed If the substation operates according to designed parameters it can be taken into continuous use

Check points after start-up

Check temperaturesCheck pressuresThermal expansionOperation of the pumpsFlow directionsOperation of the controls

All Danfoss heat exchangers and substations have been pres-sure tested according to PED 9723EC (module H)

Make sure to give operating instructions to the users of the substation

60 Trouble shooting

Installation Guide ACS Substation

2525Danfoss District Energy VIGEK202 DEN-SMTFI

60 Trouble shooting

Problems Domestic hot water (DHW)

DHW smells bad or is coloured DHW heat exchanger has an internal leakage

Get in contact with local Danfoss Sales Company

Temperature of DHW varies more than usual

DHW control does not work or the control valve is broken

DHW control valve is too big for the existing conditions

Inadequate DHW circulation Get in contact with the installer

The filter is clogged Get in contact with the district heating distributor

The pressure difference is too bigGet in contact with local Danfoss Sales Company

Trash in the control valve

Other situations

The pump sounds strangeAir lock in the pump Stop the pump for a moment to remove the

air lock

The bearing in the pump is brokenGet in contact with the district heating distributor

The control valve has a strong whistling sound

The control valve is broken

Pressure difference is too big in the district heating network

Get in contact with the district heating distributor

Water leaks on the floor in the boiler room or the heat exchanger insulation is wet The heat exchanger has an external leakage

Get in contact with the district heating distributor andor local Danfoss Sales Company

The pressure or the temperature of district heating water differs significantly from the normal

Disruption in the district heating distribution Get in contact with the district heating distributor

The outdoor temperature is not visible on the display

The outdoor temperature sensor has been connected to the substation with the power on

Pull the substation contact plug out and reconnect it

Heating control does not work

The controller is let in rdquoManual controlrdquo mode

Set the controller to rdquoComfort moderdquo or rdquoScheduled operation moderdquo

The controller sensor or motorized control valve is broken Get in contact with local Danfoss Sales

CompanyThe control valve stays openclosed

Water in the heating circuit increases and excess water comes out through the safety valve for the expansion vessel

The heat exchanger has an internal leakageGet in contact with the district heating distributor andor with local Danfoss Sales Company

The filling valve in the heating circuit leaks into the heating circuit

Get in contact with local Danfoss Sales Company

Pressure in the heating circuit is too low The heating circuit has too little water or the ciruit has a leakage

Add water into the circuit through the filling valve Write down the filling date If this happens often get in contact with local Danfoss Sales Company

The return temperature in the heating circuit is high

The difference between district heating and heating circuit return temperatures is big

Get in contact with local Danfoss Sales Company

Installation Guide ACS Substation

26 DEN-SMTFI VIGEK202 Danfoss District Energy

Declaration of conformityPressure equip

ment in accordance w

ith the sound engineering practice

(Directive 9723EC

Article 33)

Pressure equipm

ent in hazard category I (D

irective 9723EC A

rticle 9)

Installation Guide ACS Substation

2727Danfoss District Energy VIGEK202 DEN-SMTFI

Declaration of conformity

Disposal instructionThis product should be dismantled and its components sorted if possible in various groups before recycling or disposal Always follow the local disposal regulations

Pressure equipm

ent in hazard category II - III (D

irective 9723EC A

rticle 9)

Installation Guide ACS Substation

Danfoss can accept no responsibility for possible errors in catalogues brochures and other printed material Danfoss reserves the right to alter its products without notice This also applies to products already on order provided that such alterations can be made without subsequential changes being necessary in specications already agreedAll trademarks in this material are property of the respective companies Danfoss and the Danfoss logotype are trademarks of Danfoss AS All rights reserved

Produced by Danfoss AS copy 072010

Oy Danfoss Ab middot Danfoss LPM middot Box 19 middot 79101 Leppaumlvirta middot FinlandPhone +358 403 092 200 middot Fax +358 403 092 281 middot salesdanfosscom middot wwwdanfosscom middot wwwlpmdanfossfi

General warranty conditions

1) Scope of application and warranty provider This warranty shall apply to Danfoss LPM heating substations and heat exchangers that are supplied by Oy Danfoss Ab for district heating use

2) Warranty periodThis warranty shall be in force as follows- Heating substation components 12 months from the initialization or 18 months from the delivery date

whichever period concludes earlier- Pipework parts and connectors 12 months from the initialization or 18 months from the delivery date whichever

period concludes earlier- Heat exchangers 12 months from the initialization or 18 months from the delivery date whichever period

concludes earlierA change of ownership causing transfer of goods for continued use will not terminate this warranty Product which has been repaired or replaced is not granted the new or extended warranty

3) Scope of warrantyThe guarantee covers the new component but not the costs for the assembly of the component Oy Danfoss Ab shall not be responsible for faults in cases where as can be proven the goodrsquos deteriorated quality or non-conforming applicability is obviously due to- Careless or faulty installation or repair work (such as insufficient pipe work supports the wrong operating

environment)- Exceeding the maximum pressure level (pressure shocks)- External stress (temperature mechanical stress etc)- Poor circulation water quality (does not fill the national requirements)

4) Reporting faultsThe buyer shall report any faults to Oy Danfoss Ab within 14 days from the date on which they had or should have detected the fault in question

5) Correcting faults In cases where the fault in question is covered by the warranty defined in these conditions Oy Danfoss Ab shall be obliged to correct the fault by delivering flawless goods within a reasonable period of time once a fault report has been received The liability of Oy Danfoss Ab is limited and does not cover the indirect costs and damages

6) Settling disputesThe Buyer shall be entitled to submit a warranty condition dispute to the Finnish Arbitral Tribunal for settlement All disputes will be handled in English

Oy Danfoss Ab Danfoss LPM

Oy Danfoss Ab middot Danfoss LPM

General Warranty Conditions

Please refer to Danfoss General Sales Conditions in details about sales process

Page 4: Installation Guide ACS Substation - Danfoss Heatingheating.danfoss.com/PCMPDF/VIGEK202_ACS_Inst_Guide.pdf · 5.9.6 Manual control ... DRAWING NO HE pump alarm. Installation Guide

Installation Guide ACS Substation

4 DEN-SMTFI VIGEK202 Danfoss District Energy

34 Electrical circuit diagrams

ACS with ECL controller

DATE

DESIG

NER

PAG

E

WO

RK NO

DRAW

ING

NO

HE pump alarm

Installation Guide ACS Substation

55Danfoss District Energy VIGEK202 DEN-SMTFI

DATE

DESIG

NER

PAG

E

WO

RK NO

DRAW

ING

NO

34 Electrical circuit diagrams

ACS with ECL controller

Installation Guide ACS Substation

6 DEN-SMTFI VIGEK202 Danfoss District Energy

DATE

DESIG

NER

PAG

E

WO

RK NO

DRAW

ING

NO

34 Electrical circuit diagrams

ACS without controller

Installation Guide ACS Substation

77Danfoss District Energy VIGEK202 DEN-SMTFI

DATE

DESIG

NER

PAG

E

WO

RK NO

DRAW

ING

NO

AU

TOM

ATION

DIA

GRA

M

34 Electrical circuit diagrams

ACS without controller

Installation Guide ACS Substation

8 DEN-SMTFI VIGEK202 Danfoss District Energy

40 Visible components in the substation

1 All substation functions are controlled and the operational values are observed with the electronic controller

2 Dial navigation in the menus and changes in the operating values by following the controller display

3 Display all settings temperature information and mode are found on the graphical display Navigation in the menus and changes in the settings are done following the display

4 With the installation feet you can adjust the substation posi-tion directly and on the correct height The adjustments can be done up to 6 cm

5 Connections to district heating heating and domestic hot water networks

6 The cover panels protect the components in the substation and add user safety When installing or servicing the cover panels have to be removed

50 Installation and start-up - Step by step

51 Removing the cover panels

The cover panels have to be removed before moving the substa-tion to the installation place and installing it

The panels are removed by lifting them up1 First remove the white panels from the front and back2 After that lift the grey panels

The cover panels can be placed back on the substation when the substation is installed and ready for use The panels are placed back in the opposite order when compared with taking them away

1

4

5

6

23

112

2

Installation Guide ACS Substation

99Danfoss District Energy VIGEK202 DEN-SMTFI

52 Protective cardboard cover

Leave the cardboard cover on top of the substation during moving and installation

53 Removing the substation from the pallet

The substation is screwed on the pallet with the attaching feet Take off the screws pointed with arrows in the picture

54 Moving substation to the installation place

ACS substation can be moved to the installation place using sev-eral different ways depending on the installation place and how to get therePlan the most convenient route to the installation place Be aware not to break floor and wall surfaces stairs doorposts etcThe substation includes delicate components

Do not hurt yourself or damage the substation when lifting it

1 Moving with a pallet truck

Installation Guide ACS Substation

10 DEN-SMTFI VIGEK202 Danfoss District Energy

2 Lifting with a crane It is possible to screw up lifting eyes in the top corners after remov-ing detachable metal round pieces from the roof This way substa-tion can be lifted up by using straps

55 Installation place

The installation place and the pipe connections for ACS substation can be planned in beforehand due to standardized sizing

The upwards oriented connections enable installation eg close to the wall Since the hot surfaces are hidden underneath the cover it is possible to use the boiler room also for some other activities

Installation Guide ACS Substation

1111Danfoss District Energy VIGEK202 DEN-SMTFI

56 Height adjustmentAdjust the substation straight horizontally and on the desired height with the help of the installation feet By turning the adjust-ment feet you can make up to 6 cm adjustments

57 Pipe connectionsThe substation is connected to the district heating network heat-ing domestic hot water and circulation networks in the building according to the connections and flow directions in the drawing

The pipes equipped with the couplings are to be detached and welded somewhere else but above the substation

The pipes must be mounted so that the strain caused by eg ther-mal expansion does not harm the sustation The pipes must be equipped with brackets in order to prevent any torsional stress

The connection to the district heating network can be done only by a qualified installer accepted by the district heating distributor

Prior to installation all pipes and connections have to be cleaned and rinsed

571 Connection directions

1 District heating supply2 District heating return3 Heating supply4 Heating return5 Cold water6 Domestic hot water7 Domestic hot water circulation

After cooling connectionAfter cooling connection

Direct return connection

5 6 7 2 1

4 3

Direct connection

After cooling connection

Direct return connection

56 7 2 1

4 3

Installation Guide ACS Substation

12 DEN-SMTFI VIGEK202 Danfoss District Energy

572 Dimensions for the pipe connections

The pipe connections are standardized and their places differ ac-cording to required capacity and the size of the substation

In the after cooling connection both cold water and district heat-ing return connection places are dependable on the size of the required heat exchanger The dimensions settle within the dimen-sions given in the dimensional pictures

0 300-420 550 720 880-1000 1240 13500

100

460

250 4700

After cooling connection 1350 mm blockAfter cooling connection 1090 mm block

Direct connection DN32

90100

120

460

740

0 240 470 560 730 890 1080 1190 13500

90100

120

460

740

0

150 3000

0 330 490 640 860 950 1090

Direct connection DN50

330 490 640 850 960 10900

90120

460

740

0

1500 300

Direct connection DN65

0 220-280 400 560 650-710 920 1090

100

460

220 370

Installation Guide ACS Substation

1313Danfoss District Energy VIGEK202 DEN-SMTFI

58 Electrification

Since the internal electrical connections are factory made it is not mandatory to use an electrician to connect the substation The contact plug is the main electrical switch in the substation

The outdoor temperature sensor is to be installed on the north side of the property at app 3 m height where the outdoor tem-perature can be measured There should be no ventilation window at the close proximity to the measuring point The other end of the outdoor temperature sensor cable is to be connected into the con-trol box When connecting outdoor temperature sensor make sure to remove the substation contact plug

In case the length of the outdoor temperature sensor cable is not long enough for your property it is remmendable to change the whole cable This way extra joints are avoided The minimum area for the cable is 04 mm2 and the maximum length is 125 m If you choose to use the extra joint inspite of recommendation protect the jointing sleeve with the shrink cable

Stick the contact plug into the wall socket fitted with a 10A220V fuse

Wait for 10 s turn the circulation pumps P1 (DHW) and P2 (HE) on by pressing the operating switches

Do not run the pumps without water

59 Controller settings

DescriptionThe ECL Comfort electronic weather compensated temperature controllers are for use in district heating central heating and cool-ing systems

Energy savings are facilitated by weather compensation adjust-ment of temperature according to schedule optimization as well as limitation of return temperature flow and power Functionalities such as data logging and alarm functions are implemented in the controller

Property specific controller settingsThere are some property related settings which are to be done before starting up the substation A complete controller instruc-tion is included and the most important details are also enclosed in this Installation Guide

20 m

20 m

Installation Guide ACS Substation

14 DEN-SMTFI VIGEK202 Danfoss District Energy

591 Controller display and symbols

592 Operating the controller

The graphical monochrome display shows all temperature val-ues status information and is used for the setting of control pa-rameters Navigation browsing and selecting is done by means of the dial You can navigate in the menus and change the values by turning the dial left or right and pushing to confirm

When a rectangle appears around the value or symbol it is pos-sible to do changes by turning the dial left or right

You can always get back to your favourite display by going to the top of the display and turning the dial so many times that ldquoHomerdquo appears If the dial has not been activated the controller will after 20 min revert to the favourite display

Favourite display for the user

Symbol Description

Tempera-tures

Outdoor temperature

Room temperature

DHW temperature

Position indicator

Mode

Scheduled operation

Comfort mode

Saving mode

Frost protection mode

Manual mode

Circuits

Heating

DHW

Common controller

Control-led com-ponents

Pump ON

Pumppu OFF

Actuator opens

Actuator closes

Alarm

Display selector

Favourite display for the installer

1 = Heating circuit = DHW circuit = Common controller

Mode

= Manual mode

= Scheduled operation

= Comfort mode

= Saving mode

= Frost protection modeMenus with

values and settings

Position indicator for

navigation

Display selection

State of components

System pressure

Primary return temperature

actual and desired

Flow temperatureactual and desired

Return temperature actual

1 = Heating circuit = DHW circuit = Common controller

Mode

= Scheduled operation

= Comfort mode

= Saving mode

= Frost protection modeDesired room temperature

Date

Outdoor temperature

Time

Schedule

Menus with values and settings Position indicator

for navigation

Display selection

Installation Guide ACS Substation

1515Danfoss District Energy VIGEK202 DEN-SMTFI

593 Setting the date and time

Set correct date and time in the controller

Setting done as with the hours

Setting the date same way as time

Getting out of the menu

Installation Guide ACS Substation

16 DEN-SMTFI VIGEK202 Danfoss District Energy

594 Setting the heat curve

Due to different heat masses heating system insulation dimen-sions etc it might be necessary to change the heat curve

Set the heat curve always according to HEVAC plans (functioning temperature of the heating circuit) There you can find desired flow temperatures for different outdoor temperatures

10

20

30

40

50

60

70

80

90

100

110

120

130

140

150

-40 -30 -20 -10 0 10 20 30 [oC]

[oC]

10

14

06

02

18

22 30 3526 40

01

0304

Factory setting the heat curve Example heat curve for the floor-heating system

Factory setting is a typical heat curve for radiator heating about 10

Outdoor temperature

degC

Flow temperature

degC

Visible on the display

-30 75 (-3075)-15 60 (-1560)-5 50 (-550)0 45 (045)5 40 (540)

15 28 (1528)

The heat curve typically used with floor-heat-ing about 04

Outdoor temperature

degC

Flow temperature

degC

Visible on the display

-30 45 (-3045)-15 38 (-1538)-5 34 (-534)0 31 (031)5 28 (528)

15 22 (522)

Changes in the heat curve point by point

Set the desired temperature

Move to the following points

Setting same way as with the previous point

Installation Guide ACS Substation

1717Danfoss District Energy VIGEK202 DEN-SMTFI

Saving the new curve Getting out of the menu

595 Setting up limitations for flow temperature

The flow temperature maximum limitation prevents too hot water from going into the heating circuit eg in the floor-heating system

When taking floor-heating system into use for the first time the max limitation for flow temperature can be set eg at 27degC The limitation temperature cuts off the heat curve when the tempera-ture reaches the limitLater on after the concrete slab has dried the flow temperature limitation can be raised to 45degC which is typically used in the floor-heating system

Typical max limitation in the radiator heating circuit is 90degC

Typical flow temperature limitations in different heating systems

Flow temperature

min degC max degC

Radiator heating 20 90When taking floor-heating system into use for the first time (drying up concrete slab)

20 27

Floor-heating 20 45

Setting the flow temperature max limitation

Typical flow temperature max limitation floor-heating 45degC

Setting the flow temperature min limitation

Typical flow temperature max limitation radiator heating 90degC

The heat curve display by fol-lowing the intructions in ldquo594 Setting the heat curverdquo

Installation Guide ACS Substation

18 DEN-SMTFI VIGEK202 Danfoss District Energy

Typical flow temperature max limitation When taking floor-heating system into use for the first time (drying up concrete slab) 27degC

Example display of the heat curve limiting temperature floor-heating heat curve flow temp max limitation 27degC

Getting out of the menu

The heat curve display by fol-lowing the intructions in ldquo594 Setting the heat curverdquo

Getting out of the menu

Typical flow temperature min limitation is 20degC

596 Manual control

Manual control is typically used when installing or servicing The controlled components valve pump etc can be controlled for correct function

Do not leave the controller in ldquoManual controlrdquo mode after finishing maintenance or service work The normal mode is ldquoComfort moderdquo or when using schedules ldquoScheduled operationrdquo

The valve is open

Installation Guide ACS Substation

1919Danfoss District Energy VIGEK202 DEN-SMTFI

The valve is closed

Getting away

Changing back to Comfort mode

597 Commissioning with one circuit

When commissioning the substation it might be necessary to close a circuit eg DHW circuit The circuit in question can be closed by forcing the control valve to close downThe pump has to be stopped with an operating switch

M1 P1 DHW circuit control valve and circulation pump

M2 P2 Heating circuit control valve and circulation pump

A1 Alarm relay

An example DHW circuit control valve close down

The valve is forced to close down

STOP leaves the valve in closed position

Getting out of the menu

Installation Guide ACS Substation

20 DEN-SMTFI VIGEK202 Danfoss District Energy

598 Sensor displays

Temperature and pressure information can be read on the con-troller display

All values can be found by going down the list

Getting out of the menu

599 Alarm

Alarm functions in the controller pressure alarm pump alarm and maximum temperature alarm (temperature limiting thermo-static function) As a sign of an alarm symbol appears on the display

Alarm overview shows which alarm is in question

Installation Guide ACS Substation

2121Danfoss District Energy VIGEK202 DEN-SMTFI

Pressure alarm

Max and min limitations (Alarm high Alarm low) have to adapted to the building Low X and high X values have been set based on the pressure transmitter included Do not change

Pump alarm The alarm disap-pears from the display when the pump is working again

Alarm value1=open contact (eg Wilo)0= closing contact (eg Grund-fos)

Max temperature limitation (temperature limiting thermo-static function)

Max temperature limitation can be used eg in floor-heating system as a temperature limiting thermostatic function

Getting out of the menu

In a floor-heating system the maximum temperature limita-tion can be set at 50degC

Installation Guide ACS Substation

22 DEN-SMTFI VIGEK202 Danfoss District Energy

5910 Changing the favourite display for the user

After having done the installation settings it is recommendable to change the favourite display to fit the userrsquos needs

5911 Setting the room temperature

The setting of the desired room temperature is important even if the room temperature sensor is not connected It has an effect on the temperature in your property

5912 Setting domestic hot water temperature

Changing the circuit

Installation Guide ACS Substation

2323Danfoss District Energy VIGEK202 DEN-SMTFI

Changing the desired tempera-ture Getting out of the menu

510 Basic parameters factory settings

Heating circuit

Setting Factory set-ting

Own setting Comment

Room temperature and setback temp 20 degC 16 degC

Heat curve 10 Note In a floor-heating system the typical setting is 04

Limit for heating cut-out 18 degC

Flow temperature min 20 degC

Flow temperature max 90 degC Note In a floor-heating system change the max temp to 45 degC

Proportional band Xp 85 K

Integration time constant Tn 25 s

Running time of the motorized con-trol valve

120 s

Neutral zone Nz 2 K

Pressure alarm limit max 23

Pressure alarm limit min 08

Pressure alarm timeout 30 s

Pump alarm alarm value 1 1= open contact (eg Wilo)0= closing contact (eg Grundfos)

Pump alarm timeout 20 s

Max flow temperature limitation alarm (temperature limiting thermostatic function)

90 degC Note In a floor-heating system change to 50 degC

Max flow temperature limitation alarm timeout ΔTALARM

60 s

DHW circuit Setting Factory set-

tingOwn setting Comment

DHW temperature and setback temp 58 degC 55 degC

Flow temperature min 45 degC

Flow temperature max 65 degC

Proportional band Xp 9 K

Integration time constant Tn 13 s

Running time of the motorized control valve

15 s

Neutral zone Nz 3 K

Installation Guide ACS Substation

24 DEN-SMTFI VIGEK202 Danfoss District Energy

Problems Heating

Room temperature is too lowie flow temperature is too low

Disruption in the district heating distribution

Get in contact with the district heating distributor

The filter is cloggedGet in contact with the district heating distributor or with local Danfoss Sales Company

The heat curve is not correct Check the heat curve settings

Failure in the heating circuit controls Get in contact with local Danfoss Sales Company

The circulation pump has stopped Turn the pump on check eg heat relay

Pressure in the heating circuit is too low Add water through the filling valve Write down the filling date

Air in the heating circuit Remove air from the radiators add water if necessary

Fouling in the heat exchanger Get in contact with local Danfoss Sales Company

The radiator thermostat is stuck or broken Get in contact with the installer

The control valve is stuck Get in contact with local Danfoss Sales Company

Room temperature is too highie flow temperature is too high

The heat curve is not correct Check the heat curve settings

The controller in the heating circuit is brokenGet in contact with local Danfoss Sales Company

The control valve stays openclosed

511 Start-up

Check following point before start-up

Check points before start-up

Pipes are connected according to the designsDrainage valves are closedThe temperature for the domestic hot water is set to +58˚CThe outdoor temperature sensor is installed and connectedController settingsConnections are tightenedFunction of the safety valves is checked

Fill the substation with flow media and raise the pressure slowly to working pressure When starting up the substation it should be air vented The shut-off valve in the primary side on the return side is opened and the shut-off valve on the supply side is closed Air comes out by open-ing the air vent valveAfter that the operation of the substation must be observed If the substation operates according to designed parameters it can be taken into continuous use

Check points after start-up

Check temperaturesCheck pressuresThermal expansionOperation of the pumpsFlow directionsOperation of the controls

All Danfoss heat exchangers and substations have been pres-sure tested according to PED 9723EC (module H)

Make sure to give operating instructions to the users of the substation

60 Trouble shooting

Installation Guide ACS Substation

2525Danfoss District Energy VIGEK202 DEN-SMTFI

60 Trouble shooting

Problems Domestic hot water (DHW)

DHW smells bad or is coloured DHW heat exchanger has an internal leakage

Get in contact with local Danfoss Sales Company

Temperature of DHW varies more than usual

DHW control does not work or the control valve is broken

DHW control valve is too big for the existing conditions

Inadequate DHW circulation Get in contact with the installer

The filter is clogged Get in contact with the district heating distributor

The pressure difference is too bigGet in contact with local Danfoss Sales Company

Trash in the control valve

Other situations

The pump sounds strangeAir lock in the pump Stop the pump for a moment to remove the

air lock

The bearing in the pump is brokenGet in contact with the district heating distributor

The control valve has a strong whistling sound

The control valve is broken

Pressure difference is too big in the district heating network

Get in contact with the district heating distributor

Water leaks on the floor in the boiler room or the heat exchanger insulation is wet The heat exchanger has an external leakage

Get in contact with the district heating distributor andor local Danfoss Sales Company

The pressure or the temperature of district heating water differs significantly from the normal

Disruption in the district heating distribution Get in contact with the district heating distributor

The outdoor temperature is not visible on the display

The outdoor temperature sensor has been connected to the substation with the power on

Pull the substation contact plug out and reconnect it

Heating control does not work

The controller is let in rdquoManual controlrdquo mode

Set the controller to rdquoComfort moderdquo or rdquoScheduled operation moderdquo

The controller sensor or motorized control valve is broken Get in contact with local Danfoss Sales

CompanyThe control valve stays openclosed

Water in the heating circuit increases and excess water comes out through the safety valve for the expansion vessel

The heat exchanger has an internal leakageGet in contact with the district heating distributor andor with local Danfoss Sales Company

The filling valve in the heating circuit leaks into the heating circuit

Get in contact with local Danfoss Sales Company

Pressure in the heating circuit is too low The heating circuit has too little water or the ciruit has a leakage

Add water into the circuit through the filling valve Write down the filling date If this happens often get in contact with local Danfoss Sales Company

The return temperature in the heating circuit is high

The difference between district heating and heating circuit return temperatures is big

Get in contact with local Danfoss Sales Company

Installation Guide ACS Substation

26 DEN-SMTFI VIGEK202 Danfoss District Energy

Declaration of conformityPressure equip

ment in accordance w

ith the sound engineering practice

(Directive 9723EC

Article 33)

Pressure equipm

ent in hazard category I (D

irective 9723EC A

rticle 9)

Installation Guide ACS Substation

2727Danfoss District Energy VIGEK202 DEN-SMTFI

Declaration of conformity

Disposal instructionThis product should be dismantled and its components sorted if possible in various groups before recycling or disposal Always follow the local disposal regulations

Pressure equipm

ent in hazard category II - III (D

irective 9723EC A

rticle 9)

Installation Guide ACS Substation

Danfoss can accept no responsibility for possible errors in catalogues brochures and other printed material Danfoss reserves the right to alter its products without notice This also applies to products already on order provided that such alterations can be made without subsequential changes being necessary in specications already agreedAll trademarks in this material are property of the respective companies Danfoss and the Danfoss logotype are trademarks of Danfoss AS All rights reserved

Produced by Danfoss AS copy 072010

Oy Danfoss Ab middot Danfoss LPM middot Box 19 middot 79101 Leppaumlvirta middot FinlandPhone +358 403 092 200 middot Fax +358 403 092 281 middot salesdanfosscom middot wwwdanfosscom middot wwwlpmdanfossfi

General warranty conditions

1) Scope of application and warranty provider This warranty shall apply to Danfoss LPM heating substations and heat exchangers that are supplied by Oy Danfoss Ab for district heating use

2) Warranty periodThis warranty shall be in force as follows- Heating substation components 12 months from the initialization or 18 months from the delivery date

whichever period concludes earlier- Pipework parts and connectors 12 months from the initialization or 18 months from the delivery date whichever

period concludes earlier- Heat exchangers 12 months from the initialization or 18 months from the delivery date whichever period

concludes earlierA change of ownership causing transfer of goods for continued use will not terminate this warranty Product which has been repaired or replaced is not granted the new or extended warranty

3) Scope of warrantyThe guarantee covers the new component but not the costs for the assembly of the component Oy Danfoss Ab shall not be responsible for faults in cases where as can be proven the goodrsquos deteriorated quality or non-conforming applicability is obviously due to- Careless or faulty installation or repair work (such as insufficient pipe work supports the wrong operating

environment)- Exceeding the maximum pressure level (pressure shocks)- External stress (temperature mechanical stress etc)- Poor circulation water quality (does not fill the national requirements)

4) Reporting faultsThe buyer shall report any faults to Oy Danfoss Ab within 14 days from the date on which they had or should have detected the fault in question

5) Correcting faults In cases where the fault in question is covered by the warranty defined in these conditions Oy Danfoss Ab shall be obliged to correct the fault by delivering flawless goods within a reasonable period of time once a fault report has been received The liability of Oy Danfoss Ab is limited and does not cover the indirect costs and damages

6) Settling disputesThe Buyer shall be entitled to submit a warranty condition dispute to the Finnish Arbitral Tribunal for settlement All disputes will be handled in English

Oy Danfoss Ab Danfoss LPM

Oy Danfoss Ab middot Danfoss LPM

General Warranty Conditions

Please refer to Danfoss General Sales Conditions in details about sales process

Page 5: Installation Guide ACS Substation - Danfoss Heatingheating.danfoss.com/PCMPDF/VIGEK202_ACS_Inst_Guide.pdf · 5.9.6 Manual control ... DRAWING NO HE pump alarm. Installation Guide

Installation Guide ACS Substation

55Danfoss District Energy VIGEK202 DEN-SMTFI

DATE

DESIG

NER

PAG

E

WO

RK NO

DRAW

ING

NO

34 Electrical circuit diagrams

ACS with ECL controller

Installation Guide ACS Substation

6 DEN-SMTFI VIGEK202 Danfoss District Energy

DATE

DESIG

NER

PAG

E

WO

RK NO

DRAW

ING

NO

34 Electrical circuit diagrams

ACS without controller

Installation Guide ACS Substation

77Danfoss District Energy VIGEK202 DEN-SMTFI

DATE

DESIG

NER

PAG

E

WO

RK NO

DRAW

ING

NO

AU

TOM

ATION

DIA

GRA

M

34 Electrical circuit diagrams

ACS without controller

Installation Guide ACS Substation

8 DEN-SMTFI VIGEK202 Danfoss District Energy

40 Visible components in the substation

1 All substation functions are controlled and the operational values are observed with the electronic controller

2 Dial navigation in the menus and changes in the operating values by following the controller display

3 Display all settings temperature information and mode are found on the graphical display Navigation in the menus and changes in the settings are done following the display

4 With the installation feet you can adjust the substation posi-tion directly and on the correct height The adjustments can be done up to 6 cm

5 Connections to district heating heating and domestic hot water networks

6 The cover panels protect the components in the substation and add user safety When installing or servicing the cover panels have to be removed

50 Installation and start-up - Step by step

51 Removing the cover panels

The cover panels have to be removed before moving the substa-tion to the installation place and installing it

The panels are removed by lifting them up1 First remove the white panels from the front and back2 After that lift the grey panels

The cover panels can be placed back on the substation when the substation is installed and ready for use The panels are placed back in the opposite order when compared with taking them away

1

4

5

6

23

112

2

Installation Guide ACS Substation

99Danfoss District Energy VIGEK202 DEN-SMTFI

52 Protective cardboard cover

Leave the cardboard cover on top of the substation during moving and installation

53 Removing the substation from the pallet

The substation is screwed on the pallet with the attaching feet Take off the screws pointed with arrows in the picture

54 Moving substation to the installation place

ACS substation can be moved to the installation place using sev-eral different ways depending on the installation place and how to get therePlan the most convenient route to the installation place Be aware not to break floor and wall surfaces stairs doorposts etcThe substation includes delicate components

Do not hurt yourself or damage the substation when lifting it

1 Moving with a pallet truck

Installation Guide ACS Substation

10 DEN-SMTFI VIGEK202 Danfoss District Energy

2 Lifting with a crane It is possible to screw up lifting eyes in the top corners after remov-ing detachable metal round pieces from the roof This way substa-tion can be lifted up by using straps

55 Installation place

The installation place and the pipe connections for ACS substation can be planned in beforehand due to standardized sizing

The upwards oriented connections enable installation eg close to the wall Since the hot surfaces are hidden underneath the cover it is possible to use the boiler room also for some other activities

Installation Guide ACS Substation

1111Danfoss District Energy VIGEK202 DEN-SMTFI

56 Height adjustmentAdjust the substation straight horizontally and on the desired height with the help of the installation feet By turning the adjust-ment feet you can make up to 6 cm adjustments

57 Pipe connectionsThe substation is connected to the district heating network heat-ing domestic hot water and circulation networks in the building according to the connections and flow directions in the drawing

The pipes equipped with the couplings are to be detached and welded somewhere else but above the substation

The pipes must be mounted so that the strain caused by eg ther-mal expansion does not harm the sustation The pipes must be equipped with brackets in order to prevent any torsional stress

The connection to the district heating network can be done only by a qualified installer accepted by the district heating distributor

Prior to installation all pipes and connections have to be cleaned and rinsed

571 Connection directions

1 District heating supply2 District heating return3 Heating supply4 Heating return5 Cold water6 Domestic hot water7 Domestic hot water circulation

After cooling connectionAfter cooling connection

Direct return connection

5 6 7 2 1

4 3

Direct connection

After cooling connection

Direct return connection

56 7 2 1

4 3

Installation Guide ACS Substation

12 DEN-SMTFI VIGEK202 Danfoss District Energy

572 Dimensions for the pipe connections

The pipe connections are standardized and their places differ ac-cording to required capacity and the size of the substation

In the after cooling connection both cold water and district heat-ing return connection places are dependable on the size of the required heat exchanger The dimensions settle within the dimen-sions given in the dimensional pictures

0 300-420 550 720 880-1000 1240 13500

100

460

250 4700

After cooling connection 1350 mm blockAfter cooling connection 1090 mm block

Direct connection DN32

90100

120

460

740

0 240 470 560 730 890 1080 1190 13500

90100

120

460

740

0

150 3000

0 330 490 640 860 950 1090

Direct connection DN50

330 490 640 850 960 10900

90120

460

740

0

1500 300

Direct connection DN65

0 220-280 400 560 650-710 920 1090

100

460

220 370

Installation Guide ACS Substation

1313Danfoss District Energy VIGEK202 DEN-SMTFI

58 Electrification

Since the internal electrical connections are factory made it is not mandatory to use an electrician to connect the substation The contact plug is the main electrical switch in the substation

The outdoor temperature sensor is to be installed on the north side of the property at app 3 m height where the outdoor tem-perature can be measured There should be no ventilation window at the close proximity to the measuring point The other end of the outdoor temperature sensor cable is to be connected into the con-trol box When connecting outdoor temperature sensor make sure to remove the substation contact plug

In case the length of the outdoor temperature sensor cable is not long enough for your property it is remmendable to change the whole cable This way extra joints are avoided The minimum area for the cable is 04 mm2 and the maximum length is 125 m If you choose to use the extra joint inspite of recommendation protect the jointing sleeve with the shrink cable

Stick the contact plug into the wall socket fitted with a 10A220V fuse

Wait for 10 s turn the circulation pumps P1 (DHW) and P2 (HE) on by pressing the operating switches

Do not run the pumps without water

59 Controller settings

DescriptionThe ECL Comfort electronic weather compensated temperature controllers are for use in district heating central heating and cool-ing systems

Energy savings are facilitated by weather compensation adjust-ment of temperature according to schedule optimization as well as limitation of return temperature flow and power Functionalities such as data logging and alarm functions are implemented in the controller

Property specific controller settingsThere are some property related settings which are to be done before starting up the substation A complete controller instruc-tion is included and the most important details are also enclosed in this Installation Guide

20 m

20 m

Installation Guide ACS Substation

14 DEN-SMTFI VIGEK202 Danfoss District Energy

591 Controller display and symbols

592 Operating the controller

The graphical monochrome display shows all temperature val-ues status information and is used for the setting of control pa-rameters Navigation browsing and selecting is done by means of the dial You can navigate in the menus and change the values by turning the dial left or right and pushing to confirm

When a rectangle appears around the value or symbol it is pos-sible to do changes by turning the dial left or right

You can always get back to your favourite display by going to the top of the display and turning the dial so many times that ldquoHomerdquo appears If the dial has not been activated the controller will after 20 min revert to the favourite display

Favourite display for the user

Symbol Description

Tempera-tures

Outdoor temperature

Room temperature

DHW temperature

Position indicator

Mode

Scheduled operation

Comfort mode

Saving mode

Frost protection mode

Manual mode

Circuits

Heating

DHW

Common controller

Control-led com-ponents

Pump ON

Pumppu OFF

Actuator opens

Actuator closes

Alarm

Display selector

Favourite display for the installer

1 = Heating circuit = DHW circuit = Common controller

Mode

= Manual mode

= Scheduled operation

= Comfort mode

= Saving mode

= Frost protection modeMenus with

values and settings

Position indicator for

navigation

Display selection

State of components

System pressure

Primary return temperature

actual and desired

Flow temperatureactual and desired

Return temperature actual

1 = Heating circuit = DHW circuit = Common controller

Mode

= Scheduled operation

= Comfort mode

= Saving mode

= Frost protection modeDesired room temperature

Date

Outdoor temperature

Time

Schedule

Menus with values and settings Position indicator

for navigation

Display selection

Installation Guide ACS Substation

1515Danfoss District Energy VIGEK202 DEN-SMTFI

593 Setting the date and time

Set correct date and time in the controller

Setting done as with the hours

Setting the date same way as time

Getting out of the menu

Installation Guide ACS Substation

16 DEN-SMTFI VIGEK202 Danfoss District Energy

594 Setting the heat curve

Due to different heat masses heating system insulation dimen-sions etc it might be necessary to change the heat curve

Set the heat curve always according to HEVAC plans (functioning temperature of the heating circuit) There you can find desired flow temperatures for different outdoor temperatures

10

20

30

40

50

60

70

80

90

100

110

120

130

140

150

-40 -30 -20 -10 0 10 20 30 [oC]

[oC]

10

14

06

02

18

22 30 3526 40

01

0304

Factory setting the heat curve Example heat curve for the floor-heating system

Factory setting is a typical heat curve for radiator heating about 10

Outdoor temperature

degC

Flow temperature

degC

Visible on the display

-30 75 (-3075)-15 60 (-1560)-5 50 (-550)0 45 (045)5 40 (540)

15 28 (1528)

The heat curve typically used with floor-heat-ing about 04

Outdoor temperature

degC

Flow temperature

degC

Visible on the display

-30 45 (-3045)-15 38 (-1538)-5 34 (-534)0 31 (031)5 28 (528)

15 22 (522)

Changes in the heat curve point by point

Set the desired temperature

Move to the following points

Setting same way as with the previous point

Installation Guide ACS Substation

1717Danfoss District Energy VIGEK202 DEN-SMTFI

Saving the new curve Getting out of the menu

595 Setting up limitations for flow temperature

The flow temperature maximum limitation prevents too hot water from going into the heating circuit eg in the floor-heating system

When taking floor-heating system into use for the first time the max limitation for flow temperature can be set eg at 27degC The limitation temperature cuts off the heat curve when the tempera-ture reaches the limitLater on after the concrete slab has dried the flow temperature limitation can be raised to 45degC which is typically used in the floor-heating system

Typical max limitation in the radiator heating circuit is 90degC

Typical flow temperature limitations in different heating systems

Flow temperature

min degC max degC

Radiator heating 20 90When taking floor-heating system into use for the first time (drying up concrete slab)

20 27

Floor-heating 20 45

Setting the flow temperature max limitation

Typical flow temperature max limitation floor-heating 45degC

Setting the flow temperature min limitation

Typical flow temperature max limitation radiator heating 90degC

The heat curve display by fol-lowing the intructions in ldquo594 Setting the heat curverdquo

Installation Guide ACS Substation

18 DEN-SMTFI VIGEK202 Danfoss District Energy

Typical flow temperature max limitation When taking floor-heating system into use for the first time (drying up concrete slab) 27degC

Example display of the heat curve limiting temperature floor-heating heat curve flow temp max limitation 27degC

Getting out of the menu

The heat curve display by fol-lowing the intructions in ldquo594 Setting the heat curverdquo

Getting out of the menu

Typical flow temperature min limitation is 20degC

596 Manual control

Manual control is typically used when installing or servicing The controlled components valve pump etc can be controlled for correct function

Do not leave the controller in ldquoManual controlrdquo mode after finishing maintenance or service work The normal mode is ldquoComfort moderdquo or when using schedules ldquoScheduled operationrdquo

The valve is open

Installation Guide ACS Substation

1919Danfoss District Energy VIGEK202 DEN-SMTFI

The valve is closed

Getting away

Changing back to Comfort mode

597 Commissioning with one circuit

When commissioning the substation it might be necessary to close a circuit eg DHW circuit The circuit in question can be closed by forcing the control valve to close downThe pump has to be stopped with an operating switch

M1 P1 DHW circuit control valve and circulation pump

M2 P2 Heating circuit control valve and circulation pump

A1 Alarm relay

An example DHW circuit control valve close down

The valve is forced to close down

STOP leaves the valve in closed position

Getting out of the menu

Installation Guide ACS Substation

20 DEN-SMTFI VIGEK202 Danfoss District Energy

598 Sensor displays

Temperature and pressure information can be read on the con-troller display

All values can be found by going down the list

Getting out of the menu

599 Alarm

Alarm functions in the controller pressure alarm pump alarm and maximum temperature alarm (temperature limiting thermo-static function) As a sign of an alarm symbol appears on the display

Alarm overview shows which alarm is in question

Installation Guide ACS Substation

2121Danfoss District Energy VIGEK202 DEN-SMTFI

Pressure alarm

Max and min limitations (Alarm high Alarm low) have to adapted to the building Low X and high X values have been set based on the pressure transmitter included Do not change

Pump alarm The alarm disap-pears from the display when the pump is working again

Alarm value1=open contact (eg Wilo)0= closing contact (eg Grund-fos)

Max temperature limitation (temperature limiting thermo-static function)

Max temperature limitation can be used eg in floor-heating system as a temperature limiting thermostatic function

Getting out of the menu

In a floor-heating system the maximum temperature limita-tion can be set at 50degC

Installation Guide ACS Substation

22 DEN-SMTFI VIGEK202 Danfoss District Energy

5910 Changing the favourite display for the user

After having done the installation settings it is recommendable to change the favourite display to fit the userrsquos needs

5911 Setting the room temperature

The setting of the desired room temperature is important even if the room temperature sensor is not connected It has an effect on the temperature in your property

5912 Setting domestic hot water temperature

Changing the circuit

Installation Guide ACS Substation

2323Danfoss District Energy VIGEK202 DEN-SMTFI

Changing the desired tempera-ture Getting out of the menu

510 Basic parameters factory settings

Heating circuit

Setting Factory set-ting

Own setting Comment

Room temperature and setback temp 20 degC 16 degC

Heat curve 10 Note In a floor-heating system the typical setting is 04

Limit for heating cut-out 18 degC

Flow temperature min 20 degC

Flow temperature max 90 degC Note In a floor-heating system change the max temp to 45 degC

Proportional band Xp 85 K

Integration time constant Tn 25 s

Running time of the motorized con-trol valve

120 s

Neutral zone Nz 2 K

Pressure alarm limit max 23

Pressure alarm limit min 08

Pressure alarm timeout 30 s

Pump alarm alarm value 1 1= open contact (eg Wilo)0= closing contact (eg Grundfos)

Pump alarm timeout 20 s

Max flow temperature limitation alarm (temperature limiting thermostatic function)

90 degC Note In a floor-heating system change to 50 degC

Max flow temperature limitation alarm timeout ΔTALARM

60 s

DHW circuit Setting Factory set-

tingOwn setting Comment

DHW temperature and setback temp 58 degC 55 degC

Flow temperature min 45 degC

Flow temperature max 65 degC

Proportional band Xp 9 K

Integration time constant Tn 13 s

Running time of the motorized control valve

15 s

Neutral zone Nz 3 K

Installation Guide ACS Substation

24 DEN-SMTFI VIGEK202 Danfoss District Energy

Problems Heating

Room temperature is too lowie flow temperature is too low

Disruption in the district heating distribution

Get in contact with the district heating distributor

The filter is cloggedGet in contact with the district heating distributor or with local Danfoss Sales Company

The heat curve is not correct Check the heat curve settings

Failure in the heating circuit controls Get in contact with local Danfoss Sales Company

The circulation pump has stopped Turn the pump on check eg heat relay

Pressure in the heating circuit is too low Add water through the filling valve Write down the filling date

Air in the heating circuit Remove air from the radiators add water if necessary

Fouling in the heat exchanger Get in contact with local Danfoss Sales Company

The radiator thermostat is stuck or broken Get in contact with the installer

The control valve is stuck Get in contact with local Danfoss Sales Company

Room temperature is too highie flow temperature is too high

The heat curve is not correct Check the heat curve settings

The controller in the heating circuit is brokenGet in contact with local Danfoss Sales Company

The control valve stays openclosed

511 Start-up

Check following point before start-up

Check points before start-up

Pipes are connected according to the designsDrainage valves are closedThe temperature for the domestic hot water is set to +58˚CThe outdoor temperature sensor is installed and connectedController settingsConnections are tightenedFunction of the safety valves is checked

Fill the substation with flow media and raise the pressure slowly to working pressure When starting up the substation it should be air vented The shut-off valve in the primary side on the return side is opened and the shut-off valve on the supply side is closed Air comes out by open-ing the air vent valveAfter that the operation of the substation must be observed If the substation operates according to designed parameters it can be taken into continuous use

Check points after start-up

Check temperaturesCheck pressuresThermal expansionOperation of the pumpsFlow directionsOperation of the controls

All Danfoss heat exchangers and substations have been pres-sure tested according to PED 9723EC (module H)

Make sure to give operating instructions to the users of the substation

60 Trouble shooting

Installation Guide ACS Substation

2525Danfoss District Energy VIGEK202 DEN-SMTFI

60 Trouble shooting

Problems Domestic hot water (DHW)

DHW smells bad or is coloured DHW heat exchanger has an internal leakage

Get in contact with local Danfoss Sales Company

Temperature of DHW varies more than usual

DHW control does not work or the control valve is broken

DHW control valve is too big for the existing conditions

Inadequate DHW circulation Get in contact with the installer

The filter is clogged Get in contact with the district heating distributor

The pressure difference is too bigGet in contact with local Danfoss Sales Company

Trash in the control valve

Other situations

The pump sounds strangeAir lock in the pump Stop the pump for a moment to remove the

air lock

The bearing in the pump is brokenGet in contact with the district heating distributor

The control valve has a strong whistling sound

The control valve is broken

Pressure difference is too big in the district heating network

Get in contact with the district heating distributor

Water leaks on the floor in the boiler room or the heat exchanger insulation is wet The heat exchanger has an external leakage

Get in contact with the district heating distributor andor local Danfoss Sales Company

The pressure or the temperature of district heating water differs significantly from the normal

Disruption in the district heating distribution Get in contact with the district heating distributor

The outdoor temperature is not visible on the display

The outdoor temperature sensor has been connected to the substation with the power on

Pull the substation contact plug out and reconnect it

Heating control does not work

The controller is let in rdquoManual controlrdquo mode

Set the controller to rdquoComfort moderdquo or rdquoScheduled operation moderdquo

The controller sensor or motorized control valve is broken Get in contact with local Danfoss Sales

CompanyThe control valve stays openclosed

Water in the heating circuit increases and excess water comes out through the safety valve for the expansion vessel

The heat exchanger has an internal leakageGet in contact with the district heating distributor andor with local Danfoss Sales Company

The filling valve in the heating circuit leaks into the heating circuit

Get in contact with local Danfoss Sales Company

Pressure in the heating circuit is too low The heating circuit has too little water or the ciruit has a leakage

Add water into the circuit through the filling valve Write down the filling date If this happens often get in contact with local Danfoss Sales Company

The return temperature in the heating circuit is high

The difference between district heating and heating circuit return temperatures is big

Get in contact with local Danfoss Sales Company

Installation Guide ACS Substation

26 DEN-SMTFI VIGEK202 Danfoss District Energy

Declaration of conformityPressure equip

ment in accordance w

ith the sound engineering practice

(Directive 9723EC

Article 33)

Pressure equipm

ent in hazard category I (D

irective 9723EC A

rticle 9)

Installation Guide ACS Substation

2727Danfoss District Energy VIGEK202 DEN-SMTFI

Declaration of conformity

Disposal instructionThis product should be dismantled and its components sorted if possible in various groups before recycling or disposal Always follow the local disposal regulations

Pressure equipm

ent in hazard category II - III (D

irective 9723EC A

rticle 9)

Installation Guide ACS Substation

Danfoss can accept no responsibility for possible errors in catalogues brochures and other printed material Danfoss reserves the right to alter its products without notice This also applies to products already on order provided that such alterations can be made without subsequential changes being necessary in specications already agreedAll trademarks in this material are property of the respective companies Danfoss and the Danfoss logotype are trademarks of Danfoss AS All rights reserved

Produced by Danfoss AS copy 072010

Oy Danfoss Ab middot Danfoss LPM middot Box 19 middot 79101 Leppaumlvirta middot FinlandPhone +358 403 092 200 middot Fax +358 403 092 281 middot salesdanfosscom middot wwwdanfosscom middot wwwlpmdanfossfi

General warranty conditions

1) Scope of application and warranty provider This warranty shall apply to Danfoss LPM heating substations and heat exchangers that are supplied by Oy Danfoss Ab for district heating use

2) Warranty periodThis warranty shall be in force as follows- Heating substation components 12 months from the initialization or 18 months from the delivery date

whichever period concludes earlier- Pipework parts and connectors 12 months from the initialization or 18 months from the delivery date whichever

period concludes earlier- Heat exchangers 12 months from the initialization or 18 months from the delivery date whichever period

concludes earlierA change of ownership causing transfer of goods for continued use will not terminate this warranty Product which has been repaired or replaced is not granted the new or extended warranty

3) Scope of warrantyThe guarantee covers the new component but not the costs for the assembly of the component Oy Danfoss Ab shall not be responsible for faults in cases where as can be proven the goodrsquos deteriorated quality or non-conforming applicability is obviously due to- Careless or faulty installation or repair work (such as insufficient pipe work supports the wrong operating

environment)- Exceeding the maximum pressure level (pressure shocks)- External stress (temperature mechanical stress etc)- Poor circulation water quality (does not fill the national requirements)

4) Reporting faultsThe buyer shall report any faults to Oy Danfoss Ab within 14 days from the date on which they had or should have detected the fault in question

5) Correcting faults In cases where the fault in question is covered by the warranty defined in these conditions Oy Danfoss Ab shall be obliged to correct the fault by delivering flawless goods within a reasonable period of time once a fault report has been received The liability of Oy Danfoss Ab is limited and does not cover the indirect costs and damages

6) Settling disputesThe Buyer shall be entitled to submit a warranty condition dispute to the Finnish Arbitral Tribunal for settlement All disputes will be handled in English

Oy Danfoss Ab Danfoss LPM

Oy Danfoss Ab middot Danfoss LPM

General Warranty Conditions

Please refer to Danfoss General Sales Conditions in details about sales process

Page 6: Installation Guide ACS Substation - Danfoss Heatingheating.danfoss.com/PCMPDF/VIGEK202_ACS_Inst_Guide.pdf · 5.9.6 Manual control ... DRAWING NO HE pump alarm. Installation Guide

Installation Guide ACS Substation

6 DEN-SMTFI VIGEK202 Danfoss District Energy

DATE

DESIG

NER

PAG

E

WO

RK NO

DRAW

ING

NO

34 Electrical circuit diagrams

ACS without controller

Installation Guide ACS Substation

77Danfoss District Energy VIGEK202 DEN-SMTFI

DATE

DESIG

NER

PAG

E

WO

RK NO

DRAW

ING

NO

AU

TOM

ATION

DIA

GRA

M

34 Electrical circuit diagrams

ACS without controller

Installation Guide ACS Substation

8 DEN-SMTFI VIGEK202 Danfoss District Energy

40 Visible components in the substation

1 All substation functions are controlled and the operational values are observed with the electronic controller

2 Dial navigation in the menus and changes in the operating values by following the controller display

3 Display all settings temperature information and mode are found on the graphical display Navigation in the menus and changes in the settings are done following the display

4 With the installation feet you can adjust the substation posi-tion directly and on the correct height The adjustments can be done up to 6 cm

5 Connections to district heating heating and domestic hot water networks

6 The cover panels protect the components in the substation and add user safety When installing or servicing the cover panels have to be removed

50 Installation and start-up - Step by step

51 Removing the cover panels

The cover panels have to be removed before moving the substa-tion to the installation place and installing it

The panels are removed by lifting them up1 First remove the white panels from the front and back2 After that lift the grey panels

The cover panels can be placed back on the substation when the substation is installed and ready for use The panels are placed back in the opposite order when compared with taking them away

1

4

5

6

23

112

2

Installation Guide ACS Substation

99Danfoss District Energy VIGEK202 DEN-SMTFI

52 Protective cardboard cover

Leave the cardboard cover on top of the substation during moving and installation

53 Removing the substation from the pallet

The substation is screwed on the pallet with the attaching feet Take off the screws pointed with arrows in the picture

54 Moving substation to the installation place

ACS substation can be moved to the installation place using sev-eral different ways depending on the installation place and how to get therePlan the most convenient route to the installation place Be aware not to break floor and wall surfaces stairs doorposts etcThe substation includes delicate components

Do not hurt yourself or damage the substation when lifting it

1 Moving with a pallet truck

Installation Guide ACS Substation

10 DEN-SMTFI VIGEK202 Danfoss District Energy

2 Lifting with a crane It is possible to screw up lifting eyes in the top corners after remov-ing detachable metal round pieces from the roof This way substa-tion can be lifted up by using straps

55 Installation place

The installation place and the pipe connections for ACS substation can be planned in beforehand due to standardized sizing

The upwards oriented connections enable installation eg close to the wall Since the hot surfaces are hidden underneath the cover it is possible to use the boiler room also for some other activities

Installation Guide ACS Substation

1111Danfoss District Energy VIGEK202 DEN-SMTFI

56 Height adjustmentAdjust the substation straight horizontally and on the desired height with the help of the installation feet By turning the adjust-ment feet you can make up to 6 cm adjustments

57 Pipe connectionsThe substation is connected to the district heating network heat-ing domestic hot water and circulation networks in the building according to the connections and flow directions in the drawing

The pipes equipped with the couplings are to be detached and welded somewhere else but above the substation

The pipes must be mounted so that the strain caused by eg ther-mal expansion does not harm the sustation The pipes must be equipped with brackets in order to prevent any torsional stress

The connection to the district heating network can be done only by a qualified installer accepted by the district heating distributor

Prior to installation all pipes and connections have to be cleaned and rinsed

571 Connection directions

1 District heating supply2 District heating return3 Heating supply4 Heating return5 Cold water6 Domestic hot water7 Domestic hot water circulation

After cooling connectionAfter cooling connection

Direct return connection

5 6 7 2 1

4 3

Direct connection

After cooling connection

Direct return connection

56 7 2 1

4 3

Installation Guide ACS Substation

12 DEN-SMTFI VIGEK202 Danfoss District Energy

572 Dimensions for the pipe connections

The pipe connections are standardized and their places differ ac-cording to required capacity and the size of the substation

In the after cooling connection both cold water and district heat-ing return connection places are dependable on the size of the required heat exchanger The dimensions settle within the dimen-sions given in the dimensional pictures

0 300-420 550 720 880-1000 1240 13500

100

460

250 4700

After cooling connection 1350 mm blockAfter cooling connection 1090 mm block

Direct connection DN32

90100

120

460

740

0 240 470 560 730 890 1080 1190 13500

90100

120

460

740

0

150 3000

0 330 490 640 860 950 1090

Direct connection DN50

330 490 640 850 960 10900

90120

460

740

0

1500 300

Direct connection DN65

0 220-280 400 560 650-710 920 1090

100

460

220 370

Installation Guide ACS Substation

1313Danfoss District Energy VIGEK202 DEN-SMTFI

58 Electrification

Since the internal electrical connections are factory made it is not mandatory to use an electrician to connect the substation The contact plug is the main electrical switch in the substation

The outdoor temperature sensor is to be installed on the north side of the property at app 3 m height where the outdoor tem-perature can be measured There should be no ventilation window at the close proximity to the measuring point The other end of the outdoor temperature sensor cable is to be connected into the con-trol box When connecting outdoor temperature sensor make sure to remove the substation contact plug

In case the length of the outdoor temperature sensor cable is not long enough for your property it is remmendable to change the whole cable This way extra joints are avoided The minimum area for the cable is 04 mm2 and the maximum length is 125 m If you choose to use the extra joint inspite of recommendation protect the jointing sleeve with the shrink cable

Stick the contact plug into the wall socket fitted with a 10A220V fuse

Wait for 10 s turn the circulation pumps P1 (DHW) and P2 (HE) on by pressing the operating switches

Do not run the pumps without water

59 Controller settings

DescriptionThe ECL Comfort electronic weather compensated temperature controllers are for use in district heating central heating and cool-ing systems

Energy savings are facilitated by weather compensation adjust-ment of temperature according to schedule optimization as well as limitation of return temperature flow and power Functionalities such as data logging and alarm functions are implemented in the controller

Property specific controller settingsThere are some property related settings which are to be done before starting up the substation A complete controller instruc-tion is included and the most important details are also enclosed in this Installation Guide

20 m

20 m

Installation Guide ACS Substation

14 DEN-SMTFI VIGEK202 Danfoss District Energy

591 Controller display and symbols

592 Operating the controller

The graphical monochrome display shows all temperature val-ues status information and is used for the setting of control pa-rameters Navigation browsing and selecting is done by means of the dial You can navigate in the menus and change the values by turning the dial left or right and pushing to confirm

When a rectangle appears around the value or symbol it is pos-sible to do changes by turning the dial left or right

You can always get back to your favourite display by going to the top of the display and turning the dial so many times that ldquoHomerdquo appears If the dial has not been activated the controller will after 20 min revert to the favourite display

Favourite display for the user

Symbol Description

Tempera-tures

Outdoor temperature

Room temperature

DHW temperature

Position indicator

Mode

Scheduled operation

Comfort mode

Saving mode

Frost protection mode

Manual mode

Circuits

Heating

DHW

Common controller

Control-led com-ponents

Pump ON

Pumppu OFF

Actuator opens

Actuator closes

Alarm

Display selector

Favourite display for the installer

1 = Heating circuit = DHW circuit = Common controller

Mode

= Manual mode

= Scheduled operation

= Comfort mode

= Saving mode

= Frost protection modeMenus with

values and settings

Position indicator for

navigation

Display selection

State of components

System pressure

Primary return temperature

actual and desired

Flow temperatureactual and desired

Return temperature actual

1 = Heating circuit = DHW circuit = Common controller

Mode

= Scheduled operation

= Comfort mode

= Saving mode

= Frost protection modeDesired room temperature

Date

Outdoor temperature

Time

Schedule

Menus with values and settings Position indicator

for navigation

Display selection

Installation Guide ACS Substation

1515Danfoss District Energy VIGEK202 DEN-SMTFI

593 Setting the date and time

Set correct date and time in the controller

Setting done as with the hours

Setting the date same way as time

Getting out of the menu

Installation Guide ACS Substation

16 DEN-SMTFI VIGEK202 Danfoss District Energy

594 Setting the heat curve

Due to different heat masses heating system insulation dimen-sions etc it might be necessary to change the heat curve

Set the heat curve always according to HEVAC plans (functioning temperature of the heating circuit) There you can find desired flow temperatures for different outdoor temperatures

10

20

30

40

50

60

70

80

90

100

110

120

130

140

150

-40 -30 -20 -10 0 10 20 30 [oC]

[oC]

10

14

06

02

18

22 30 3526 40

01

0304

Factory setting the heat curve Example heat curve for the floor-heating system

Factory setting is a typical heat curve for radiator heating about 10

Outdoor temperature

degC

Flow temperature

degC

Visible on the display

-30 75 (-3075)-15 60 (-1560)-5 50 (-550)0 45 (045)5 40 (540)

15 28 (1528)

The heat curve typically used with floor-heat-ing about 04

Outdoor temperature

degC

Flow temperature

degC

Visible on the display

-30 45 (-3045)-15 38 (-1538)-5 34 (-534)0 31 (031)5 28 (528)

15 22 (522)

Changes in the heat curve point by point

Set the desired temperature

Move to the following points

Setting same way as with the previous point

Installation Guide ACS Substation

1717Danfoss District Energy VIGEK202 DEN-SMTFI

Saving the new curve Getting out of the menu

595 Setting up limitations for flow temperature

The flow temperature maximum limitation prevents too hot water from going into the heating circuit eg in the floor-heating system

When taking floor-heating system into use for the first time the max limitation for flow temperature can be set eg at 27degC The limitation temperature cuts off the heat curve when the tempera-ture reaches the limitLater on after the concrete slab has dried the flow temperature limitation can be raised to 45degC which is typically used in the floor-heating system

Typical max limitation in the radiator heating circuit is 90degC

Typical flow temperature limitations in different heating systems

Flow temperature

min degC max degC

Radiator heating 20 90When taking floor-heating system into use for the first time (drying up concrete slab)

20 27

Floor-heating 20 45

Setting the flow temperature max limitation

Typical flow temperature max limitation floor-heating 45degC

Setting the flow temperature min limitation

Typical flow temperature max limitation radiator heating 90degC

The heat curve display by fol-lowing the intructions in ldquo594 Setting the heat curverdquo

Installation Guide ACS Substation

18 DEN-SMTFI VIGEK202 Danfoss District Energy

Typical flow temperature max limitation When taking floor-heating system into use for the first time (drying up concrete slab) 27degC

Example display of the heat curve limiting temperature floor-heating heat curve flow temp max limitation 27degC

Getting out of the menu

The heat curve display by fol-lowing the intructions in ldquo594 Setting the heat curverdquo

Getting out of the menu

Typical flow temperature min limitation is 20degC

596 Manual control

Manual control is typically used when installing or servicing The controlled components valve pump etc can be controlled for correct function

Do not leave the controller in ldquoManual controlrdquo mode after finishing maintenance or service work The normal mode is ldquoComfort moderdquo or when using schedules ldquoScheduled operationrdquo

The valve is open

Installation Guide ACS Substation

1919Danfoss District Energy VIGEK202 DEN-SMTFI

The valve is closed

Getting away

Changing back to Comfort mode

597 Commissioning with one circuit

When commissioning the substation it might be necessary to close a circuit eg DHW circuit The circuit in question can be closed by forcing the control valve to close downThe pump has to be stopped with an operating switch

M1 P1 DHW circuit control valve and circulation pump

M2 P2 Heating circuit control valve and circulation pump

A1 Alarm relay

An example DHW circuit control valve close down

The valve is forced to close down

STOP leaves the valve in closed position

Getting out of the menu

Installation Guide ACS Substation

20 DEN-SMTFI VIGEK202 Danfoss District Energy

598 Sensor displays

Temperature and pressure information can be read on the con-troller display

All values can be found by going down the list

Getting out of the menu

599 Alarm

Alarm functions in the controller pressure alarm pump alarm and maximum temperature alarm (temperature limiting thermo-static function) As a sign of an alarm symbol appears on the display

Alarm overview shows which alarm is in question

Installation Guide ACS Substation

2121Danfoss District Energy VIGEK202 DEN-SMTFI

Pressure alarm

Max and min limitations (Alarm high Alarm low) have to adapted to the building Low X and high X values have been set based on the pressure transmitter included Do not change

Pump alarm The alarm disap-pears from the display when the pump is working again

Alarm value1=open contact (eg Wilo)0= closing contact (eg Grund-fos)

Max temperature limitation (temperature limiting thermo-static function)

Max temperature limitation can be used eg in floor-heating system as a temperature limiting thermostatic function

Getting out of the menu

In a floor-heating system the maximum temperature limita-tion can be set at 50degC

Installation Guide ACS Substation

22 DEN-SMTFI VIGEK202 Danfoss District Energy

5910 Changing the favourite display for the user

After having done the installation settings it is recommendable to change the favourite display to fit the userrsquos needs

5911 Setting the room temperature

The setting of the desired room temperature is important even if the room temperature sensor is not connected It has an effect on the temperature in your property

5912 Setting domestic hot water temperature

Changing the circuit

Installation Guide ACS Substation

2323Danfoss District Energy VIGEK202 DEN-SMTFI

Changing the desired tempera-ture Getting out of the menu

510 Basic parameters factory settings

Heating circuit

Setting Factory set-ting

Own setting Comment

Room temperature and setback temp 20 degC 16 degC

Heat curve 10 Note In a floor-heating system the typical setting is 04

Limit for heating cut-out 18 degC

Flow temperature min 20 degC

Flow temperature max 90 degC Note In a floor-heating system change the max temp to 45 degC

Proportional band Xp 85 K

Integration time constant Tn 25 s

Running time of the motorized con-trol valve

120 s

Neutral zone Nz 2 K

Pressure alarm limit max 23

Pressure alarm limit min 08

Pressure alarm timeout 30 s

Pump alarm alarm value 1 1= open contact (eg Wilo)0= closing contact (eg Grundfos)

Pump alarm timeout 20 s

Max flow temperature limitation alarm (temperature limiting thermostatic function)

90 degC Note In a floor-heating system change to 50 degC

Max flow temperature limitation alarm timeout ΔTALARM

60 s

DHW circuit Setting Factory set-

tingOwn setting Comment

DHW temperature and setback temp 58 degC 55 degC

Flow temperature min 45 degC

Flow temperature max 65 degC

Proportional band Xp 9 K

Integration time constant Tn 13 s

Running time of the motorized control valve

15 s

Neutral zone Nz 3 K

Installation Guide ACS Substation

24 DEN-SMTFI VIGEK202 Danfoss District Energy

Problems Heating

Room temperature is too lowie flow temperature is too low

Disruption in the district heating distribution

Get in contact with the district heating distributor

The filter is cloggedGet in contact with the district heating distributor or with local Danfoss Sales Company

The heat curve is not correct Check the heat curve settings

Failure in the heating circuit controls Get in contact with local Danfoss Sales Company

The circulation pump has stopped Turn the pump on check eg heat relay

Pressure in the heating circuit is too low Add water through the filling valve Write down the filling date

Air in the heating circuit Remove air from the radiators add water if necessary

Fouling in the heat exchanger Get in contact with local Danfoss Sales Company

The radiator thermostat is stuck or broken Get in contact with the installer

The control valve is stuck Get in contact with local Danfoss Sales Company

Room temperature is too highie flow temperature is too high

The heat curve is not correct Check the heat curve settings

The controller in the heating circuit is brokenGet in contact with local Danfoss Sales Company

The control valve stays openclosed

511 Start-up

Check following point before start-up

Check points before start-up

Pipes are connected according to the designsDrainage valves are closedThe temperature for the domestic hot water is set to +58˚CThe outdoor temperature sensor is installed and connectedController settingsConnections are tightenedFunction of the safety valves is checked

Fill the substation with flow media and raise the pressure slowly to working pressure When starting up the substation it should be air vented The shut-off valve in the primary side on the return side is opened and the shut-off valve on the supply side is closed Air comes out by open-ing the air vent valveAfter that the operation of the substation must be observed If the substation operates according to designed parameters it can be taken into continuous use

Check points after start-up

Check temperaturesCheck pressuresThermal expansionOperation of the pumpsFlow directionsOperation of the controls

All Danfoss heat exchangers and substations have been pres-sure tested according to PED 9723EC (module H)

Make sure to give operating instructions to the users of the substation

60 Trouble shooting

Installation Guide ACS Substation

2525Danfoss District Energy VIGEK202 DEN-SMTFI

60 Trouble shooting

Problems Domestic hot water (DHW)

DHW smells bad or is coloured DHW heat exchanger has an internal leakage

Get in contact with local Danfoss Sales Company

Temperature of DHW varies more than usual

DHW control does not work or the control valve is broken

DHW control valve is too big for the existing conditions

Inadequate DHW circulation Get in contact with the installer

The filter is clogged Get in contact with the district heating distributor

The pressure difference is too bigGet in contact with local Danfoss Sales Company

Trash in the control valve

Other situations

The pump sounds strangeAir lock in the pump Stop the pump for a moment to remove the

air lock

The bearing in the pump is brokenGet in contact with the district heating distributor

The control valve has a strong whistling sound

The control valve is broken

Pressure difference is too big in the district heating network

Get in contact with the district heating distributor

Water leaks on the floor in the boiler room or the heat exchanger insulation is wet The heat exchanger has an external leakage

Get in contact with the district heating distributor andor local Danfoss Sales Company

The pressure or the temperature of district heating water differs significantly from the normal

Disruption in the district heating distribution Get in contact with the district heating distributor

The outdoor temperature is not visible on the display

The outdoor temperature sensor has been connected to the substation with the power on

Pull the substation contact plug out and reconnect it

Heating control does not work

The controller is let in rdquoManual controlrdquo mode

Set the controller to rdquoComfort moderdquo or rdquoScheduled operation moderdquo

The controller sensor or motorized control valve is broken Get in contact with local Danfoss Sales

CompanyThe control valve stays openclosed

Water in the heating circuit increases and excess water comes out through the safety valve for the expansion vessel

The heat exchanger has an internal leakageGet in contact with the district heating distributor andor with local Danfoss Sales Company

The filling valve in the heating circuit leaks into the heating circuit

Get in contact with local Danfoss Sales Company

Pressure in the heating circuit is too low The heating circuit has too little water or the ciruit has a leakage

Add water into the circuit through the filling valve Write down the filling date If this happens often get in contact with local Danfoss Sales Company

The return temperature in the heating circuit is high

The difference between district heating and heating circuit return temperatures is big

Get in contact with local Danfoss Sales Company

Installation Guide ACS Substation

26 DEN-SMTFI VIGEK202 Danfoss District Energy

Declaration of conformityPressure equip

ment in accordance w

ith the sound engineering practice

(Directive 9723EC

Article 33)

Pressure equipm

ent in hazard category I (D

irective 9723EC A

rticle 9)

Installation Guide ACS Substation

2727Danfoss District Energy VIGEK202 DEN-SMTFI

Declaration of conformity

Disposal instructionThis product should be dismantled and its components sorted if possible in various groups before recycling or disposal Always follow the local disposal regulations

Pressure equipm

ent in hazard category II - III (D

irective 9723EC A

rticle 9)

Installation Guide ACS Substation

Danfoss can accept no responsibility for possible errors in catalogues brochures and other printed material Danfoss reserves the right to alter its products without notice This also applies to products already on order provided that such alterations can be made without subsequential changes being necessary in specications already agreedAll trademarks in this material are property of the respective companies Danfoss and the Danfoss logotype are trademarks of Danfoss AS All rights reserved

Produced by Danfoss AS copy 072010

Oy Danfoss Ab middot Danfoss LPM middot Box 19 middot 79101 Leppaumlvirta middot FinlandPhone +358 403 092 200 middot Fax +358 403 092 281 middot salesdanfosscom middot wwwdanfosscom middot wwwlpmdanfossfi

General warranty conditions

1) Scope of application and warranty provider This warranty shall apply to Danfoss LPM heating substations and heat exchangers that are supplied by Oy Danfoss Ab for district heating use

2) Warranty periodThis warranty shall be in force as follows- Heating substation components 12 months from the initialization or 18 months from the delivery date

whichever period concludes earlier- Pipework parts and connectors 12 months from the initialization or 18 months from the delivery date whichever

period concludes earlier- Heat exchangers 12 months from the initialization or 18 months from the delivery date whichever period

concludes earlierA change of ownership causing transfer of goods for continued use will not terminate this warranty Product which has been repaired or replaced is not granted the new or extended warranty

3) Scope of warrantyThe guarantee covers the new component but not the costs for the assembly of the component Oy Danfoss Ab shall not be responsible for faults in cases where as can be proven the goodrsquos deteriorated quality or non-conforming applicability is obviously due to- Careless or faulty installation or repair work (such as insufficient pipe work supports the wrong operating

environment)- Exceeding the maximum pressure level (pressure shocks)- External stress (temperature mechanical stress etc)- Poor circulation water quality (does not fill the national requirements)

4) Reporting faultsThe buyer shall report any faults to Oy Danfoss Ab within 14 days from the date on which they had or should have detected the fault in question

5) Correcting faults In cases where the fault in question is covered by the warranty defined in these conditions Oy Danfoss Ab shall be obliged to correct the fault by delivering flawless goods within a reasonable period of time once a fault report has been received The liability of Oy Danfoss Ab is limited and does not cover the indirect costs and damages

6) Settling disputesThe Buyer shall be entitled to submit a warranty condition dispute to the Finnish Arbitral Tribunal for settlement All disputes will be handled in English

Oy Danfoss Ab Danfoss LPM

Oy Danfoss Ab middot Danfoss LPM

General Warranty Conditions

Please refer to Danfoss General Sales Conditions in details about sales process

Page 7: Installation Guide ACS Substation - Danfoss Heatingheating.danfoss.com/PCMPDF/VIGEK202_ACS_Inst_Guide.pdf · 5.9.6 Manual control ... DRAWING NO HE pump alarm. Installation Guide

Installation Guide ACS Substation

77Danfoss District Energy VIGEK202 DEN-SMTFI

DATE

DESIG

NER

PAG

E

WO

RK NO

DRAW

ING

NO

AU

TOM

ATION

DIA

GRA

M

34 Electrical circuit diagrams

ACS without controller

Installation Guide ACS Substation

8 DEN-SMTFI VIGEK202 Danfoss District Energy

40 Visible components in the substation

1 All substation functions are controlled and the operational values are observed with the electronic controller

2 Dial navigation in the menus and changes in the operating values by following the controller display

3 Display all settings temperature information and mode are found on the graphical display Navigation in the menus and changes in the settings are done following the display

4 With the installation feet you can adjust the substation posi-tion directly and on the correct height The adjustments can be done up to 6 cm

5 Connections to district heating heating and domestic hot water networks

6 The cover panels protect the components in the substation and add user safety When installing or servicing the cover panels have to be removed

50 Installation and start-up - Step by step

51 Removing the cover panels

The cover panels have to be removed before moving the substa-tion to the installation place and installing it

The panels are removed by lifting them up1 First remove the white panels from the front and back2 After that lift the grey panels

The cover panels can be placed back on the substation when the substation is installed and ready for use The panels are placed back in the opposite order when compared with taking them away

1

4

5

6

23

112

2

Installation Guide ACS Substation

99Danfoss District Energy VIGEK202 DEN-SMTFI

52 Protective cardboard cover

Leave the cardboard cover on top of the substation during moving and installation

53 Removing the substation from the pallet

The substation is screwed on the pallet with the attaching feet Take off the screws pointed with arrows in the picture

54 Moving substation to the installation place

ACS substation can be moved to the installation place using sev-eral different ways depending on the installation place and how to get therePlan the most convenient route to the installation place Be aware not to break floor and wall surfaces stairs doorposts etcThe substation includes delicate components

Do not hurt yourself or damage the substation when lifting it

1 Moving with a pallet truck

Installation Guide ACS Substation

10 DEN-SMTFI VIGEK202 Danfoss District Energy

2 Lifting with a crane It is possible to screw up lifting eyes in the top corners after remov-ing detachable metal round pieces from the roof This way substa-tion can be lifted up by using straps

55 Installation place

The installation place and the pipe connections for ACS substation can be planned in beforehand due to standardized sizing

The upwards oriented connections enable installation eg close to the wall Since the hot surfaces are hidden underneath the cover it is possible to use the boiler room also for some other activities

Installation Guide ACS Substation

1111Danfoss District Energy VIGEK202 DEN-SMTFI

56 Height adjustmentAdjust the substation straight horizontally and on the desired height with the help of the installation feet By turning the adjust-ment feet you can make up to 6 cm adjustments

57 Pipe connectionsThe substation is connected to the district heating network heat-ing domestic hot water and circulation networks in the building according to the connections and flow directions in the drawing

The pipes equipped with the couplings are to be detached and welded somewhere else but above the substation

The pipes must be mounted so that the strain caused by eg ther-mal expansion does not harm the sustation The pipes must be equipped with brackets in order to prevent any torsional stress

The connection to the district heating network can be done only by a qualified installer accepted by the district heating distributor

Prior to installation all pipes and connections have to be cleaned and rinsed

571 Connection directions

1 District heating supply2 District heating return3 Heating supply4 Heating return5 Cold water6 Domestic hot water7 Domestic hot water circulation

After cooling connectionAfter cooling connection

Direct return connection

5 6 7 2 1

4 3

Direct connection

After cooling connection

Direct return connection

56 7 2 1

4 3

Installation Guide ACS Substation

12 DEN-SMTFI VIGEK202 Danfoss District Energy

572 Dimensions for the pipe connections

The pipe connections are standardized and their places differ ac-cording to required capacity and the size of the substation

In the after cooling connection both cold water and district heat-ing return connection places are dependable on the size of the required heat exchanger The dimensions settle within the dimen-sions given in the dimensional pictures

0 300-420 550 720 880-1000 1240 13500

100

460

250 4700

After cooling connection 1350 mm blockAfter cooling connection 1090 mm block

Direct connection DN32

90100

120

460

740

0 240 470 560 730 890 1080 1190 13500

90100

120

460

740

0

150 3000

0 330 490 640 860 950 1090

Direct connection DN50

330 490 640 850 960 10900

90120

460

740

0

1500 300

Direct connection DN65

0 220-280 400 560 650-710 920 1090

100

460

220 370

Installation Guide ACS Substation

1313Danfoss District Energy VIGEK202 DEN-SMTFI

58 Electrification

Since the internal electrical connections are factory made it is not mandatory to use an electrician to connect the substation The contact plug is the main electrical switch in the substation

The outdoor temperature sensor is to be installed on the north side of the property at app 3 m height where the outdoor tem-perature can be measured There should be no ventilation window at the close proximity to the measuring point The other end of the outdoor temperature sensor cable is to be connected into the con-trol box When connecting outdoor temperature sensor make sure to remove the substation contact plug

In case the length of the outdoor temperature sensor cable is not long enough for your property it is remmendable to change the whole cable This way extra joints are avoided The minimum area for the cable is 04 mm2 and the maximum length is 125 m If you choose to use the extra joint inspite of recommendation protect the jointing sleeve with the shrink cable

Stick the contact plug into the wall socket fitted with a 10A220V fuse

Wait for 10 s turn the circulation pumps P1 (DHW) and P2 (HE) on by pressing the operating switches

Do not run the pumps without water

59 Controller settings

DescriptionThe ECL Comfort electronic weather compensated temperature controllers are for use in district heating central heating and cool-ing systems

Energy savings are facilitated by weather compensation adjust-ment of temperature according to schedule optimization as well as limitation of return temperature flow and power Functionalities such as data logging and alarm functions are implemented in the controller

Property specific controller settingsThere are some property related settings which are to be done before starting up the substation A complete controller instruc-tion is included and the most important details are also enclosed in this Installation Guide

20 m

20 m

Installation Guide ACS Substation

14 DEN-SMTFI VIGEK202 Danfoss District Energy

591 Controller display and symbols

592 Operating the controller

The graphical monochrome display shows all temperature val-ues status information and is used for the setting of control pa-rameters Navigation browsing and selecting is done by means of the dial You can navigate in the menus and change the values by turning the dial left or right and pushing to confirm

When a rectangle appears around the value or symbol it is pos-sible to do changes by turning the dial left or right

You can always get back to your favourite display by going to the top of the display and turning the dial so many times that ldquoHomerdquo appears If the dial has not been activated the controller will after 20 min revert to the favourite display

Favourite display for the user

Symbol Description

Tempera-tures

Outdoor temperature

Room temperature

DHW temperature

Position indicator

Mode

Scheduled operation

Comfort mode

Saving mode

Frost protection mode

Manual mode

Circuits

Heating

DHW

Common controller

Control-led com-ponents

Pump ON

Pumppu OFF

Actuator opens

Actuator closes

Alarm

Display selector

Favourite display for the installer

1 = Heating circuit = DHW circuit = Common controller

Mode

= Manual mode

= Scheduled operation

= Comfort mode

= Saving mode

= Frost protection modeMenus with

values and settings

Position indicator for

navigation

Display selection

State of components

System pressure

Primary return temperature

actual and desired

Flow temperatureactual and desired

Return temperature actual

1 = Heating circuit = DHW circuit = Common controller

Mode

= Scheduled operation

= Comfort mode

= Saving mode

= Frost protection modeDesired room temperature

Date

Outdoor temperature

Time

Schedule

Menus with values and settings Position indicator

for navigation

Display selection

Installation Guide ACS Substation

1515Danfoss District Energy VIGEK202 DEN-SMTFI

593 Setting the date and time

Set correct date and time in the controller

Setting done as with the hours

Setting the date same way as time

Getting out of the menu

Installation Guide ACS Substation

16 DEN-SMTFI VIGEK202 Danfoss District Energy

594 Setting the heat curve

Due to different heat masses heating system insulation dimen-sions etc it might be necessary to change the heat curve

Set the heat curve always according to HEVAC plans (functioning temperature of the heating circuit) There you can find desired flow temperatures for different outdoor temperatures

10

20

30

40

50

60

70

80

90

100

110

120

130

140

150

-40 -30 -20 -10 0 10 20 30 [oC]

[oC]

10

14

06

02

18

22 30 3526 40

01

0304

Factory setting the heat curve Example heat curve for the floor-heating system

Factory setting is a typical heat curve for radiator heating about 10

Outdoor temperature

degC

Flow temperature

degC

Visible on the display

-30 75 (-3075)-15 60 (-1560)-5 50 (-550)0 45 (045)5 40 (540)

15 28 (1528)

The heat curve typically used with floor-heat-ing about 04

Outdoor temperature

degC

Flow temperature

degC

Visible on the display

-30 45 (-3045)-15 38 (-1538)-5 34 (-534)0 31 (031)5 28 (528)

15 22 (522)

Changes in the heat curve point by point

Set the desired temperature

Move to the following points

Setting same way as with the previous point

Installation Guide ACS Substation

1717Danfoss District Energy VIGEK202 DEN-SMTFI

Saving the new curve Getting out of the menu

595 Setting up limitations for flow temperature

The flow temperature maximum limitation prevents too hot water from going into the heating circuit eg in the floor-heating system

When taking floor-heating system into use for the first time the max limitation for flow temperature can be set eg at 27degC The limitation temperature cuts off the heat curve when the tempera-ture reaches the limitLater on after the concrete slab has dried the flow temperature limitation can be raised to 45degC which is typically used in the floor-heating system

Typical max limitation in the radiator heating circuit is 90degC

Typical flow temperature limitations in different heating systems

Flow temperature

min degC max degC

Radiator heating 20 90When taking floor-heating system into use for the first time (drying up concrete slab)

20 27

Floor-heating 20 45

Setting the flow temperature max limitation

Typical flow temperature max limitation floor-heating 45degC

Setting the flow temperature min limitation

Typical flow temperature max limitation radiator heating 90degC

The heat curve display by fol-lowing the intructions in ldquo594 Setting the heat curverdquo

Installation Guide ACS Substation

18 DEN-SMTFI VIGEK202 Danfoss District Energy

Typical flow temperature max limitation When taking floor-heating system into use for the first time (drying up concrete slab) 27degC

Example display of the heat curve limiting temperature floor-heating heat curve flow temp max limitation 27degC

Getting out of the menu

The heat curve display by fol-lowing the intructions in ldquo594 Setting the heat curverdquo

Getting out of the menu

Typical flow temperature min limitation is 20degC

596 Manual control

Manual control is typically used when installing or servicing The controlled components valve pump etc can be controlled for correct function

Do not leave the controller in ldquoManual controlrdquo mode after finishing maintenance or service work The normal mode is ldquoComfort moderdquo or when using schedules ldquoScheduled operationrdquo

The valve is open

Installation Guide ACS Substation

1919Danfoss District Energy VIGEK202 DEN-SMTFI

The valve is closed

Getting away

Changing back to Comfort mode

597 Commissioning with one circuit

When commissioning the substation it might be necessary to close a circuit eg DHW circuit The circuit in question can be closed by forcing the control valve to close downThe pump has to be stopped with an operating switch

M1 P1 DHW circuit control valve and circulation pump

M2 P2 Heating circuit control valve and circulation pump

A1 Alarm relay

An example DHW circuit control valve close down

The valve is forced to close down

STOP leaves the valve in closed position

Getting out of the menu

Installation Guide ACS Substation

20 DEN-SMTFI VIGEK202 Danfoss District Energy

598 Sensor displays

Temperature and pressure information can be read on the con-troller display

All values can be found by going down the list

Getting out of the menu

599 Alarm

Alarm functions in the controller pressure alarm pump alarm and maximum temperature alarm (temperature limiting thermo-static function) As a sign of an alarm symbol appears on the display

Alarm overview shows which alarm is in question

Installation Guide ACS Substation

2121Danfoss District Energy VIGEK202 DEN-SMTFI

Pressure alarm

Max and min limitations (Alarm high Alarm low) have to adapted to the building Low X and high X values have been set based on the pressure transmitter included Do not change

Pump alarm The alarm disap-pears from the display when the pump is working again

Alarm value1=open contact (eg Wilo)0= closing contact (eg Grund-fos)

Max temperature limitation (temperature limiting thermo-static function)

Max temperature limitation can be used eg in floor-heating system as a temperature limiting thermostatic function

Getting out of the menu

In a floor-heating system the maximum temperature limita-tion can be set at 50degC

Installation Guide ACS Substation

22 DEN-SMTFI VIGEK202 Danfoss District Energy

5910 Changing the favourite display for the user

After having done the installation settings it is recommendable to change the favourite display to fit the userrsquos needs

5911 Setting the room temperature

The setting of the desired room temperature is important even if the room temperature sensor is not connected It has an effect on the temperature in your property

5912 Setting domestic hot water temperature

Changing the circuit

Installation Guide ACS Substation

2323Danfoss District Energy VIGEK202 DEN-SMTFI

Changing the desired tempera-ture Getting out of the menu

510 Basic parameters factory settings

Heating circuit

Setting Factory set-ting

Own setting Comment

Room temperature and setback temp 20 degC 16 degC

Heat curve 10 Note In a floor-heating system the typical setting is 04

Limit for heating cut-out 18 degC

Flow temperature min 20 degC

Flow temperature max 90 degC Note In a floor-heating system change the max temp to 45 degC

Proportional band Xp 85 K

Integration time constant Tn 25 s

Running time of the motorized con-trol valve

120 s

Neutral zone Nz 2 K

Pressure alarm limit max 23

Pressure alarm limit min 08

Pressure alarm timeout 30 s

Pump alarm alarm value 1 1= open contact (eg Wilo)0= closing contact (eg Grundfos)

Pump alarm timeout 20 s

Max flow temperature limitation alarm (temperature limiting thermostatic function)

90 degC Note In a floor-heating system change to 50 degC

Max flow temperature limitation alarm timeout ΔTALARM

60 s

DHW circuit Setting Factory set-

tingOwn setting Comment

DHW temperature and setback temp 58 degC 55 degC

Flow temperature min 45 degC

Flow temperature max 65 degC

Proportional band Xp 9 K

Integration time constant Tn 13 s

Running time of the motorized control valve

15 s

Neutral zone Nz 3 K

Installation Guide ACS Substation

24 DEN-SMTFI VIGEK202 Danfoss District Energy

Problems Heating

Room temperature is too lowie flow temperature is too low

Disruption in the district heating distribution

Get in contact with the district heating distributor

The filter is cloggedGet in contact with the district heating distributor or with local Danfoss Sales Company

The heat curve is not correct Check the heat curve settings

Failure in the heating circuit controls Get in contact with local Danfoss Sales Company

The circulation pump has stopped Turn the pump on check eg heat relay

Pressure in the heating circuit is too low Add water through the filling valve Write down the filling date

Air in the heating circuit Remove air from the radiators add water if necessary

Fouling in the heat exchanger Get in contact with local Danfoss Sales Company

The radiator thermostat is stuck or broken Get in contact with the installer

The control valve is stuck Get in contact with local Danfoss Sales Company

Room temperature is too highie flow temperature is too high

The heat curve is not correct Check the heat curve settings

The controller in the heating circuit is brokenGet in contact with local Danfoss Sales Company

The control valve stays openclosed

511 Start-up

Check following point before start-up

Check points before start-up

Pipes are connected according to the designsDrainage valves are closedThe temperature for the domestic hot water is set to +58˚CThe outdoor temperature sensor is installed and connectedController settingsConnections are tightenedFunction of the safety valves is checked

Fill the substation with flow media and raise the pressure slowly to working pressure When starting up the substation it should be air vented The shut-off valve in the primary side on the return side is opened and the shut-off valve on the supply side is closed Air comes out by open-ing the air vent valveAfter that the operation of the substation must be observed If the substation operates according to designed parameters it can be taken into continuous use

Check points after start-up

Check temperaturesCheck pressuresThermal expansionOperation of the pumpsFlow directionsOperation of the controls

All Danfoss heat exchangers and substations have been pres-sure tested according to PED 9723EC (module H)

Make sure to give operating instructions to the users of the substation

60 Trouble shooting

Installation Guide ACS Substation

2525Danfoss District Energy VIGEK202 DEN-SMTFI

60 Trouble shooting

Problems Domestic hot water (DHW)

DHW smells bad or is coloured DHW heat exchanger has an internal leakage

Get in contact with local Danfoss Sales Company

Temperature of DHW varies more than usual

DHW control does not work or the control valve is broken

DHW control valve is too big for the existing conditions

Inadequate DHW circulation Get in contact with the installer

The filter is clogged Get in contact with the district heating distributor

The pressure difference is too bigGet in contact with local Danfoss Sales Company

Trash in the control valve

Other situations

The pump sounds strangeAir lock in the pump Stop the pump for a moment to remove the

air lock

The bearing in the pump is brokenGet in contact with the district heating distributor

The control valve has a strong whistling sound

The control valve is broken

Pressure difference is too big in the district heating network

Get in contact with the district heating distributor

Water leaks on the floor in the boiler room or the heat exchanger insulation is wet The heat exchanger has an external leakage

Get in contact with the district heating distributor andor local Danfoss Sales Company

The pressure or the temperature of district heating water differs significantly from the normal

Disruption in the district heating distribution Get in contact with the district heating distributor

The outdoor temperature is not visible on the display

The outdoor temperature sensor has been connected to the substation with the power on

Pull the substation contact plug out and reconnect it

Heating control does not work

The controller is let in rdquoManual controlrdquo mode

Set the controller to rdquoComfort moderdquo or rdquoScheduled operation moderdquo

The controller sensor or motorized control valve is broken Get in contact with local Danfoss Sales

CompanyThe control valve stays openclosed

Water in the heating circuit increases and excess water comes out through the safety valve for the expansion vessel

The heat exchanger has an internal leakageGet in contact with the district heating distributor andor with local Danfoss Sales Company

The filling valve in the heating circuit leaks into the heating circuit

Get in contact with local Danfoss Sales Company

Pressure in the heating circuit is too low The heating circuit has too little water or the ciruit has a leakage

Add water into the circuit through the filling valve Write down the filling date If this happens often get in contact with local Danfoss Sales Company

The return temperature in the heating circuit is high

The difference between district heating and heating circuit return temperatures is big

Get in contact with local Danfoss Sales Company

Installation Guide ACS Substation

26 DEN-SMTFI VIGEK202 Danfoss District Energy

Declaration of conformityPressure equip

ment in accordance w

ith the sound engineering practice

(Directive 9723EC

Article 33)

Pressure equipm

ent in hazard category I (D

irective 9723EC A

rticle 9)

Installation Guide ACS Substation

2727Danfoss District Energy VIGEK202 DEN-SMTFI

Declaration of conformity

Disposal instructionThis product should be dismantled and its components sorted if possible in various groups before recycling or disposal Always follow the local disposal regulations

Pressure equipm

ent in hazard category II - III (D

irective 9723EC A

rticle 9)

Installation Guide ACS Substation

Danfoss can accept no responsibility for possible errors in catalogues brochures and other printed material Danfoss reserves the right to alter its products without notice This also applies to products already on order provided that such alterations can be made without subsequential changes being necessary in specications already agreedAll trademarks in this material are property of the respective companies Danfoss and the Danfoss logotype are trademarks of Danfoss AS All rights reserved

Produced by Danfoss AS copy 072010

Oy Danfoss Ab middot Danfoss LPM middot Box 19 middot 79101 Leppaumlvirta middot FinlandPhone +358 403 092 200 middot Fax +358 403 092 281 middot salesdanfosscom middot wwwdanfosscom middot wwwlpmdanfossfi

General warranty conditions

1) Scope of application and warranty provider This warranty shall apply to Danfoss LPM heating substations and heat exchangers that are supplied by Oy Danfoss Ab for district heating use

2) Warranty periodThis warranty shall be in force as follows- Heating substation components 12 months from the initialization or 18 months from the delivery date

whichever period concludes earlier- Pipework parts and connectors 12 months from the initialization or 18 months from the delivery date whichever

period concludes earlier- Heat exchangers 12 months from the initialization or 18 months from the delivery date whichever period

concludes earlierA change of ownership causing transfer of goods for continued use will not terminate this warranty Product which has been repaired or replaced is not granted the new or extended warranty

3) Scope of warrantyThe guarantee covers the new component but not the costs for the assembly of the component Oy Danfoss Ab shall not be responsible for faults in cases where as can be proven the goodrsquos deteriorated quality or non-conforming applicability is obviously due to- Careless or faulty installation or repair work (such as insufficient pipe work supports the wrong operating

environment)- Exceeding the maximum pressure level (pressure shocks)- External stress (temperature mechanical stress etc)- Poor circulation water quality (does not fill the national requirements)

4) Reporting faultsThe buyer shall report any faults to Oy Danfoss Ab within 14 days from the date on which they had or should have detected the fault in question

5) Correcting faults In cases where the fault in question is covered by the warranty defined in these conditions Oy Danfoss Ab shall be obliged to correct the fault by delivering flawless goods within a reasonable period of time once a fault report has been received The liability of Oy Danfoss Ab is limited and does not cover the indirect costs and damages

6) Settling disputesThe Buyer shall be entitled to submit a warranty condition dispute to the Finnish Arbitral Tribunal for settlement All disputes will be handled in English

Oy Danfoss Ab Danfoss LPM

Oy Danfoss Ab middot Danfoss LPM

General Warranty Conditions

Please refer to Danfoss General Sales Conditions in details about sales process

Page 8: Installation Guide ACS Substation - Danfoss Heatingheating.danfoss.com/PCMPDF/VIGEK202_ACS_Inst_Guide.pdf · 5.9.6 Manual control ... DRAWING NO HE pump alarm. Installation Guide

Installation Guide ACS Substation

8 DEN-SMTFI VIGEK202 Danfoss District Energy

40 Visible components in the substation

1 All substation functions are controlled and the operational values are observed with the electronic controller

2 Dial navigation in the menus and changes in the operating values by following the controller display

3 Display all settings temperature information and mode are found on the graphical display Navigation in the menus and changes in the settings are done following the display

4 With the installation feet you can adjust the substation posi-tion directly and on the correct height The adjustments can be done up to 6 cm

5 Connections to district heating heating and domestic hot water networks

6 The cover panels protect the components in the substation and add user safety When installing or servicing the cover panels have to be removed

50 Installation and start-up - Step by step

51 Removing the cover panels

The cover panels have to be removed before moving the substa-tion to the installation place and installing it

The panels are removed by lifting them up1 First remove the white panels from the front and back2 After that lift the grey panels

The cover panels can be placed back on the substation when the substation is installed and ready for use The panels are placed back in the opposite order when compared with taking them away

1

4

5

6

23

112

2

Installation Guide ACS Substation

99Danfoss District Energy VIGEK202 DEN-SMTFI

52 Protective cardboard cover

Leave the cardboard cover on top of the substation during moving and installation

53 Removing the substation from the pallet

The substation is screwed on the pallet with the attaching feet Take off the screws pointed with arrows in the picture

54 Moving substation to the installation place

ACS substation can be moved to the installation place using sev-eral different ways depending on the installation place and how to get therePlan the most convenient route to the installation place Be aware not to break floor and wall surfaces stairs doorposts etcThe substation includes delicate components

Do not hurt yourself or damage the substation when lifting it

1 Moving with a pallet truck

Installation Guide ACS Substation

10 DEN-SMTFI VIGEK202 Danfoss District Energy

2 Lifting with a crane It is possible to screw up lifting eyes in the top corners after remov-ing detachable metal round pieces from the roof This way substa-tion can be lifted up by using straps

55 Installation place

The installation place and the pipe connections for ACS substation can be planned in beforehand due to standardized sizing

The upwards oriented connections enable installation eg close to the wall Since the hot surfaces are hidden underneath the cover it is possible to use the boiler room also for some other activities

Installation Guide ACS Substation

1111Danfoss District Energy VIGEK202 DEN-SMTFI

56 Height adjustmentAdjust the substation straight horizontally and on the desired height with the help of the installation feet By turning the adjust-ment feet you can make up to 6 cm adjustments

57 Pipe connectionsThe substation is connected to the district heating network heat-ing domestic hot water and circulation networks in the building according to the connections and flow directions in the drawing

The pipes equipped with the couplings are to be detached and welded somewhere else but above the substation

The pipes must be mounted so that the strain caused by eg ther-mal expansion does not harm the sustation The pipes must be equipped with brackets in order to prevent any torsional stress

The connection to the district heating network can be done only by a qualified installer accepted by the district heating distributor

Prior to installation all pipes and connections have to be cleaned and rinsed

571 Connection directions

1 District heating supply2 District heating return3 Heating supply4 Heating return5 Cold water6 Domestic hot water7 Domestic hot water circulation

After cooling connectionAfter cooling connection

Direct return connection

5 6 7 2 1

4 3

Direct connection

After cooling connection

Direct return connection

56 7 2 1

4 3

Installation Guide ACS Substation

12 DEN-SMTFI VIGEK202 Danfoss District Energy

572 Dimensions for the pipe connections

The pipe connections are standardized and their places differ ac-cording to required capacity and the size of the substation

In the after cooling connection both cold water and district heat-ing return connection places are dependable on the size of the required heat exchanger The dimensions settle within the dimen-sions given in the dimensional pictures

0 300-420 550 720 880-1000 1240 13500

100

460

250 4700

After cooling connection 1350 mm blockAfter cooling connection 1090 mm block

Direct connection DN32

90100

120

460

740

0 240 470 560 730 890 1080 1190 13500

90100

120

460

740

0

150 3000

0 330 490 640 860 950 1090

Direct connection DN50

330 490 640 850 960 10900

90120

460

740

0

1500 300

Direct connection DN65

0 220-280 400 560 650-710 920 1090

100

460

220 370

Installation Guide ACS Substation

1313Danfoss District Energy VIGEK202 DEN-SMTFI

58 Electrification

Since the internal electrical connections are factory made it is not mandatory to use an electrician to connect the substation The contact plug is the main electrical switch in the substation

The outdoor temperature sensor is to be installed on the north side of the property at app 3 m height where the outdoor tem-perature can be measured There should be no ventilation window at the close proximity to the measuring point The other end of the outdoor temperature sensor cable is to be connected into the con-trol box When connecting outdoor temperature sensor make sure to remove the substation contact plug

In case the length of the outdoor temperature sensor cable is not long enough for your property it is remmendable to change the whole cable This way extra joints are avoided The minimum area for the cable is 04 mm2 and the maximum length is 125 m If you choose to use the extra joint inspite of recommendation protect the jointing sleeve with the shrink cable

Stick the contact plug into the wall socket fitted with a 10A220V fuse

Wait for 10 s turn the circulation pumps P1 (DHW) and P2 (HE) on by pressing the operating switches

Do not run the pumps without water

59 Controller settings

DescriptionThe ECL Comfort electronic weather compensated temperature controllers are for use in district heating central heating and cool-ing systems

Energy savings are facilitated by weather compensation adjust-ment of temperature according to schedule optimization as well as limitation of return temperature flow and power Functionalities such as data logging and alarm functions are implemented in the controller

Property specific controller settingsThere are some property related settings which are to be done before starting up the substation A complete controller instruc-tion is included and the most important details are also enclosed in this Installation Guide

20 m

20 m

Installation Guide ACS Substation

14 DEN-SMTFI VIGEK202 Danfoss District Energy

591 Controller display and symbols

592 Operating the controller

The graphical monochrome display shows all temperature val-ues status information and is used for the setting of control pa-rameters Navigation browsing and selecting is done by means of the dial You can navigate in the menus and change the values by turning the dial left or right and pushing to confirm

When a rectangle appears around the value or symbol it is pos-sible to do changes by turning the dial left or right

You can always get back to your favourite display by going to the top of the display and turning the dial so many times that ldquoHomerdquo appears If the dial has not been activated the controller will after 20 min revert to the favourite display

Favourite display for the user

Symbol Description

Tempera-tures

Outdoor temperature

Room temperature

DHW temperature

Position indicator

Mode

Scheduled operation

Comfort mode

Saving mode

Frost protection mode

Manual mode

Circuits

Heating

DHW

Common controller

Control-led com-ponents

Pump ON

Pumppu OFF

Actuator opens

Actuator closes

Alarm

Display selector

Favourite display for the installer

1 = Heating circuit = DHW circuit = Common controller

Mode

= Manual mode

= Scheduled operation

= Comfort mode

= Saving mode

= Frost protection modeMenus with

values and settings

Position indicator for

navigation

Display selection

State of components

System pressure

Primary return temperature

actual and desired

Flow temperatureactual and desired

Return temperature actual

1 = Heating circuit = DHW circuit = Common controller

Mode

= Scheduled operation

= Comfort mode

= Saving mode

= Frost protection modeDesired room temperature

Date

Outdoor temperature

Time

Schedule

Menus with values and settings Position indicator

for navigation

Display selection

Installation Guide ACS Substation

1515Danfoss District Energy VIGEK202 DEN-SMTFI

593 Setting the date and time

Set correct date and time in the controller

Setting done as with the hours

Setting the date same way as time

Getting out of the menu

Installation Guide ACS Substation

16 DEN-SMTFI VIGEK202 Danfoss District Energy

594 Setting the heat curve

Due to different heat masses heating system insulation dimen-sions etc it might be necessary to change the heat curve

Set the heat curve always according to HEVAC plans (functioning temperature of the heating circuit) There you can find desired flow temperatures for different outdoor temperatures

10

20

30

40

50

60

70

80

90

100

110

120

130

140

150

-40 -30 -20 -10 0 10 20 30 [oC]

[oC]

10

14

06

02

18

22 30 3526 40

01

0304

Factory setting the heat curve Example heat curve for the floor-heating system

Factory setting is a typical heat curve for radiator heating about 10

Outdoor temperature

degC

Flow temperature

degC

Visible on the display

-30 75 (-3075)-15 60 (-1560)-5 50 (-550)0 45 (045)5 40 (540)

15 28 (1528)

The heat curve typically used with floor-heat-ing about 04

Outdoor temperature

degC

Flow temperature

degC

Visible on the display

-30 45 (-3045)-15 38 (-1538)-5 34 (-534)0 31 (031)5 28 (528)

15 22 (522)

Changes in the heat curve point by point

Set the desired temperature

Move to the following points

Setting same way as with the previous point

Installation Guide ACS Substation

1717Danfoss District Energy VIGEK202 DEN-SMTFI

Saving the new curve Getting out of the menu

595 Setting up limitations for flow temperature

The flow temperature maximum limitation prevents too hot water from going into the heating circuit eg in the floor-heating system

When taking floor-heating system into use for the first time the max limitation for flow temperature can be set eg at 27degC The limitation temperature cuts off the heat curve when the tempera-ture reaches the limitLater on after the concrete slab has dried the flow temperature limitation can be raised to 45degC which is typically used in the floor-heating system

Typical max limitation in the radiator heating circuit is 90degC

Typical flow temperature limitations in different heating systems

Flow temperature

min degC max degC

Radiator heating 20 90When taking floor-heating system into use for the first time (drying up concrete slab)

20 27

Floor-heating 20 45

Setting the flow temperature max limitation

Typical flow temperature max limitation floor-heating 45degC

Setting the flow temperature min limitation

Typical flow temperature max limitation radiator heating 90degC

The heat curve display by fol-lowing the intructions in ldquo594 Setting the heat curverdquo

Installation Guide ACS Substation

18 DEN-SMTFI VIGEK202 Danfoss District Energy

Typical flow temperature max limitation When taking floor-heating system into use for the first time (drying up concrete slab) 27degC

Example display of the heat curve limiting temperature floor-heating heat curve flow temp max limitation 27degC

Getting out of the menu

The heat curve display by fol-lowing the intructions in ldquo594 Setting the heat curverdquo

Getting out of the menu

Typical flow temperature min limitation is 20degC

596 Manual control

Manual control is typically used when installing or servicing The controlled components valve pump etc can be controlled for correct function

Do not leave the controller in ldquoManual controlrdquo mode after finishing maintenance or service work The normal mode is ldquoComfort moderdquo or when using schedules ldquoScheduled operationrdquo

The valve is open

Installation Guide ACS Substation

1919Danfoss District Energy VIGEK202 DEN-SMTFI

The valve is closed

Getting away

Changing back to Comfort mode

597 Commissioning with one circuit

When commissioning the substation it might be necessary to close a circuit eg DHW circuit The circuit in question can be closed by forcing the control valve to close downThe pump has to be stopped with an operating switch

M1 P1 DHW circuit control valve and circulation pump

M2 P2 Heating circuit control valve and circulation pump

A1 Alarm relay

An example DHW circuit control valve close down

The valve is forced to close down

STOP leaves the valve in closed position

Getting out of the menu

Installation Guide ACS Substation

20 DEN-SMTFI VIGEK202 Danfoss District Energy

598 Sensor displays

Temperature and pressure information can be read on the con-troller display

All values can be found by going down the list

Getting out of the menu

599 Alarm

Alarm functions in the controller pressure alarm pump alarm and maximum temperature alarm (temperature limiting thermo-static function) As a sign of an alarm symbol appears on the display

Alarm overview shows which alarm is in question

Installation Guide ACS Substation

2121Danfoss District Energy VIGEK202 DEN-SMTFI

Pressure alarm

Max and min limitations (Alarm high Alarm low) have to adapted to the building Low X and high X values have been set based on the pressure transmitter included Do not change

Pump alarm The alarm disap-pears from the display when the pump is working again

Alarm value1=open contact (eg Wilo)0= closing contact (eg Grund-fos)

Max temperature limitation (temperature limiting thermo-static function)

Max temperature limitation can be used eg in floor-heating system as a temperature limiting thermostatic function

Getting out of the menu

In a floor-heating system the maximum temperature limita-tion can be set at 50degC

Installation Guide ACS Substation

22 DEN-SMTFI VIGEK202 Danfoss District Energy

5910 Changing the favourite display for the user

After having done the installation settings it is recommendable to change the favourite display to fit the userrsquos needs

5911 Setting the room temperature

The setting of the desired room temperature is important even if the room temperature sensor is not connected It has an effect on the temperature in your property

5912 Setting domestic hot water temperature

Changing the circuit

Installation Guide ACS Substation

2323Danfoss District Energy VIGEK202 DEN-SMTFI

Changing the desired tempera-ture Getting out of the menu

510 Basic parameters factory settings

Heating circuit

Setting Factory set-ting

Own setting Comment

Room temperature and setback temp 20 degC 16 degC

Heat curve 10 Note In a floor-heating system the typical setting is 04

Limit for heating cut-out 18 degC

Flow temperature min 20 degC

Flow temperature max 90 degC Note In a floor-heating system change the max temp to 45 degC

Proportional band Xp 85 K

Integration time constant Tn 25 s

Running time of the motorized con-trol valve

120 s

Neutral zone Nz 2 K

Pressure alarm limit max 23

Pressure alarm limit min 08

Pressure alarm timeout 30 s

Pump alarm alarm value 1 1= open contact (eg Wilo)0= closing contact (eg Grundfos)

Pump alarm timeout 20 s

Max flow temperature limitation alarm (temperature limiting thermostatic function)

90 degC Note In a floor-heating system change to 50 degC

Max flow temperature limitation alarm timeout ΔTALARM

60 s

DHW circuit Setting Factory set-

tingOwn setting Comment

DHW temperature and setback temp 58 degC 55 degC

Flow temperature min 45 degC

Flow temperature max 65 degC

Proportional band Xp 9 K

Integration time constant Tn 13 s

Running time of the motorized control valve

15 s

Neutral zone Nz 3 K

Installation Guide ACS Substation

24 DEN-SMTFI VIGEK202 Danfoss District Energy

Problems Heating

Room temperature is too lowie flow temperature is too low

Disruption in the district heating distribution

Get in contact with the district heating distributor

The filter is cloggedGet in contact with the district heating distributor or with local Danfoss Sales Company

The heat curve is not correct Check the heat curve settings

Failure in the heating circuit controls Get in contact with local Danfoss Sales Company

The circulation pump has stopped Turn the pump on check eg heat relay

Pressure in the heating circuit is too low Add water through the filling valve Write down the filling date

Air in the heating circuit Remove air from the radiators add water if necessary

Fouling in the heat exchanger Get in contact with local Danfoss Sales Company

The radiator thermostat is stuck or broken Get in contact with the installer

The control valve is stuck Get in contact with local Danfoss Sales Company

Room temperature is too highie flow temperature is too high

The heat curve is not correct Check the heat curve settings

The controller in the heating circuit is brokenGet in contact with local Danfoss Sales Company

The control valve stays openclosed

511 Start-up

Check following point before start-up

Check points before start-up

Pipes are connected according to the designsDrainage valves are closedThe temperature for the domestic hot water is set to +58˚CThe outdoor temperature sensor is installed and connectedController settingsConnections are tightenedFunction of the safety valves is checked

Fill the substation with flow media and raise the pressure slowly to working pressure When starting up the substation it should be air vented The shut-off valve in the primary side on the return side is opened and the shut-off valve on the supply side is closed Air comes out by open-ing the air vent valveAfter that the operation of the substation must be observed If the substation operates according to designed parameters it can be taken into continuous use

Check points after start-up

Check temperaturesCheck pressuresThermal expansionOperation of the pumpsFlow directionsOperation of the controls

All Danfoss heat exchangers and substations have been pres-sure tested according to PED 9723EC (module H)

Make sure to give operating instructions to the users of the substation

60 Trouble shooting

Installation Guide ACS Substation

2525Danfoss District Energy VIGEK202 DEN-SMTFI

60 Trouble shooting

Problems Domestic hot water (DHW)

DHW smells bad or is coloured DHW heat exchanger has an internal leakage

Get in contact with local Danfoss Sales Company

Temperature of DHW varies more than usual

DHW control does not work or the control valve is broken

DHW control valve is too big for the existing conditions

Inadequate DHW circulation Get in contact with the installer

The filter is clogged Get in contact with the district heating distributor

The pressure difference is too bigGet in contact with local Danfoss Sales Company

Trash in the control valve

Other situations

The pump sounds strangeAir lock in the pump Stop the pump for a moment to remove the

air lock

The bearing in the pump is brokenGet in contact with the district heating distributor

The control valve has a strong whistling sound

The control valve is broken

Pressure difference is too big in the district heating network

Get in contact with the district heating distributor

Water leaks on the floor in the boiler room or the heat exchanger insulation is wet The heat exchanger has an external leakage

Get in contact with the district heating distributor andor local Danfoss Sales Company

The pressure or the temperature of district heating water differs significantly from the normal

Disruption in the district heating distribution Get in contact with the district heating distributor

The outdoor temperature is not visible on the display

The outdoor temperature sensor has been connected to the substation with the power on

Pull the substation contact plug out and reconnect it

Heating control does not work

The controller is let in rdquoManual controlrdquo mode

Set the controller to rdquoComfort moderdquo or rdquoScheduled operation moderdquo

The controller sensor or motorized control valve is broken Get in contact with local Danfoss Sales

CompanyThe control valve stays openclosed

Water in the heating circuit increases and excess water comes out through the safety valve for the expansion vessel

The heat exchanger has an internal leakageGet in contact with the district heating distributor andor with local Danfoss Sales Company

The filling valve in the heating circuit leaks into the heating circuit

Get in contact with local Danfoss Sales Company

Pressure in the heating circuit is too low The heating circuit has too little water or the ciruit has a leakage

Add water into the circuit through the filling valve Write down the filling date If this happens often get in contact with local Danfoss Sales Company

The return temperature in the heating circuit is high

The difference between district heating and heating circuit return temperatures is big

Get in contact with local Danfoss Sales Company

Installation Guide ACS Substation

26 DEN-SMTFI VIGEK202 Danfoss District Energy

Declaration of conformityPressure equip

ment in accordance w

ith the sound engineering practice

(Directive 9723EC

Article 33)

Pressure equipm

ent in hazard category I (D

irective 9723EC A

rticle 9)

Installation Guide ACS Substation

2727Danfoss District Energy VIGEK202 DEN-SMTFI

Declaration of conformity

Disposal instructionThis product should be dismantled and its components sorted if possible in various groups before recycling or disposal Always follow the local disposal regulations

Pressure equipm

ent in hazard category II - III (D

irective 9723EC A

rticle 9)

Installation Guide ACS Substation

Danfoss can accept no responsibility for possible errors in catalogues brochures and other printed material Danfoss reserves the right to alter its products without notice This also applies to products already on order provided that such alterations can be made without subsequential changes being necessary in specications already agreedAll trademarks in this material are property of the respective companies Danfoss and the Danfoss logotype are trademarks of Danfoss AS All rights reserved

Produced by Danfoss AS copy 072010

Oy Danfoss Ab middot Danfoss LPM middot Box 19 middot 79101 Leppaumlvirta middot FinlandPhone +358 403 092 200 middot Fax +358 403 092 281 middot salesdanfosscom middot wwwdanfosscom middot wwwlpmdanfossfi

General warranty conditions

1) Scope of application and warranty provider This warranty shall apply to Danfoss LPM heating substations and heat exchangers that are supplied by Oy Danfoss Ab for district heating use

2) Warranty periodThis warranty shall be in force as follows- Heating substation components 12 months from the initialization or 18 months from the delivery date

whichever period concludes earlier- Pipework parts and connectors 12 months from the initialization or 18 months from the delivery date whichever

period concludes earlier- Heat exchangers 12 months from the initialization or 18 months from the delivery date whichever period

concludes earlierA change of ownership causing transfer of goods for continued use will not terminate this warranty Product which has been repaired or replaced is not granted the new or extended warranty

3) Scope of warrantyThe guarantee covers the new component but not the costs for the assembly of the component Oy Danfoss Ab shall not be responsible for faults in cases where as can be proven the goodrsquos deteriorated quality or non-conforming applicability is obviously due to- Careless or faulty installation or repair work (such as insufficient pipe work supports the wrong operating

environment)- Exceeding the maximum pressure level (pressure shocks)- External stress (temperature mechanical stress etc)- Poor circulation water quality (does not fill the national requirements)

4) Reporting faultsThe buyer shall report any faults to Oy Danfoss Ab within 14 days from the date on which they had or should have detected the fault in question

5) Correcting faults In cases where the fault in question is covered by the warranty defined in these conditions Oy Danfoss Ab shall be obliged to correct the fault by delivering flawless goods within a reasonable period of time once a fault report has been received The liability of Oy Danfoss Ab is limited and does not cover the indirect costs and damages

6) Settling disputesThe Buyer shall be entitled to submit a warranty condition dispute to the Finnish Arbitral Tribunal for settlement All disputes will be handled in English

Oy Danfoss Ab Danfoss LPM

Oy Danfoss Ab middot Danfoss LPM

General Warranty Conditions

Please refer to Danfoss General Sales Conditions in details about sales process

Page 9: Installation Guide ACS Substation - Danfoss Heatingheating.danfoss.com/PCMPDF/VIGEK202_ACS_Inst_Guide.pdf · 5.9.6 Manual control ... DRAWING NO HE pump alarm. Installation Guide

Installation Guide ACS Substation

99Danfoss District Energy VIGEK202 DEN-SMTFI

52 Protective cardboard cover

Leave the cardboard cover on top of the substation during moving and installation

53 Removing the substation from the pallet

The substation is screwed on the pallet with the attaching feet Take off the screws pointed with arrows in the picture

54 Moving substation to the installation place

ACS substation can be moved to the installation place using sev-eral different ways depending on the installation place and how to get therePlan the most convenient route to the installation place Be aware not to break floor and wall surfaces stairs doorposts etcThe substation includes delicate components

Do not hurt yourself or damage the substation when lifting it

1 Moving with a pallet truck

Installation Guide ACS Substation

10 DEN-SMTFI VIGEK202 Danfoss District Energy

2 Lifting with a crane It is possible to screw up lifting eyes in the top corners after remov-ing detachable metal round pieces from the roof This way substa-tion can be lifted up by using straps

55 Installation place

The installation place and the pipe connections for ACS substation can be planned in beforehand due to standardized sizing

The upwards oriented connections enable installation eg close to the wall Since the hot surfaces are hidden underneath the cover it is possible to use the boiler room also for some other activities

Installation Guide ACS Substation

1111Danfoss District Energy VIGEK202 DEN-SMTFI

56 Height adjustmentAdjust the substation straight horizontally and on the desired height with the help of the installation feet By turning the adjust-ment feet you can make up to 6 cm adjustments

57 Pipe connectionsThe substation is connected to the district heating network heat-ing domestic hot water and circulation networks in the building according to the connections and flow directions in the drawing

The pipes equipped with the couplings are to be detached and welded somewhere else but above the substation

The pipes must be mounted so that the strain caused by eg ther-mal expansion does not harm the sustation The pipes must be equipped with brackets in order to prevent any torsional stress

The connection to the district heating network can be done only by a qualified installer accepted by the district heating distributor

Prior to installation all pipes and connections have to be cleaned and rinsed

571 Connection directions

1 District heating supply2 District heating return3 Heating supply4 Heating return5 Cold water6 Domestic hot water7 Domestic hot water circulation

After cooling connectionAfter cooling connection

Direct return connection

5 6 7 2 1

4 3

Direct connection

After cooling connection

Direct return connection

56 7 2 1

4 3

Installation Guide ACS Substation

12 DEN-SMTFI VIGEK202 Danfoss District Energy

572 Dimensions for the pipe connections

The pipe connections are standardized and their places differ ac-cording to required capacity and the size of the substation

In the after cooling connection both cold water and district heat-ing return connection places are dependable on the size of the required heat exchanger The dimensions settle within the dimen-sions given in the dimensional pictures

0 300-420 550 720 880-1000 1240 13500

100

460

250 4700

After cooling connection 1350 mm blockAfter cooling connection 1090 mm block

Direct connection DN32

90100

120

460

740

0 240 470 560 730 890 1080 1190 13500

90100

120

460

740

0

150 3000

0 330 490 640 860 950 1090

Direct connection DN50

330 490 640 850 960 10900

90120

460

740

0

1500 300

Direct connection DN65

0 220-280 400 560 650-710 920 1090

100

460

220 370

Installation Guide ACS Substation

1313Danfoss District Energy VIGEK202 DEN-SMTFI

58 Electrification

Since the internal electrical connections are factory made it is not mandatory to use an electrician to connect the substation The contact plug is the main electrical switch in the substation

The outdoor temperature sensor is to be installed on the north side of the property at app 3 m height where the outdoor tem-perature can be measured There should be no ventilation window at the close proximity to the measuring point The other end of the outdoor temperature sensor cable is to be connected into the con-trol box When connecting outdoor temperature sensor make sure to remove the substation contact plug

In case the length of the outdoor temperature sensor cable is not long enough for your property it is remmendable to change the whole cable This way extra joints are avoided The minimum area for the cable is 04 mm2 and the maximum length is 125 m If you choose to use the extra joint inspite of recommendation protect the jointing sleeve with the shrink cable

Stick the contact plug into the wall socket fitted with a 10A220V fuse

Wait for 10 s turn the circulation pumps P1 (DHW) and P2 (HE) on by pressing the operating switches

Do not run the pumps without water

59 Controller settings

DescriptionThe ECL Comfort electronic weather compensated temperature controllers are for use in district heating central heating and cool-ing systems

Energy savings are facilitated by weather compensation adjust-ment of temperature according to schedule optimization as well as limitation of return temperature flow and power Functionalities such as data logging and alarm functions are implemented in the controller

Property specific controller settingsThere are some property related settings which are to be done before starting up the substation A complete controller instruc-tion is included and the most important details are also enclosed in this Installation Guide

20 m

20 m

Installation Guide ACS Substation

14 DEN-SMTFI VIGEK202 Danfoss District Energy

591 Controller display and symbols

592 Operating the controller

The graphical monochrome display shows all temperature val-ues status information and is used for the setting of control pa-rameters Navigation browsing and selecting is done by means of the dial You can navigate in the menus and change the values by turning the dial left or right and pushing to confirm

When a rectangle appears around the value or symbol it is pos-sible to do changes by turning the dial left or right

You can always get back to your favourite display by going to the top of the display and turning the dial so many times that ldquoHomerdquo appears If the dial has not been activated the controller will after 20 min revert to the favourite display

Favourite display for the user

Symbol Description

Tempera-tures

Outdoor temperature

Room temperature

DHW temperature

Position indicator

Mode

Scheduled operation

Comfort mode

Saving mode

Frost protection mode

Manual mode

Circuits

Heating

DHW

Common controller

Control-led com-ponents

Pump ON

Pumppu OFF

Actuator opens

Actuator closes

Alarm

Display selector

Favourite display for the installer

1 = Heating circuit = DHW circuit = Common controller

Mode

= Manual mode

= Scheduled operation

= Comfort mode

= Saving mode

= Frost protection modeMenus with

values and settings

Position indicator for

navigation

Display selection

State of components

System pressure

Primary return temperature

actual and desired

Flow temperatureactual and desired

Return temperature actual

1 = Heating circuit = DHW circuit = Common controller

Mode

= Scheduled operation

= Comfort mode

= Saving mode

= Frost protection modeDesired room temperature

Date

Outdoor temperature

Time

Schedule

Menus with values and settings Position indicator

for navigation

Display selection

Installation Guide ACS Substation

1515Danfoss District Energy VIGEK202 DEN-SMTFI

593 Setting the date and time

Set correct date and time in the controller

Setting done as with the hours

Setting the date same way as time

Getting out of the menu

Installation Guide ACS Substation

16 DEN-SMTFI VIGEK202 Danfoss District Energy

594 Setting the heat curve

Due to different heat masses heating system insulation dimen-sions etc it might be necessary to change the heat curve

Set the heat curve always according to HEVAC plans (functioning temperature of the heating circuit) There you can find desired flow temperatures for different outdoor temperatures

10

20

30

40

50

60

70

80

90

100

110

120

130

140

150

-40 -30 -20 -10 0 10 20 30 [oC]

[oC]

10

14

06

02

18

22 30 3526 40

01

0304

Factory setting the heat curve Example heat curve for the floor-heating system

Factory setting is a typical heat curve for radiator heating about 10

Outdoor temperature

degC

Flow temperature

degC

Visible on the display

-30 75 (-3075)-15 60 (-1560)-5 50 (-550)0 45 (045)5 40 (540)

15 28 (1528)

The heat curve typically used with floor-heat-ing about 04

Outdoor temperature

degC

Flow temperature

degC

Visible on the display

-30 45 (-3045)-15 38 (-1538)-5 34 (-534)0 31 (031)5 28 (528)

15 22 (522)

Changes in the heat curve point by point

Set the desired temperature

Move to the following points

Setting same way as with the previous point

Installation Guide ACS Substation

1717Danfoss District Energy VIGEK202 DEN-SMTFI

Saving the new curve Getting out of the menu

595 Setting up limitations for flow temperature

The flow temperature maximum limitation prevents too hot water from going into the heating circuit eg in the floor-heating system

When taking floor-heating system into use for the first time the max limitation for flow temperature can be set eg at 27degC The limitation temperature cuts off the heat curve when the tempera-ture reaches the limitLater on after the concrete slab has dried the flow temperature limitation can be raised to 45degC which is typically used in the floor-heating system

Typical max limitation in the radiator heating circuit is 90degC

Typical flow temperature limitations in different heating systems

Flow temperature

min degC max degC

Radiator heating 20 90When taking floor-heating system into use for the first time (drying up concrete slab)

20 27

Floor-heating 20 45

Setting the flow temperature max limitation

Typical flow temperature max limitation floor-heating 45degC

Setting the flow temperature min limitation

Typical flow temperature max limitation radiator heating 90degC

The heat curve display by fol-lowing the intructions in ldquo594 Setting the heat curverdquo

Installation Guide ACS Substation

18 DEN-SMTFI VIGEK202 Danfoss District Energy

Typical flow temperature max limitation When taking floor-heating system into use for the first time (drying up concrete slab) 27degC

Example display of the heat curve limiting temperature floor-heating heat curve flow temp max limitation 27degC

Getting out of the menu

The heat curve display by fol-lowing the intructions in ldquo594 Setting the heat curverdquo

Getting out of the menu

Typical flow temperature min limitation is 20degC

596 Manual control

Manual control is typically used when installing or servicing The controlled components valve pump etc can be controlled for correct function

Do not leave the controller in ldquoManual controlrdquo mode after finishing maintenance or service work The normal mode is ldquoComfort moderdquo or when using schedules ldquoScheduled operationrdquo

The valve is open

Installation Guide ACS Substation

1919Danfoss District Energy VIGEK202 DEN-SMTFI

The valve is closed

Getting away

Changing back to Comfort mode

597 Commissioning with one circuit

When commissioning the substation it might be necessary to close a circuit eg DHW circuit The circuit in question can be closed by forcing the control valve to close downThe pump has to be stopped with an operating switch

M1 P1 DHW circuit control valve and circulation pump

M2 P2 Heating circuit control valve and circulation pump

A1 Alarm relay

An example DHW circuit control valve close down

The valve is forced to close down

STOP leaves the valve in closed position

Getting out of the menu

Installation Guide ACS Substation

20 DEN-SMTFI VIGEK202 Danfoss District Energy

598 Sensor displays

Temperature and pressure information can be read on the con-troller display

All values can be found by going down the list

Getting out of the menu

599 Alarm

Alarm functions in the controller pressure alarm pump alarm and maximum temperature alarm (temperature limiting thermo-static function) As a sign of an alarm symbol appears on the display

Alarm overview shows which alarm is in question

Installation Guide ACS Substation

2121Danfoss District Energy VIGEK202 DEN-SMTFI

Pressure alarm

Max and min limitations (Alarm high Alarm low) have to adapted to the building Low X and high X values have been set based on the pressure transmitter included Do not change

Pump alarm The alarm disap-pears from the display when the pump is working again

Alarm value1=open contact (eg Wilo)0= closing contact (eg Grund-fos)

Max temperature limitation (temperature limiting thermo-static function)

Max temperature limitation can be used eg in floor-heating system as a temperature limiting thermostatic function

Getting out of the menu

In a floor-heating system the maximum temperature limita-tion can be set at 50degC

Installation Guide ACS Substation

22 DEN-SMTFI VIGEK202 Danfoss District Energy

5910 Changing the favourite display for the user

After having done the installation settings it is recommendable to change the favourite display to fit the userrsquos needs

5911 Setting the room temperature

The setting of the desired room temperature is important even if the room temperature sensor is not connected It has an effect on the temperature in your property

5912 Setting domestic hot water temperature

Changing the circuit

Installation Guide ACS Substation

2323Danfoss District Energy VIGEK202 DEN-SMTFI

Changing the desired tempera-ture Getting out of the menu

510 Basic parameters factory settings

Heating circuit

Setting Factory set-ting

Own setting Comment

Room temperature and setback temp 20 degC 16 degC

Heat curve 10 Note In a floor-heating system the typical setting is 04

Limit for heating cut-out 18 degC

Flow temperature min 20 degC

Flow temperature max 90 degC Note In a floor-heating system change the max temp to 45 degC

Proportional band Xp 85 K

Integration time constant Tn 25 s

Running time of the motorized con-trol valve

120 s

Neutral zone Nz 2 K

Pressure alarm limit max 23

Pressure alarm limit min 08

Pressure alarm timeout 30 s

Pump alarm alarm value 1 1= open contact (eg Wilo)0= closing contact (eg Grundfos)

Pump alarm timeout 20 s

Max flow temperature limitation alarm (temperature limiting thermostatic function)

90 degC Note In a floor-heating system change to 50 degC

Max flow temperature limitation alarm timeout ΔTALARM

60 s

DHW circuit Setting Factory set-

tingOwn setting Comment

DHW temperature and setback temp 58 degC 55 degC

Flow temperature min 45 degC

Flow temperature max 65 degC

Proportional band Xp 9 K

Integration time constant Tn 13 s

Running time of the motorized control valve

15 s

Neutral zone Nz 3 K

Installation Guide ACS Substation

24 DEN-SMTFI VIGEK202 Danfoss District Energy

Problems Heating

Room temperature is too lowie flow temperature is too low

Disruption in the district heating distribution

Get in contact with the district heating distributor

The filter is cloggedGet in contact with the district heating distributor or with local Danfoss Sales Company

The heat curve is not correct Check the heat curve settings

Failure in the heating circuit controls Get in contact with local Danfoss Sales Company

The circulation pump has stopped Turn the pump on check eg heat relay

Pressure in the heating circuit is too low Add water through the filling valve Write down the filling date

Air in the heating circuit Remove air from the radiators add water if necessary

Fouling in the heat exchanger Get in contact with local Danfoss Sales Company

The radiator thermostat is stuck or broken Get in contact with the installer

The control valve is stuck Get in contact with local Danfoss Sales Company

Room temperature is too highie flow temperature is too high

The heat curve is not correct Check the heat curve settings

The controller in the heating circuit is brokenGet in contact with local Danfoss Sales Company

The control valve stays openclosed

511 Start-up

Check following point before start-up

Check points before start-up

Pipes are connected according to the designsDrainage valves are closedThe temperature for the domestic hot water is set to +58˚CThe outdoor temperature sensor is installed and connectedController settingsConnections are tightenedFunction of the safety valves is checked

Fill the substation with flow media and raise the pressure slowly to working pressure When starting up the substation it should be air vented The shut-off valve in the primary side on the return side is opened and the shut-off valve on the supply side is closed Air comes out by open-ing the air vent valveAfter that the operation of the substation must be observed If the substation operates according to designed parameters it can be taken into continuous use

Check points after start-up

Check temperaturesCheck pressuresThermal expansionOperation of the pumpsFlow directionsOperation of the controls

All Danfoss heat exchangers and substations have been pres-sure tested according to PED 9723EC (module H)

Make sure to give operating instructions to the users of the substation

60 Trouble shooting

Installation Guide ACS Substation

2525Danfoss District Energy VIGEK202 DEN-SMTFI

60 Trouble shooting

Problems Domestic hot water (DHW)

DHW smells bad or is coloured DHW heat exchanger has an internal leakage

Get in contact with local Danfoss Sales Company

Temperature of DHW varies more than usual

DHW control does not work or the control valve is broken

DHW control valve is too big for the existing conditions

Inadequate DHW circulation Get in contact with the installer

The filter is clogged Get in contact with the district heating distributor

The pressure difference is too bigGet in contact with local Danfoss Sales Company

Trash in the control valve

Other situations

The pump sounds strangeAir lock in the pump Stop the pump for a moment to remove the

air lock

The bearing in the pump is brokenGet in contact with the district heating distributor

The control valve has a strong whistling sound

The control valve is broken

Pressure difference is too big in the district heating network

Get in contact with the district heating distributor

Water leaks on the floor in the boiler room or the heat exchanger insulation is wet The heat exchanger has an external leakage

Get in contact with the district heating distributor andor local Danfoss Sales Company

The pressure or the temperature of district heating water differs significantly from the normal

Disruption in the district heating distribution Get in contact with the district heating distributor

The outdoor temperature is not visible on the display

The outdoor temperature sensor has been connected to the substation with the power on

Pull the substation contact plug out and reconnect it

Heating control does not work

The controller is let in rdquoManual controlrdquo mode

Set the controller to rdquoComfort moderdquo or rdquoScheduled operation moderdquo

The controller sensor or motorized control valve is broken Get in contact with local Danfoss Sales

CompanyThe control valve stays openclosed

Water in the heating circuit increases and excess water comes out through the safety valve for the expansion vessel

The heat exchanger has an internal leakageGet in contact with the district heating distributor andor with local Danfoss Sales Company

The filling valve in the heating circuit leaks into the heating circuit

Get in contact with local Danfoss Sales Company

Pressure in the heating circuit is too low The heating circuit has too little water or the ciruit has a leakage

Add water into the circuit through the filling valve Write down the filling date If this happens often get in contact with local Danfoss Sales Company

The return temperature in the heating circuit is high

The difference between district heating and heating circuit return temperatures is big

Get in contact with local Danfoss Sales Company

Installation Guide ACS Substation

26 DEN-SMTFI VIGEK202 Danfoss District Energy

Declaration of conformityPressure equip

ment in accordance w

ith the sound engineering practice

(Directive 9723EC

Article 33)

Pressure equipm

ent in hazard category I (D

irective 9723EC A

rticle 9)

Installation Guide ACS Substation

2727Danfoss District Energy VIGEK202 DEN-SMTFI

Declaration of conformity

Disposal instructionThis product should be dismantled and its components sorted if possible in various groups before recycling or disposal Always follow the local disposal regulations

Pressure equipm

ent in hazard category II - III (D

irective 9723EC A

rticle 9)

Installation Guide ACS Substation

Danfoss can accept no responsibility for possible errors in catalogues brochures and other printed material Danfoss reserves the right to alter its products without notice This also applies to products already on order provided that such alterations can be made without subsequential changes being necessary in specications already agreedAll trademarks in this material are property of the respective companies Danfoss and the Danfoss logotype are trademarks of Danfoss AS All rights reserved

Produced by Danfoss AS copy 072010

Oy Danfoss Ab middot Danfoss LPM middot Box 19 middot 79101 Leppaumlvirta middot FinlandPhone +358 403 092 200 middot Fax +358 403 092 281 middot salesdanfosscom middot wwwdanfosscom middot wwwlpmdanfossfi

General warranty conditions

1) Scope of application and warranty provider This warranty shall apply to Danfoss LPM heating substations and heat exchangers that are supplied by Oy Danfoss Ab for district heating use

2) Warranty periodThis warranty shall be in force as follows- Heating substation components 12 months from the initialization or 18 months from the delivery date

whichever period concludes earlier- Pipework parts and connectors 12 months from the initialization or 18 months from the delivery date whichever

period concludes earlier- Heat exchangers 12 months from the initialization or 18 months from the delivery date whichever period

concludes earlierA change of ownership causing transfer of goods for continued use will not terminate this warranty Product which has been repaired or replaced is not granted the new or extended warranty

3) Scope of warrantyThe guarantee covers the new component but not the costs for the assembly of the component Oy Danfoss Ab shall not be responsible for faults in cases where as can be proven the goodrsquos deteriorated quality or non-conforming applicability is obviously due to- Careless or faulty installation or repair work (such as insufficient pipe work supports the wrong operating

environment)- Exceeding the maximum pressure level (pressure shocks)- External stress (temperature mechanical stress etc)- Poor circulation water quality (does not fill the national requirements)

4) Reporting faultsThe buyer shall report any faults to Oy Danfoss Ab within 14 days from the date on which they had or should have detected the fault in question

5) Correcting faults In cases where the fault in question is covered by the warranty defined in these conditions Oy Danfoss Ab shall be obliged to correct the fault by delivering flawless goods within a reasonable period of time once a fault report has been received The liability of Oy Danfoss Ab is limited and does not cover the indirect costs and damages

6) Settling disputesThe Buyer shall be entitled to submit a warranty condition dispute to the Finnish Arbitral Tribunal for settlement All disputes will be handled in English

Oy Danfoss Ab Danfoss LPM

Oy Danfoss Ab middot Danfoss LPM

General Warranty Conditions

Please refer to Danfoss General Sales Conditions in details about sales process

Page 10: Installation Guide ACS Substation - Danfoss Heatingheating.danfoss.com/PCMPDF/VIGEK202_ACS_Inst_Guide.pdf · 5.9.6 Manual control ... DRAWING NO HE pump alarm. Installation Guide

Installation Guide ACS Substation

10 DEN-SMTFI VIGEK202 Danfoss District Energy

2 Lifting with a crane It is possible to screw up lifting eyes in the top corners after remov-ing detachable metal round pieces from the roof This way substa-tion can be lifted up by using straps

55 Installation place

The installation place and the pipe connections for ACS substation can be planned in beforehand due to standardized sizing

The upwards oriented connections enable installation eg close to the wall Since the hot surfaces are hidden underneath the cover it is possible to use the boiler room also for some other activities

Installation Guide ACS Substation

1111Danfoss District Energy VIGEK202 DEN-SMTFI

56 Height adjustmentAdjust the substation straight horizontally and on the desired height with the help of the installation feet By turning the adjust-ment feet you can make up to 6 cm adjustments

57 Pipe connectionsThe substation is connected to the district heating network heat-ing domestic hot water and circulation networks in the building according to the connections and flow directions in the drawing

The pipes equipped with the couplings are to be detached and welded somewhere else but above the substation

The pipes must be mounted so that the strain caused by eg ther-mal expansion does not harm the sustation The pipes must be equipped with brackets in order to prevent any torsional stress

The connection to the district heating network can be done only by a qualified installer accepted by the district heating distributor

Prior to installation all pipes and connections have to be cleaned and rinsed

571 Connection directions

1 District heating supply2 District heating return3 Heating supply4 Heating return5 Cold water6 Domestic hot water7 Domestic hot water circulation

After cooling connectionAfter cooling connection

Direct return connection

5 6 7 2 1

4 3

Direct connection

After cooling connection

Direct return connection

56 7 2 1

4 3

Installation Guide ACS Substation

12 DEN-SMTFI VIGEK202 Danfoss District Energy

572 Dimensions for the pipe connections

The pipe connections are standardized and their places differ ac-cording to required capacity and the size of the substation

In the after cooling connection both cold water and district heat-ing return connection places are dependable on the size of the required heat exchanger The dimensions settle within the dimen-sions given in the dimensional pictures

0 300-420 550 720 880-1000 1240 13500

100

460

250 4700

After cooling connection 1350 mm blockAfter cooling connection 1090 mm block

Direct connection DN32

90100

120

460

740

0 240 470 560 730 890 1080 1190 13500

90100

120

460

740

0

150 3000

0 330 490 640 860 950 1090

Direct connection DN50

330 490 640 850 960 10900

90120

460

740

0

1500 300

Direct connection DN65

0 220-280 400 560 650-710 920 1090

100

460

220 370

Installation Guide ACS Substation

1313Danfoss District Energy VIGEK202 DEN-SMTFI

58 Electrification

Since the internal electrical connections are factory made it is not mandatory to use an electrician to connect the substation The contact plug is the main electrical switch in the substation

The outdoor temperature sensor is to be installed on the north side of the property at app 3 m height where the outdoor tem-perature can be measured There should be no ventilation window at the close proximity to the measuring point The other end of the outdoor temperature sensor cable is to be connected into the con-trol box When connecting outdoor temperature sensor make sure to remove the substation contact plug

In case the length of the outdoor temperature sensor cable is not long enough for your property it is remmendable to change the whole cable This way extra joints are avoided The minimum area for the cable is 04 mm2 and the maximum length is 125 m If you choose to use the extra joint inspite of recommendation protect the jointing sleeve with the shrink cable

Stick the contact plug into the wall socket fitted with a 10A220V fuse

Wait for 10 s turn the circulation pumps P1 (DHW) and P2 (HE) on by pressing the operating switches

Do not run the pumps without water

59 Controller settings

DescriptionThe ECL Comfort electronic weather compensated temperature controllers are for use in district heating central heating and cool-ing systems

Energy savings are facilitated by weather compensation adjust-ment of temperature according to schedule optimization as well as limitation of return temperature flow and power Functionalities such as data logging and alarm functions are implemented in the controller

Property specific controller settingsThere are some property related settings which are to be done before starting up the substation A complete controller instruc-tion is included and the most important details are also enclosed in this Installation Guide

20 m

20 m

Installation Guide ACS Substation

14 DEN-SMTFI VIGEK202 Danfoss District Energy

591 Controller display and symbols

592 Operating the controller

The graphical monochrome display shows all temperature val-ues status information and is used for the setting of control pa-rameters Navigation browsing and selecting is done by means of the dial You can navigate in the menus and change the values by turning the dial left or right and pushing to confirm

When a rectangle appears around the value or symbol it is pos-sible to do changes by turning the dial left or right

You can always get back to your favourite display by going to the top of the display and turning the dial so many times that ldquoHomerdquo appears If the dial has not been activated the controller will after 20 min revert to the favourite display

Favourite display for the user

Symbol Description

Tempera-tures

Outdoor temperature

Room temperature

DHW temperature

Position indicator

Mode

Scheduled operation

Comfort mode

Saving mode

Frost protection mode

Manual mode

Circuits

Heating

DHW

Common controller

Control-led com-ponents

Pump ON

Pumppu OFF

Actuator opens

Actuator closes

Alarm

Display selector

Favourite display for the installer

1 = Heating circuit = DHW circuit = Common controller

Mode

= Manual mode

= Scheduled operation

= Comfort mode

= Saving mode

= Frost protection modeMenus with

values and settings

Position indicator for

navigation

Display selection

State of components

System pressure

Primary return temperature

actual and desired

Flow temperatureactual and desired

Return temperature actual

1 = Heating circuit = DHW circuit = Common controller

Mode

= Scheduled operation

= Comfort mode

= Saving mode

= Frost protection modeDesired room temperature

Date

Outdoor temperature

Time

Schedule

Menus with values and settings Position indicator

for navigation

Display selection

Installation Guide ACS Substation

1515Danfoss District Energy VIGEK202 DEN-SMTFI

593 Setting the date and time

Set correct date and time in the controller

Setting done as with the hours

Setting the date same way as time

Getting out of the menu

Installation Guide ACS Substation

16 DEN-SMTFI VIGEK202 Danfoss District Energy

594 Setting the heat curve

Due to different heat masses heating system insulation dimen-sions etc it might be necessary to change the heat curve

Set the heat curve always according to HEVAC plans (functioning temperature of the heating circuit) There you can find desired flow temperatures for different outdoor temperatures

10

20

30

40

50

60

70

80

90

100

110

120

130

140

150

-40 -30 -20 -10 0 10 20 30 [oC]

[oC]

10

14

06

02

18

22 30 3526 40

01

0304

Factory setting the heat curve Example heat curve for the floor-heating system

Factory setting is a typical heat curve for radiator heating about 10

Outdoor temperature

degC

Flow temperature

degC

Visible on the display

-30 75 (-3075)-15 60 (-1560)-5 50 (-550)0 45 (045)5 40 (540)

15 28 (1528)

The heat curve typically used with floor-heat-ing about 04

Outdoor temperature

degC

Flow temperature

degC

Visible on the display

-30 45 (-3045)-15 38 (-1538)-5 34 (-534)0 31 (031)5 28 (528)

15 22 (522)

Changes in the heat curve point by point

Set the desired temperature

Move to the following points

Setting same way as with the previous point

Installation Guide ACS Substation

1717Danfoss District Energy VIGEK202 DEN-SMTFI

Saving the new curve Getting out of the menu

595 Setting up limitations for flow temperature

The flow temperature maximum limitation prevents too hot water from going into the heating circuit eg in the floor-heating system

When taking floor-heating system into use for the first time the max limitation for flow temperature can be set eg at 27degC The limitation temperature cuts off the heat curve when the tempera-ture reaches the limitLater on after the concrete slab has dried the flow temperature limitation can be raised to 45degC which is typically used in the floor-heating system

Typical max limitation in the radiator heating circuit is 90degC

Typical flow temperature limitations in different heating systems

Flow temperature

min degC max degC

Radiator heating 20 90When taking floor-heating system into use for the first time (drying up concrete slab)

20 27

Floor-heating 20 45

Setting the flow temperature max limitation

Typical flow temperature max limitation floor-heating 45degC

Setting the flow temperature min limitation

Typical flow temperature max limitation radiator heating 90degC

The heat curve display by fol-lowing the intructions in ldquo594 Setting the heat curverdquo

Installation Guide ACS Substation

18 DEN-SMTFI VIGEK202 Danfoss District Energy

Typical flow temperature max limitation When taking floor-heating system into use for the first time (drying up concrete slab) 27degC

Example display of the heat curve limiting temperature floor-heating heat curve flow temp max limitation 27degC

Getting out of the menu

The heat curve display by fol-lowing the intructions in ldquo594 Setting the heat curverdquo

Getting out of the menu

Typical flow temperature min limitation is 20degC

596 Manual control

Manual control is typically used when installing or servicing The controlled components valve pump etc can be controlled for correct function

Do not leave the controller in ldquoManual controlrdquo mode after finishing maintenance or service work The normal mode is ldquoComfort moderdquo or when using schedules ldquoScheduled operationrdquo

The valve is open

Installation Guide ACS Substation

1919Danfoss District Energy VIGEK202 DEN-SMTFI

The valve is closed

Getting away

Changing back to Comfort mode

597 Commissioning with one circuit

When commissioning the substation it might be necessary to close a circuit eg DHW circuit The circuit in question can be closed by forcing the control valve to close downThe pump has to be stopped with an operating switch

M1 P1 DHW circuit control valve and circulation pump

M2 P2 Heating circuit control valve and circulation pump

A1 Alarm relay

An example DHW circuit control valve close down

The valve is forced to close down

STOP leaves the valve in closed position

Getting out of the menu

Installation Guide ACS Substation

20 DEN-SMTFI VIGEK202 Danfoss District Energy

598 Sensor displays

Temperature and pressure information can be read on the con-troller display

All values can be found by going down the list

Getting out of the menu

599 Alarm

Alarm functions in the controller pressure alarm pump alarm and maximum temperature alarm (temperature limiting thermo-static function) As a sign of an alarm symbol appears on the display

Alarm overview shows which alarm is in question

Installation Guide ACS Substation

2121Danfoss District Energy VIGEK202 DEN-SMTFI

Pressure alarm

Max and min limitations (Alarm high Alarm low) have to adapted to the building Low X and high X values have been set based on the pressure transmitter included Do not change

Pump alarm The alarm disap-pears from the display when the pump is working again

Alarm value1=open contact (eg Wilo)0= closing contact (eg Grund-fos)

Max temperature limitation (temperature limiting thermo-static function)

Max temperature limitation can be used eg in floor-heating system as a temperature limiting thermostatic function

Getting out of the menu

In a floor-heating system the maximum temperature limita-tion can be set at 50degC

Installation Guide ACS Substation

22 DEN-SMTFI VIGEK202 Danfoss District Energy

5910 Changing the favourite display for the user

After having done the installation settings it is recommendable to change the favourite display to fit the userrsquos needs

5911 Setting the room temperature

The setting of the desired room temperature is important even if the room temperature sensor is not connected It has an effect on the temperature in your property

5912 Setting domestic hot water temperature

Changing the circuit

Installation Guide ACS Substation

2323Danfoss District Energy VIGEK202 DEN-SMTFI

Changing the desired tempera-ture Getting out of the menu

510 Basic parameters factory settings

Heating circuit

Setting Factory set-ting

Own setting Comment

Room temperature and setback temp 20 degC 16 degC

Heat curve 10 Note In a floor-heating system the typical setting is 04

Limit for heating cut-out 18 degC

Flow temperature min 20 degC

Flow temperature max 90 degC Note In a floor-heating system change the max temp to 45 degC

Proportional band Xp 85 K

Integration time constant Tn 25 s

Running time of the motorized con-trol valve

120 s

Neutral zone Nz 2 K

Pressure alarm limit max 23

Pressure alarm limit min 08

Pressure alarm timeout 30 s

Pump alarm alarm value 1 1= open contact (eg Wilo)0= closing contact (eg Grundfos)

Pump alarm timeout 20 s

Max flow temperature limitation alarm (temperature limiting thermostatic function)

90 degC Note In a floor-heating system change to 50 degC

Max flow temperature limitation alarm timeout ΔTALARM

60 s

DHW circuit Setting Factory set-

tingOwn setting Comment

DHW temperature and setback temp 58 degC 55 degC

Flow temperature min 45 degC

Flow temperature max 65 degC

Proportional band Xp 9 K

Integration time constant Tn 13 s

Running time of the motorized control valve

15 s

Neutral zone Nz 3 K

Installation Guide ACS Substation

24 DEN-SMTFI VIGEK202 Danfoss District Energy

Problems Heating

Room temperature is too lowie flow temperature is too low

Disruption in the district heating distribution

Get in contact with the district heating distributor

The filter is cloggedGet in contact with the district heating distributor or with local Danfoss Sales Company

The heat curve is not correct Check the heat curve settings

Failure in the heating circuit controls Get in contact with local Danfoss Sales Company

The circulation pump has stopped Turn the pump on check eg heat relay

Pressure in the heating circuit is too low Add water through the filling valve Write down the filling date

Air in the heating circuit Remove air from the radiators add water if necessary

Fouling in the heat exchanger Get in contact with local Danfoss Sales Company

The radiator thermostat is stuck or broken Get in contact with the installer

The control valve is stuck Get in contact with local Danfoss Sales Company

Room temperature is too highie flow temperature is too high

The heat curve is not correct Check the heat curve settings

The controller in the heating circuit is brokenGet in contact with local Danfoss Sales Company

The control valve stays openclosed

511 Start-up

Check following point before start-up

Check points before start-up

Pipes are connected according to the designsDrainage valves are closedThe temperature for the domestic hot water is set to +58˚CThe outdoor temperature sensor is installed and connectedController settingsConnections are tightenedFunction of the safety valves is checked

Fill the substation with flow media and raise the pressure slowly to working pressure When starting up the substation it should be air vented The shut-off valve in the primary side on the return side is opened and the shut-off valve on the supply side is closed Air comes out by open-ing the air vent valveAfter that the operation of the substation must be observed If the substation operates according to designed parameters it can be taken into continuous use

Check points after start-up

Check temperaturesCheck pressuresThermal expansionOperation of the pumpsFlow directionsOperation of the controls

All Danfoss heat exchangers and substations have been pres-sure tested according to PED 9723EC (module H)

Make sure to give operating instructions to the users of the substation

60 Trouble shooting

Installation Guide ACS Substation

2525Danfoss District Energy VIGEK202 DEN-SMTFI

60 Trouble shooting

Problems Domestic hot water (DHW)

DHW smells bad or is coloured DHW heat exchanger has an internal leakage

Get in contact with local Danfoss Sales Company

Temperature of DHW varies more than usual

DHW control does not work or the control valve is broken

DHW control valve is too big for the existing conditions

Inadequate DHW circulation Get in contact with the installer

The filter is clogged Get in contact with the district heating distributor

The pressure difference is too bigGet in contact with local Danfoss Sales Company

Trash in the control valve

Other situations

The pump sounds strangeAir lock in the pump Stop the pump for a moment to remove the

air lock

The bearing in the pump is brokenGet in contact with the district heating distributor

The control valve has a strong whistling sound

The control valve is broken

Pressure difference is too big in the district heating network

Get in contact with the district heating distributor

Water leaks on the floor in the boiler room or the heat exchanger insulation is wet The heat exchanger has an external leakage

Get in contact with the district heating distributor andor local Danfoss Sales Company

The pressure or the temperature of district heating water differs significantly from the normal

Disruption in the district heating distribution Get in contact with the district heating distributor

The outdoor temperature is not visible on the display

The outdoor temperature sensor has been connected to the substation with the power on

Pull the substation contact plug out and reconnect it

Heating control does not work

The controller is let in rdquoManual controlrdquo mode

Set the controller to rdquoComfort moderdquo or rdquoScheduled operation moderdquo

The controller sensor or motorized control valve is broken Get in contact with local Danfoss Sales

CompanyThe control valve stays openclosed

Water in the heating circuit increases and excess water comes out through the safety valve for the expansion vessel

The heat exchanger has an internal leakageGet in contact with the district heating distributor andor with local Danfoss Sales Company

The filling valve in the heating circuit leaks into the heating circuit

Get in contact with local Danfoss Sales Company

Pressure in the heating circuit is too low The heating circuit has too little water or the ciruit has a leakage

Add water into the circuit through the filling valve Write down the filling date If this happens often get in contact with local Danfoss Sales Company

The return temperature in the heating circuit is high

The difference between district heating and heating circuit return temperatures is big

Get in contact with local Danfoss Sales Company

Installation Guide ACS Substation

26 DEN-SMTFI VIGEK202 Danfoss District Energy

Declaration of conformityPressure equip

ment in accordance w

ith the sound engineering practice

(Directive 9723EC

Article 33)

Pressure equipm

ent in hazard category I (D

irective 9723EC A

rticle 9)

Installation Guide ACS Substation

2727Danfoss District Energy VIGEK202 DEN-SMTFI

Declaration of conformity

Disposal instructionThis product should be dismantled and its components sorted if possible in various groups before recycling or disposal Always follow the local disposal regulations

Pressure equipm

ent in hazard category II - III (D

irective 9723EC A

rticle 9)

Installation Guide ACS Substation

Danfoss can accept no responsibility for possible errors in catalogues brochures and other printed material Danfoss reserves the right to alter its products without notice This also applies to products already on order provided that such alterations can be made without subsequential changes being necessary in specications already agreedAll trademarks in this material are property of the respective companies Danfoss and the Danfoss logotype are trademarks of Danfoss AS All rights reserved

Produced by Danfoss AS copy 072010

Oy Danfoss Ab middot Danfoss LPM middot Box 19 middot 79101 Leppaumlvirta middot FinlandPhone +358 403 092 200 middot Fax +358 403 092 281 middot salesdanfosscom middot wwwdanfosscom middot wwwlpmdanfossfi

General warranty conditions

1) Scope of application and warranty provider This warranty shall apply to Danfoss LPM heating substations and heat exchangers that are supplied by Oy Danfoss Ab for district heating use

2) Warranty periodThis warranty shall be in force as follows- Heating substation components 12 months from the initialization or 18 months from the delivery date

whichever period concludes earlier- Pipework parts and connectors 12 months from the initialization or 18 months from the delivery date whichever

period concludes earlier- Heat exchangers 12 months from the initialization or 18 months from the delivery date whichever period

concludes earlierA change of ownership causing transfer of goods for continued use will not terminate this warranty Product which has been repaired or replaced is not granted the new or extended warranty

3) Scope of warrantyThe guarantee covers the new component but not the costs for the assembly of the component Oy Danfoss Ab shall not be responsible for faults in cases where as can be proven the goodrsquos deteriorated quality or non-conforming applicability is obviously due to- Careless or faulty installation or repair work (such as insufficient pipe work supports the wrong operating

environment)- Exceeding the maximum pressure level (pressure shocks)- External stress (temperature mechanical stress etc)- Poor circulation water quality (does not fill the national requirements)

4) Reporting faultsThe buyer shall report any faults to Oy Danfoss Ab within 14 days from the date on which they had or should have detected the fault in question

5) Correcting faults In cases where the fault in question is covered by the warranty defined in these conditions Oy Danfoss Ab shall be obliged to correct the fault by delivering flawless goods within a reasonable period of time once a fault report has been received The liability of Oy Danfoss Ab is limited and does not cover the indirect costs and damages

6) Settling disputesThe Buyer shall be entitled to submit a warranty condition dispute to the Finnish Arbitral Tribunal for settlement All disputes will be handled in English

Oy Danfoss Ab Danfoss LPM

Oy Danfoss Ab middot Danfoss LPM

General Warranty Conditions

Please refer to Danfoss General Sales Conditions in details about sales process

Page 11: Installation Guide ACS Substation - Danfoss Heatingheating.danfoss.com/PCMPDF/VIGEK202_ACS_Inst_Guide.pdf · 5.9.6 Manual control ... DRAWING NO HE pump alarm. Installation Guide

Installation Guide ACS Substation

1111Danfoss District Energy VIGEK202 DEN-SMTFI

56 Height adjustmentAdjust the substation straight horizontally and on the desired height with the help of the installation feet By turning the adjust-ment feet you can make up to 6 cm adjustments

57 Pipe connectionsThe substation is connected to the district heating network heat-ing domestic hot water and circulation networks in the building according to the connections and flow directions in the drawing

The pipes equipped with the couplings are to be detached and welded somewhere else but above the substation

The pipes must be mounted so that the strain caused by eg ther-mal expansion does not harm the sustation The pipes must be equipped with brackets in order to prevent any torsional stress

The connection to the district heating network can be done only by a qualified installer accepted by the district heating distributor

Prior to installation all pipes and connections have to be cleaned and rinsed

571 Connection directions

1 District heating supply2 District heating return3 Heating supply4 Heating return5 Cold water6 Domestic hot water7 Domestic hot water circulation

After cooling connectionAfter cooling connection

Direct return connection

5 6 7 2 1

4 3

Direct connection

After cooling connection

Direct return connection

56 7 2 1

4 3

Installation Guide ACS Substation

12 DEN-SMTFI VIGEK202 Danfoss District Energy

572 Dimensions for the pipe connections

The pipe connections are standardized and their places differ ac-cording to required capacity and the size of the substation

In the after cooling connection both cold water and district heat-ing return connection places are dependable on the size of the required heat exchanger The dimensions settle within the dimen-sions given in the dimensional pictures

0 300-420 550 720 880-1000 1240 13500

100

460

250 4700

After cooling connection 1350 mm blockAfter cooling connection 1090 mm block

Direct connection DN32

90100

120

460

740

0 240 470 560 730 890 1080 1190 13500

90100

120

460

740

0

150 3000

0 330 490 640 860 950 1090

Direct connection DN50

330 490 640 850 960 10900

90120

460

740

0

1500 300

Direct connection DN65

0 220-280 400 560 650-710 920 1090

100

460

220 370

Installation Guide ACS Substation

1313Danfoss District Energy VIGEK202 DEN-SMTFI

58 Electrification

Since the internal electrical connections are factory made it is not mandatory to use an electrician to connect the substation The contact plug is the main electrical switch in the substation

The outdoor temperature sensor is to be installed on the north side of the property at app 3 m height where the outdoor tem-perature can be measured There should be no ventilation window at the close proximity to the measuring point The other end of the outdoor temperature sensor cable is to be connected into the con-trol box When connecting outdoor temperature sensor make sure to remove the substation contact plug

In case the length of the outdoor temperature sensor cable is not long enough for your property it is remmendable to change the whole cable This way extra joints are avoided The minimum area for the cable is 04 mm2 and the maximum length is 125 m If you choose to use the extra joint inspite of recommendation protect the jointing sleeve with the shrink cable

Stick the contact plug into the wall socket fitted with a 10A220V fuse

Wait for 10 s turn the circulation pumps P1 (DHW) and P2 (HE) on by pressing the operating switches

Do not run the pumps without water

59 Controller settings

DescriptionThe ECL Comfort electronic weather compensated temperature controllers are for use in district heating central heating and cool-ing systems

Energy savings are facilitated by weather compensation adjust-ment of temperature according to schedule optimization as well as limitation of return temperature flow and power Functionalities such as data logging and alarm functions are implemented in the controller

Property specific controller settingsThere are some property related settings which are to be done before starting up the substation A complete controller instruc-tion is included and the most important details are also enclosed in this Installation Guide

20 m

20 m

Installation Guide ACS Substation

14 DEN-SMTFI VIGEK202 Danfoss District Energy

591 Controller display and symbols

592 Operating the controller

The graphical monochrome display shows all temperature val-ues status information and is used for the setting of control pa-rameters Navigation browsing and selecting is done by means of the dial You can navigate in the menus and change the values by turning the dial left or right and pushing to confirm

When a rectangle appears around the value or symbol it is pos-sible to do changes by turning the dial left or right

You can always get back to your favourite display by going to the top of the display and turning the dial so many times that ldquoHomerdquo appears If the dial has not been activated the controller will after 20 min revert to the favourite display

Favourite display for the user

Symbol Description

Tempera-tures

Outdoor temperature

Room temperature

DHW temperature

Position indicator

Mode

Scheduled operation

Comfort mode

Saving mode

Frost protection mode

Manual mode

Circuits

Heating

DHW

Common controller

Control-led com-ponents

Pump ON

Pumppu OFF

Actuator opens

Actuator closes

Alarm

Display selector

Favourite display for the installer

1 = Heating circuit = DHW circuit = Common controller

Mode

= Manual mode

= Scheduled operation

= Comfort mode

= Saving mode

= Frost protection modeMenus with

values and settings

Position indicator for

navigation

Display selection

State of components

System pressure

Primary return temperature

actual and desired

Flow temperatureactual and desired

Return temperature actual

1 = Heating circuit = DHW circuit = Common controller

Mode

= Scheduled operation

= Comfort mode

= Saving mode

= Frost protection modeDesired room temperature

Date

Outdoor temperature

Time

Schedule

Menus with values and settings Position indicator

for navigation

Display selection

Installation Guide ACS Substation

1515Danfoss District Energy VIGEK202 DEN-SMTFI

593 Setting the date and time

Set correct date and time in the controller

Setting done as with the hours

Setting the date same way as time

Getting out of the menu

Installation Guide ACS Substation

16 DEN-SMTFI VIGEK202 Danfoss District Energy

594 Setting the heat curve

Due to different heat masses heating system insulation dimen-sions etc it might be necessary to change the heat curve

Set the heat curve always according to HEVAC plans (functioning temperature of the heating circuit) There you can find desired flow temperatures for different outdoor temperatures

10

20

30

40

50

60

70

80

90

100

110

120

130

140

150

-40 -30 -20 -10 0 10 20 30 [oC]

[oC]

10

14

06

02

18

22 30 3526 40

01

0304

Factory setting the heat curve Example heat curve for the floor-heating system

Factory setting is a typical heat curve for radiator heating about 10

Outdoor temperature

degC

Flow temperature

degC

Visible on the display

-30 75 (-3075)-15 60 (-1560)-5 50 (-550)0 45 (045)5 40 (540)

15 28 (1528)

The heat curve typically used with floor-heat-ing about 04

Outdoor temperature

degC

Flow temperature

degC

Visible on the display

-30 45 (-3045)-15 38 (-1538)-5 34 (-534)0 31 (031)5 28 (528)

15 22 (522)

Changes in the heat curve point by point

Set the desired temperature

Move to the following points

Setting same way as with the previous point

Installation Guide ACS Substation

1717Danfoss District Energy VIGEK202 DEN-SMTFI

Saving the new curve Getting out of the menu

595 Setting up limitations for flow temperature

The flow temperature maximum limitation prevents too hot water from going into the heating circuit eg in the floor-heating system

When taking floor-heating system into use for the first time the max limitation for flow temperature can be set eg at 27degC The limitation temperature cuts off the heat curve when the tempera-ture reaches the limitLater on after the concrete slab has dried the flow temperature limitation can be raised to 45degC which is typically used in the floor-heating system

Typical max limitation in the radiator heating circuit is 90degC

Typical flow temperature limitations in different heating systems

Flow temperature

min degC max degC

Radiator heating 20 90When taking floor-heating system into use for the first time (drying up concrete slab)

20 27

Floor-heating 20 45

Setting the flow temperature max limitation

Typical flow temperature max limitation floor-heating 45degC

Setting the flow temperature min limitation

Typical flow temperature max limitation radiator heating 90degC

The heat curve display by fol-lowing the intructions in ldquo594 Setting the heat curverdquo

Installation Guide ACS Substation

18 DEN-SMTFI VIGEK202 Danfoss District Energy

Typical flow temperature max limitation When taking floor-heating system into use for the first time (drying up concrete slab) 27degC

Example display of the heat curve limiting temperature floor-heating heat curve flow temp max limitation 27degC

Getting out of the menu

The heat curve display by fol-lowing the intructions in ldquo594 Setting the heat curverdquo

Getting out of the menu

Typical flow temperature min limitation is 20degC

596 Manual control

Manual control is typically used when installing or servicing The controlled components valve pump etc can be controlled for correct function

Do not leave the controller in ldquoManual controlrdquo mode after finishing maintenance or service work The normal mode is ldquoComfort moderdquo or when using schedules ldquoScheduled operationrdquo

The valve is open

Installation Guide ACS Substation

1919Danfoss District Energy VIGEK202 DEN-SMTFI

The valve is closed

Getting away

Changing back to Comfort mode

597 Commissioning with one circuit

When commissioning the substation it might be necessary to close a circuit eg DHW circuit The circuit in question can be closed by forcing the control valve to close downThe pump has to be stopped with an operating switch

M1 P1 DHW circuit control valve and circulation pump

M2 P2 Heating circuit control valve and circulation pump

A1 Alarm relay

An example DHW circuit control valve close down

The valve is forced to close down

STOP leaves the valve in closed position

Getting out of the menu

Installation Guide ACS Substation

20 DEN-SMTFI VIGEK202 Danfoss District Energy

598 Sensor displays

Temperature and pressure information can be read on the con-troller display

All values can be found by going down the list

Getting out of the menu

599 Alarm

Alarm functions in the controller pressure alarm pump alarm and maximum temperature alarm (temperature limiting thermo-static function) As a sign of an alarm symbol appears on the display

Alarm overview shows which alarm is in question

Installation Guide ACS Substation

2121Danfoss District Energy VIGEK202 DEN-SMTFI

Pressure alarm

Max and min limitations (Alarm high Alarm low) have to adapted to the building Low X and high X values have been set based on the pressure transmitter included Do not change

Pump alarm The alarm disap-pears from the display when the pump is working again

Alarm value1=open contact (eg Wilo)0= closing contact (eg Grund-fos)

Max temperature limitation (temperature limiting thermo-static function)

Max temperature limitation can be used eg in floor-heating system as a temperature limiting thermostatic function

Getting out of the menu

In a floor-heating system the maximum temperature limita-tion can be set at 50degC

Installation Guide ACS Substation

22 DEN-SMTFI VIGEK202 Danfoss District Energy

5910 Changing the favourite display for the user

After having done the installation settings it is recommendable to change the favourite display to fit the userrsquos needs

5911 Setting the room temperature

The setting of the desired room temperature is important even if the room temperature sensor is not connected It has an effect on the temperature in your property

5912 Setting domestic hot water temperature

Changing the circuit

Installation Guide ACS Substation

2323Danfoss District Energy VIGEK202 DEN-SMTFI

Changing the desired tempera-ture Getting out of the menu

510 Basic parameters factory settings

Heating circuit

Setting Factory set-ting

Own setting Comment

Room temperature and setback temp 20 degC 16 degC

Heat curve 10 Note In a floor-heating system the typical setting is 04

Limit for heating cut-out 18 degC

Flow temperature min 20 degC

Flow temperature max 90 degC Note In a floor-heating system change the max temp to 45 degC

Proportional band Xp 85 K

Integration time constant Tn 25 s

Running time of the motorized con-trol valve

120 s

Neutral zone Nz 2 K

Pressure alarm limit max 23

Pressure alarm limit min 08

Pressure alarm timeout 30 s

Pump alarm alarm value 1 1= open contact (eg Wilo)0= closing contact (eg Grundfos)

Pump alarm timeout 20 s

Max flow temperature limitation alarm (temperature limiting thermostatic function)

90 degC Note In a floor-heating system change to 50 degC

Max flow temperature limitation alarm timeout ΔTALARM

60 s

DHW circuit Setting Factory set-

tingOwn setting Comment

DHW temperature and setback temp 58 degC 55 degC

Flow temperature min 45 degC

Flow temperature max 65 degC

Proportional band Xp 9 K

Integration time constant Tn 13 s

Running time of the motorized control valve

15 s

Neutral zone Nz 3 K

Installation Guide ACS Substation

24 DEN-SMTFI VIGEK202 Danfoss District Energy

Problems Heating

Room temperature is too lowie flow temperature is too low

Disruption in the district heating distribution

Get in contact with the district heating distributor

The filter is cloggedGet in contact with the district heating distributor or with local Danfoss Sales Company

The heat curve is not correct Check the heat curve settings

Failure in the heating circuit controls Get in contact with local Danfoss Sales Company

The circulation pump has stopped Turn the pump on check eg heat relay

Pressure in the heating circuit is too low Add water through the filling valve Write down the filling date

Air in the heating circuit Remove air from the radiators add water if necessary

Fouling in the heat exchanger Get in contact with local Danfoss Sales Company

The radiator thermostat is stuck or broken Get in contact with the installer

The control valve is stuck Get in contact with local Danfoss Sales Company

Room temperature is too highie flow temperature is too high

The heat curve is not correct Check the heat curve settings

The controller in the heating circuit is brokenGet in contact with local Danfoss Sales Company

The control valve stays openclosed

511 Start-up

Check following point before start-up

Check points before start-up

Pipes are connected according to the designsDrainage valves are closedThe temperature for the domestic hot water is set to +58˚CThe outdoor temperature sensor is installed and connectedController settingsConnections are tightenedFunction of the safety valves is checked

Fill the substation with flow media and raise the pressure slowly to working pressure When starting up the substation it should be air vented The shut-off valve in the primary side on the return side is opened and the shut-off valve on the supply side is closed Air comes out by open-ing the air vent valveAfter that the operation of the substation must be observed If the substation operates according to designed parameters it can be taken into continuous use

Check points after start-up

Check temperaturesCheck pressuresThermal expansionOperation of the pumpsFlow directionsOperation of the controls

All Danfoss heat exchangers and substations have been pres-sure tested according to PED 9723EC (module H)

Make sure to give operating instructions to the users of the substation

60 Trouble shooting

Installation Guide ACS Substation

2525Danfoss District Energy VIGEK202 DEN-SMTFI

60 Trouble shooting

Problems Domestic hot water (DHW)

DHW smells bad or is coloured DHW heat exchanger has an internal leakage

Get in contact with local Danfoss Sales Company

Temperature of DHW varies more than usual

DHW control does not work or the control valve is broken

DHW control valve is too big for the existing conditions

Inadequate DHW circulation Get in contact with the installer

The filter is clogged Get in contact with the district heating distributor

The pressure difference is too bigGet in contact with local Danfoss Sales Company

Trash in the control valve

Other situations

The pump sounds strangeAir lock in the pump Stop the pump for a moment to remove the

air lock

The bearing in the pump is brokenGet in contact with the district heating distributor

The control valve has a strong whistling sound

The control valve is broken

Pressure difference is too big in the district heating network

Get in contact with the district heating distributor

Water leaks on the floor in the boiler room or the heat exchanger insulation is wet The heat exchanger has an external leakage

Get in contact with the district heating distributor andor local Danfoss Sales Company

The pressure or the temperature of district heating water differs significantly from the normal

Disruption in the district heating distribution Get in contact with the district heating distributor

The outdoor temperature is not visible on the display

The outdoor temperature sensor has been connected to the substation with the power on

Pull the substation contact plug out and reconnect it

Heating control does not work

The controller is let in rdquoManual controlrdquo mode

Set the controller to rdquoComfort moderdquo or rdquoScheduled operation moderdquo

The controller sensor or motorized control valve is broken Get in contact with local Danfoss Sales

CompanyThe control valve stays openclosed

Water in the heating circuit increases and excess water comes out through the safety valve for the expansion vessel

The heat exchanger has an internal leakageGet in contact with the district heating distributor andor with local Danfoss Sales Company

The filling valve in the heating circuit leaks into the heating circuit

Get in contact with local Danfoss Sales Company

Pressure in the heating circuit is too low The heating circuit has too little water or the ciruit has a leakage

Add water into the circuit through the filling valve Write down the filling date If this happens often get in contact with local Danfoss Sales Company

The return temperature in the heating circuit is high

The difference between district heating and heating circuit return temperatures is big

Get in contact with local Danfoss Sales Company

Installation Guide ACS Substation

26 DEN-SMTFI VIGEK202 Danfoss District Energy

Declaration of conformityPressure equip

ment in accordance w

ith the sound engineering practice

(Directive 9723EC

Article 33)

Pressure equipm

ent in hazard category I (D

irective 9723EC A

rticle 9)

Installation Guide ACS Substation

2727Danfoss District Energy VIGEK202 DEN-SMTFI

Declaration of conformity

Disposal instructionThis product should be dismantled and its components sorted if possible in various groups before recycling or disposal Always follow the local disposal regulations

Pressure equipm

ent in hazard category II - III (D

irective 9723EC A

rticle 9)

Installation Guide ACS Substation

Danfoss can accept no responsibility for possible errors in catalogues brochures and other printed material Danfoss reserves the right to alter its products without notice This also applies to products already on order provided that such alterations can be made without subsequential changes being necessary in specications already agreedAll trademarks in this material are property of the respective companies Danfoss and the Danfoss logotype are trademarks of Danfoss AS All rights reserved

Produced by Danfoss AS copy 072010

Oy Danfoss Ab middot Danfoss LPM middot Box 19 middot 79101 Leppaumlvirta middot FinlandPhone +358 403 092 200 middot Fax +358 403 092 281 middot salesdanfosscom middot wwwdanfosscom middot wwwlpmdanfossfi

General warranty conditions

1) Scope of application and warranty provider This warranty shall apply to Danfoss LPM heating substations and heat exchangers that are supplied by Oy Danfoss Ab for district heating use

2) Warranty periodThis warranty shall be in force as follows- Heating substation components 12 months from the initialization or 18 months from the delivery date

whichever period concludes earlier- Pipework parts and connectors 12 months from the initialization or 18 months from the delivery date whichever

period concludes earlier- Heat exchangers 12 months from the initialization or 18 months from the delivery date whichever period

concludes earlierA change of ownership causing transfer of goods for continued use will not terminate this warranty Product which has been repaired or replaced is not granted the new or extended warranty

3) Scope of warrantyThe guarantee covers the new component but not the costs for the assembly of the component Oy Danfoss Ab shall not be responsible for faults in cases where as can be proven the goodrsquos deteriorated quality or non-conforming applicability is obviously due to- Careless or faulty installation or repair work (such as insufficient pipe work supports the wrong operating

environment)- Exceeding the maximum pressure level (pressure shocks)- External stress (temperature mechanical stress etc)- Poor circulation water quality (does not fill the national requirements)

4) Reporting faultsThe buyer shall report any faults to Oy Danfoss Ab within 14 days from the date on which they had or should have detected the fault in question

5) Correcting faults In cases where the fault in question is covered by the warranty defined in these conditions Oy Danfoss Ab shall be obliged to correct the fault by delivering flawless goods within a reasonable period of time once a fault report has been received The liability of Oy Danfoss Ab is limited and does not cover the indirect costs and damages

6) Settling disputesThe Buyer shall be entitled to submit a warranty condition dispute to the Finnish Arbitral Tribunal for settlement All disputes will be handled in English

Oy Danfoss Ab Danfoss LPM

Oy Danfoss Ab middot Danfoss LPM

General Warranty Conditions

Please refer to Danfoss General Sales Conditions in details about sales process

Page 12: Installation Guide ACS Substation - Danfoss Heatingheating.danfoss.com/PCMPDF/VIGEK202_ACS_Inst_Guide.pdf · 5.9.6 Manual control ... DRAWING NO HE pump alarm. Installation Guide

Installation Guide ACS Substation

12 DEN-SMTFI VIGEK202 Danfoss District Energy

572 Dimensions for the pipe connections

The pipe connections are standardized and their places differ ac-cording to required capacity and the size of the substation

In the after cooling connection both cold water and district heat-ing return connection places are dependable on the size of the required heat exchanger The dimensions settle within the dimen-sions given in the dimensional pictures

0 300-420 550 720 880-1000 1240 13500

100

460

250 4700

After cooling connection 1350 mm blockAfter cooling connection 1090 mm block

Direct connection DN32

90100

120

460

740

0 240 470 560 730 890 1080 1190 13500

90100

120

460

740

0

150 3000

0 330 490 640 860 950 1090

Direct connection DN50

330 490 640 850 960 10900

90120

460

740

0

1500 300

Direct connection DN65

0 220-280 400 560 650-710 920 1090

100

460

220 370

Installation Guide ACS Substation

1313Danfoss District Energy VIGEK202 DEN-SMTFI

58 Electrification

Since the internal electrical connections are factory made it is not mandatory to use an electrician to connect the substation The contact plug is the main electrical switch in the substation

The outdoor temperature sensor is to be installed on the north side of the property at app 3 m height where the outdoor tem-perature can be measured There should be no ventilation window at the close proximity to the measuring point The other end of the outdoor temperature sensor cable is to be connected into the con-trol box When connecting outdoor temperature sensor make sure to remove the substation contact plug

In case the length of the outdoor temperature sensor cable is not long enough for your property it is remmendable to change the whole cable This way extra joints are avoided The minimum area for the cable is 04 mm2 and the maximum length is 125 m If you choose to use the extra joint inspite of recommendation protect the jointing sleeve with the shrink cable

Stick the contact plug into the wall socket fitted with a 10A220V fuse

Wait for 10 s turn the circulation pumps P1 (DHW) and P2 (HE) on by pressing the operating switches

Do not run the pumps without water

59 Controller settings

DescriptionThe ECL Comfort electronic weather compensated temperature controllers are for use in district heating central heating and cool-ing systems

Energy savings are facilitated by weather compensation adjust-ment of temperature according to schedule optimization as well as limitation of return temperature flow and power Functionalities such as data logging and alarm functions are implemented in the controller

Property specific controller settingsThere are some property related settings which are to be done before starting up the substation A complete controller instruc-tion is included and the most important details are also enclosed in this Installation Guide

20 m

20 m

Installation Guide ACS Substation

14 DEN-SMTFI VIGEK202 Danfoss District Energy

591 Controller display and symbols

592 Operating the controller

The graphical monochrome display shows all temperature val-ues status information and is used for the setting of control pa-rameters Navigation browsing and selecting is done by means of the dial You can navigate in the menus and change the values by turning the dial left or right and pushing to confirm

When a rectangle appears around the value or symbol it is pos-sible to do changes by turning the dial left or right

You can always get back to your favourite display by going to the top of the display and turning the dial so many times that ldquoHomerdquo appears If the dial has not been activated the controller will after 20 min revert to the favourite display

Favourite display for the user

Symbol Description

Tempera-tures

Outdoor temperature

Room temperature

DHW temperature

Position indicator

Mode

Scheduled operation

Comfort mode

Saving mode

Frost protection mode

Manual mode

Circuits

Heating

DHW

Common controller

Control-led com-ponents

Pump ON

Pumppu OFF

Actuator opens

Actuator closes

Alarm

Display selector

Favourite display for the installer

1 = Heating circuit = DHW circuit = Common controller

Mode

= Manual mode

= Scheduled operation

= Comfort mode

= Saving mode

= Frost protection modeMenus with

values and settings

Position indicator for

navigation

Display selection

State of components

System pressure

Primary return temperature

actual and desired

Flow temperatureactual and desired

Return temperature actual

1 = Heating circuit = DHW circuit = Common controller

Mode

= Scheduled operation

= Comfort mode

= Saving mode

= Frost protection modeDesired room temperature

Date

Outdoor temperature

Time

Schedule

Menus with values and settings Position indicator

for navigation

Display selection

Installation Guide ACS Substation

1515Danfoss District Energy VIGEK202 DEN-SMTFI

593 Setting the date and time

Set correct date and time in the controller

Setting done as with the hours

Setting the date same way as time

Getting out of the menu

Installation Guide ACS Substation

16 DEN-SMTFI VIGEK202 Danfoss District Energy

594 Setting the heat curve

Due to different heat masses heating system insulation dimen-sions etc it might be necessary to change the heat curve

Set the heat curve always according to HEVAC plans (functioning temperature of the heating circuit) There you can find desired flow temperatures for different outdoor temperatures

10

20

30

40

50

60

70

80

90

100

110

120

130

140

150

-40 -30 -20 -10 0 10 20 30 [oC]

[oC]

10

14

06

02

18

22 30 3526 40

01

0304

Factory setting the heat curve Example heat curve for the floor-heating system

Factory setting is a typical heat curve for radiator heating about 10

Outdoor temperature

degC

Flow temperature

degC

Visible on the display

-30 75 (-3075)-15 60 (-1560)-5 50 (-550)0 45 (045)5 40 (540)

15 28 (1528)

The heat curve typically used with floor-heat-ing about 04

Outdoor temperature

degC

Flow temperature

degC

Visible on the display

-30 45 (-3045)-15 38 (-1538)-5 34 (-534)0 31 (031)5 28 (528)

15 22 (522)

Changes in the heat curve point by point

Set the desired temperature

Move to the following points

Setting same way as with the previous point

Installation Guide ACS Substation

1717Danfoss District Energy VIGEK202 DEN-SMTFI

Saving the new curve Getting out of the menu

595 Setting up limitations for flow temperature

The flow temperature maximum limitation prevents too hot water from going into the heating circuit eg in the floor-heating system

When taking floor-heating system into use for the first time the max limitation for flow temperature can be set eg at 27degC The limitation temperature cuts off the heat curve when the tempera-ture reaches the limitLater on after the concrete slab has dried the flow temperature limitation can be raised to 45degC which is typically used in the floor-heating system

Typical max limitation in the radiator heating circuit is 90degC

Typical flow temperature limitations in different heating systems

Flow temperature

min degC max degC

Radiator heating 20 90When taking floor-heating system into use for the first time (drying up concrete slab)

20 27

Floor-heating 20 45

Setting the flow temperature max limitation

Typical flow temperature max limitation floor-heating 45degC

Setting the flow temperature min limitation

Typical flow temperature max limitation radiator heating 90degC

The heat curve display by fol-lowing the intructions in ldquo594 Setting the heat curverdquo

Installation Guide ACS Substation

18 DEN-SMTFI VIGEK202 Danfoss District Energy

Typical flow temperature max limitation When taking floor-heating system into use for the first time (drying up concrete slab) 27degC

Example display of the heat curve limiting temperature floor-heating heat curve flow temp max limitation 27degC

Getting out of the menu

The heat curve display by fol-lowing the intructions in ldquo594 Setting the heat curverdquo

Getting out of the menu

Typical flow temperature min limitation is 20degC

596 Manual control

Manual control is typically used when installing or servicing The controlled components valve pump etc can be controlled for correct function

Do not leave the controller in ldquoManual controlrdquo mode after finishing maintenance or service work The normal mode is ldquoComfort moderdquo or when using schedules ldquoScheduled operationrdquo

The valve is open

Installation Guide ACS Substation

1919Danfoss District Energy VIGEK202 DEN-SMTFI

The valve is closed

Getting away

Changing back to Comfort mode

597 Commissioning with one circuit

When commissioning the substation it might be necessary to close a circuit eg DHW circuit The circuit in question can be closed by forcing the control valve to close downThe pump has to be stopped with an operating switch

M1 P1 DHW circuit control valve and circulation pump

M2 P2 Heating circuit control valve and circulation pump

A1 Alarm relay

An example DHW circuit control valve close down

The valve is forced to close down

STOP leaves the valve in closed position

Getting out of the menu

Installation Guide ACS Substation

20 DEN-SMTFI VIGEK202 Danfoss District Energy

598 Sensor displays

Temperature and pressure information can be read on the con-troller display

All values can be found by going down the list

Getting out of the menu

599 Alarm

Alarm functions in the controller pressure alarm pump alarm and maximum temperature alarm (temperature limiting thermo-static function) As a sign of an alarm symbol appears on the display

Alarm overview shows which alarm is in question

Installation Guide ACS Substation

2121Danfoss District Energy VIGEK202 DEN-SMTFI

Pressure alarm

Max and min limitations (Alarm high Alarm low) have to adapted to the building Low X and high X values have been set based on the pressure transmitter included Do not change

Pump alarm The alarm disap-pears from the display when the pump is working again

Alarm value1=open contact (eg Wilo)0= closing contact (eg Grund-fos)

Max temperature limitation (temperature limiting thermo-static function)

Max temperature limitation can be used eg in floor-heating system as a temperature limiting thermostatic function

Getting out of the menu

In a floor-heating system the maximum temperature limita-tion can be set at 50degC

Installation Guide ACS Substation

22 DEN-SMTFI VIGEK202 Danfoss District Energy

5910 Changing the favourite display for the user

After having done the installation settings it is recommendable to change the favourite display to fit the userrsquos needs

5911 Setting the room temperature

The setting of the desired room temperature is important even if the room temperature sensor is not connected It has an effect on the temperature in your property

5912 Setting domestic hot water temperature

Changing the circuit

Installation Guide ACS Substation

2323Danfoss District Energy VIGEK202 DEN-SMTFI

Changing the desired tempera-ture Getting out of the menu

510 Basic parameters factory settings

Heating circuit

Setting Factory set-ting

Own setting Comment

Room temperature and setback temp 20 degC 16 degC

Heat curve 10 Note In a floor-heating system the typical setting is 04

Limit for heating cut-out 18 degC

Flow temperature min 20 degC

Flow temperature max 90 degC Note In a floor-heating system change the max temp to 45 degC

Proportional band Xp 85 K

Integration time constant Tn 25 s

Running time of the motorized con-trol valve

120 s

Neutral zone Nz 2 K

Pressure alarm limit max 23

Pressure alarm limit min 08

Pressure alarm timeout 30 s

Pump alarm alarm value 1 1= open contact (eg Wilo)0= closing contact (eg Grundfos)

Pump alarm timeout 20 s

Max flow temperature limitation alarm (temperature limiting thermostatic function)

90 degC Note In a floor-heating system change to 50 degC

Max flow temperature limitation alarm timeout ΔTALARM

60 s

DHW circuit Setting Factory set-

tingOwn setting Comment

DHW temperature and setback temp 58 degC 55 degC

Flow temperature min 45 degC

Flow temperature max 65 degC

Proportional band Xp 9 K

Integration time constant Tn 13 s

Running time of the motorized control valve

15 s

Neutral zone Nz 3 K

Installation Guide ACS Substation

24 DEN-SMTFI VIGEK202 Danfoss District Energy

Problems Heating

Room temperature is too lowie flow temperature is too low

Disruption in the district heating distribution

Get in contact with the district heating distributor

The filter is cloggedGet in contact with the district heating distributor or with local Danfoss Sales Company

The heat curve is not correct Check the heat curve settings

Failure in the heating circuit controls Get in contact with local Danfoss Sales Company

The circulation pump has stopped Turn the pump on check eg heat relay

Pressure in the heating circuit is too low Add water through the filling valve Write down the filling date

Air in the heating circuit Remove air from the radiators add water if necessary

Fouling in the heat exchanger Get in contact with local Danfoss Sales Company

The radiator thermostat is stuck or broken Get in contact with the installer

The control valve is stuck Get in contact with local Danfoss Sales Company

Room temperature is too highie flow temperature is too high

The heat curve is not correct Check the heat curve settings

The controller in the heating circuit is brokenGet in contact with local Danfoss Sales Company

The control valve stays openclosed

511 Start-up

Check following point before start-up

Check points before start-up

Pipes are connected according to the designsDrainage valves are closedThe temperature for the domestic hot water is set to +58˚CThe outdoor temperature sensor is installed and connectedController settingsConnections are tightenedFunction of the safety valves is checked

Fill the substation with flow media and raise the pressure slowly to working pressure When starting up the substation it should be air vented The shut-off valve in the primary side on the return side is opened and the shut-off valve on the supply side is closed Air comes out by open-ing the air vent valveAfter that the operation of the substation must be observed If the substation operates according to designed parameters it can be taken into continuous use

Check points after start-up

Check temperaturesCheck pressuresThermal expansionOperation of the pumpsFlow directionsOperation of the controls

All Danfoss heat exchangers and substations have been pres-sure tested according to PED 9723EC (module H)

Make sure to give operating instructions to the users of the substation

60 Trouble shooting

Installation Guide ACS Substation

2525Danfoss District Energy VIGEK202 DEN-SMTFI

60 Trouble shooting

Problems Domestic hot water (DHW)

DHW smells bad or is coloured DHW heat exchanger has an internal leakage

Get in contact with local Danfoss Sales Company

Temperature of DHW varies more than usual

DHW control does not work or the control valve is broken

DHW control valve is too big for the existing conditions

Inadequate DHW circulation Get in contact with the installer

The filter is clogged Get in contact with the district heating distributor

The pressure difference is too bigGet in contact with local Danfoss Sales Company

Trash in the control valve

Other situations

The pump sounds strangeAir lock in the pump Stop the pump for a moment to remove the

air lock

The bearing in the pump is brokenGet in contact with the district heating distributor

The control valve has a strong whistling sound

The control valve is broken

Pressure difference is too big in the district heating network

Get in contact with the district heating distributor

Water leaks on the floor in the boiler room or the heat exchanger insulation is wet The heat exchanger has an external leakage

Get in contact with the district heating distributor andor local Danfoss Sales Company

The pressure or the temperature of district heating water differs significantly from the normal

Disruption in the district heating distribution Get in contact with the district heating distributor

The outdoor temperature is not visible on the display

The outdoor temperature sensor has been connected to the substation with the power on

Pull the substation contact plug out and reconnect it

Heating control does not work

The controller is let in rdquoManual controlrdquo mode

Set the controller to rdquoComfort moderdquo or rdquoScheduled operation moderdquo

The controller sensor or motorized control valve is broken Get in contact with local Danfoss Sales

CompanyThe control valve stays openclosed

Water in the heating circuit increases and excess water comes out through the safety valve for the expansion vessel

The heat exchanger has an internal leakageGet in contact with the district heating distributor andor with local Danfoss Sales Company

The filling valve in the heating circuit leaks into the heating circuit

Get in contact with local Danfoss Sales Company

Pressure in the heating circuit is too low The heating circuit has too little water or the ciruit has a leakage

Add water into the circuit through the filling valve Write down the filling date If this happens often get in contact with local Danfoss Sales Company

The return temperature in the heating circuit is high

The difference between district heating and heating circuit return temperatures is big

Get in contact with local Danfoss Sales Company

Installation Guide ACS Substation

26 DEN-SMTFI VIGEK202 Danfoss District Energy

Declaration of conformityPressure equip

ment in accordance w

ith the sound engineering practice

(Directive 9723EC

Article 33)

Pressure equipm

ent in hazard category I (D

irective 9723EC A

rticle 9)

Installation Guide ACS Substation

2727Danfoss District Energy VIGEK202 DEN-SMTFI

Declaration of conformity

Disposal instructionThis product should be dismantled and its components sorted if possible in various groups before recycling or disposal Always follow the local disposal regulations

Pressure equipm

ent in hazard category II - III (D

irective 9723EC A

rticle 9)

Installation Guide ACS Substation

Danfoss can accept no responsibility for possible errors in catalogues brochures and other printed material Danfoss reserves the right to alter its products without notice This also applies to products already on order provided that such alterations can be made without subsequential changes being necessary in specications already agreedAll trademarks in this material are property of the respective companies Danfoss and the Danfoss logotype are trademarks of Danfoss AS All rights reserved

Produced by Danfoss AS copy 072010

Oy Danfoss Ab middot Danfoss LPM middot Box 19 middot 79101 Leppaumlvirta middot FinlandPhone +358 403 092 200 middot Fax +358 403 092 281 middot salesdanfosscom middot wwwdanfosscom middot wwwlpmdanfossfi

General warranty conditions

1) Scope of application and warranty provider This warranty shall apply to Danfoss LPM heating substations and heat exchangers that are supplied by Oy Danfoss Ab for district heating use

2) Warranty periodThis warranty shall be in force as follows- Heating substation components 12 months from the initialization or 18 months from the delivery date

whichever period concludes earlier- Pipework parts and connectors 12 months from the initialization or 18 months from the delivery date whichever

period concludes earlier- Heat exchangers 12 months from the initialization or 18 months from the delivery date whichever period

concludes earlierA change of ownership causing transfer of goods for continued use will not terminate this warranty Product which has been repaired or replaced is not granted the new or extended warranty

3) Scope of warrantyThe guarantee covers the new component but not the costs for the assembly of the component Oy Danfoss Ab shall not be responsible for faults in cases where as can be proven the goodrsquos deteriorated quality or non-conforming applicability is obviously due to- Careless or faulty installation or repair work (such as insufficient pipe work supports the wrong operating

environment)- Exceeding the maximum pressure level (pressure shocks)- External stress (temperature mechanical stress etc)- Poor circulation water quality (does not fill the national requirements)

4) Reporting faultsThe buyer shall report any faults to Oy Danfoss Ab within 14 days from the date on which they had or should have detected the fault in question

5) Correcting faults In cases where the fault in question is covered by the warranty defined in these conditions Oy Danfoss Ab shall be obliged to correct the fault by delivering flawless goods within a reasonable period of time once a fault report has been received The liability of Oy Danfoss Ab is limited and does not cover the indirect costs and damages

6) Settling disputesThe Buyer shall be entitled to submit a warranty condition dispute to the Finnish Arbitral Tribunal for settlement All disputes will be handled in English

Oy Danfoss Ab Danfoss LPM

Oy Danfoss Ab middot Danfoss LPM

General Warranty Conditions

Please refer to Danfoss General Sales Conditions in details about sales process

Page 13: Installation Guide ACS Substation - Danfoss Heatingheating.danfoss.com/PCMPDF/VIGEK202_ACS_Inst_Guide.pdf · 5.9.6 Manual control ... DRAWING NO HE pump alarm. Installation Guide

Installation Guide ACS Substation

1313Danfoss District Energy VIGEK202 DEN-SMTFI

58 Electrification

Since the internal electrical connections are factory made it is not mandatory to use an electrician to connect the substation The contact plug is the main electrical switch in the substation

The outdoor temperature sensor is to be installed on the north side of the property at app 3 m height where the outdoor tem-perature can be measured There should be no ventilation window at the close proximity to the measuring point The other end of the outdoor temperature sensor cable is to be connected into the con-trol box When connecting outdoor temperature sensor make sure to remove the substation contact plug

In case the length of the outdoor temperature sensor cable is not long enough for your property it is remmendable to change the whole cable This way extra joints are avoided The minimum area for the cable is 04 mm2 and the maximum length is 125 m If you choose to use the extra joint inspite of recommendation protect the jointing sleeve with the shrink cable

Stick the contact plug into the wall socket fitted with a 10A220V fuse

Wait for 10 s turn the circulation pumps P1 (DHW) and P2 (HE) on by pressing the operating switches

Do not run the pumps without water

59 Controller settings

DescriptionThe ECL Comfort electronic weather compensated temperature controllers are for use in district heating central heating and cool-ing systems

Energy savings are facilitated by weather compensation adjust-ment of temperature according to schedule optimization as well as limitation of return temperature flow and power Functionalities such as data logging and alarm functions are implemented in the controller

Property specific controller settingsThere are some property related settings which are to be done before starting up the substation A complete controller instruc-tion is included and the most important details are also enclosed in this Installation Guide

20 m

20 m

Installation Guide ACS Substation

14 DEN-SMTFI VIGEK202 Danfoss District Energy

591 Controller display and symbols

592 Operating the controller

The graphical monochrome display shows all temperature val-ues status information and is used for the setting of control pa-rameters Navigation browsing and selecting is done by means of the dial You can navigate in the menus and change the values by turning the dial left or right and pushing to confirm

When a rectangle appears around the value or symbol it is pos-sible to do changes by turning the dial left or right

You can always get back to your favourite display by going to the top of the display and turning the dial so many times that ldquoHomerdquo appears If the dial has not been activated the controller will after 20 min revert to the favourite display

Favourite display for the user

Symbol Description

Tempera-tures

Outdoor temperature

Room temperature

DHW temperature

Position indicator

Mode

Scheduled operation

Comfort mode

Saving mode

Frost protection mode

Manual mode

Circuits

Heating

DHW

Common controller

Control-led com-ponents

Pump ON

Pumppu OFF

Actuator opens

Actuator closes

Alarm

Display selector

Favourite display for the installer

1 = Heating circuit = DHW circuit = Common controller

Mode

= Manual mode

= Scheduled operation

= Comfort mode

= Saving mode

= Frost protection modeMenus with

values and settings

Position indicator for

navigation

Display selection

State of components

System pressure

Primary return temperature

actual and desired

Flow temperatureactual and desired

Return temperature actual

1 = Heating circuit = DHW circuit = Common controller

Mode

= Scheduled operation

= Comfort mode

= Saving mode

= Frost protection modeDesired room temperature

Date

Outdoor temperature

Time

Schedule

Menus with values and settings Position indicator

for navigation

Display selection

Installation Guide ACS Substation

1515Danfoss District Energy VIGEK202 DEN-SMTFI

593 Setting the date and time

Set correct date and time in the controller

Setting done as with the hours

Setting the date same way as time

Getting out of the menu

Installation Guide ACS Substation

16 DEN-SMTFI VIGEK202 Danfoss District Energy

594 Setting the heat curve

Due to different heat masses heating system insulation dimen-sions etc it might be necessary to change the heat curve

Set the heat curve always according to HEVAC plans (functioning temperature of the heating circuit) There you can find desired flow temperatures for different outdoor temperatures

10

20

30

40

50

60

70

80

90

100

110

120

130

140

150

-40 -30 -20 -10 0 10 20 30 [oC]

[oC]

10

14

06

02

18

22 30 3526 40

01

0304

Factory setting the heat curve Example heat curve for the floor-heating system

Factory setting is a typical heat curve for radiator heating about 10

Outdoor temperature

degC

Flow temperature

degC

Visible on the display

-30 75 (-3075)-15 60 (-1560)-5 50 (-550)0 45 (045)5 40 (540)

15 28 (1528)

The heat curve typically used with floor-heat-ing about 04

Outdoor temperature

degC

Flow temperature

degC

Visible on the display

-30 45 (-3045)-15 38 (-1538)-5 34 (-534)0 31 (031)5 28 (528)

15 22 (522)

Changes in the heat curve point by point

Set the desired temperature

Move to the following points

Setting same way as with the previous point

Installation Guide ACS Substation

1717Danfoss District Energy VIGEK202 DEN-SMTFI

Saving the new curve Getting out of the menu

595 Setting up limitations for flow temperature

The flow temperature maximum limitation prevents too hot water from going into the heating circuit eg in the floor-heating system

When taking floor-heating system into use for the first time the max limitation for flow temperature can be set eg at 27degC The limitation temperature cuts off the heat curve when the tempera-ture reaches the limitLater on after the concrete slab has dried the flow temperature limitation can be raised to 45degC which is typically used in the floor-heating system

Typical max limitation in the radiator heating circuit is 90degC

Typical flow temperature limitations in different heating systems

Flow temperature

min degC max degC

Radiator heating 20 90When taking floor-heating system into use for the first time (drying up concrete slab)

20 27

Floor-heating 20 45

Setting the flow temperature max limitation

Typical flow temperature max limitation floor-heating 45degC

Setting the flow temperature min limitation

Typical flow temperature max limitation radiator heating 90degC

The heat curve display by fol-lowing the intructions in ldquo594 Setting the heat curverdquo

Installation Guide ACS Substation

18 DEN-SMTFI VIGEK202 Danfoss District Energy

Typical flow temperature max limitation When taking floor-heating system into use for the first time (drying up concrete slab) 27degC

Example display of the heat curve limiting temperature floor-heating heat curve flow temp max limitation 27degC

Getting out of the menu

The heat curve display by fol-lowing the intructions in ldquo594 Setting the heat curverdquo

Getting out of the menu

Typical flow temperature min limitation is 20degC

596 Manual control

Manual control is typically used when installing or servicing The controlled components valve pump etc can be controlled for correct function

Do not leave the controller in ldquoManual controlrdquo mode after finishing maintenance or service work The normal mode is ldquoComfort moderdquo or when using schedules ldquoScheduled operationrdquo

The valve is open

Installation Guide ACS Substation

1919Danfoss District Energy VIGEK202 DEN-SMTFI

The valve is closed

Getting away

Changing back to Comfort mode

597 Commissioning with one circuit

When commissioning the substation it might be necessary to close a circuit eg DHW circuit The circuit in question can be closed by forcing the control valve to close downThe pump has to be stopped with an operating switch

M1 P1 DHW circuit control valve and circulation pump

M2 P2 Heating circuit control valve and circulation pump

A1 Alarm relay

An example DHW circuit control valve close down

The valve is forced to close down

STOP leaves the valve in closed position

Getting out of the menu

Installation Guide ACS Substation

20 DEN-SMTFI VIGEK202 Danfoss District Energy

598 Sensor displays

Temperature and pressure information can be read on the con-troller display

All values can be found by going down the list

Getting out of the menu

599 Alarm

Alarm functions in the controller pressure alarm pump alarm and maximum temperature alarm (temperature limiting thermo-static function) As a sign of an alarm symbol appears on the display

Alarm overview shows which alarm is in question

Installation Guide ACS Substation

2121Danfoss District Energy VIGEK202 DEN-SMTFI

Pressure alarm

Max and min limitations (Alarm high Alarm low) have to adapted to the building Low X and high X values have been set based on the pressure transmitter included Do not change

Pump alarm The alarm disap-pears from the display when the pump is working again

Alarm value1=open contact (eg Wilo)0= closing contact (eg Grund-fos)

Max temperature limitation (temperature limiting thermo-static function)

Max temperature limitation can be used eg in floor-heating system as a temperature limiting thermostatic function

Getting out of the menu

In a floor-heating system the maximum temperature limita-tion can be set at 50degC

Installation Guide ACS Substation

22 DEN-SMTFI VIGEK202 Danfoss District Energy

5910 Changing the favourite display for the user

After having done the installation settings it is recommendable to change the favourite display to fit the userrsquos needs

5911 Setting the room temperature

The setting of the desired room temperature is important even if the room temperature sensor is not connected It has an effect on the temperature in your property

5912 Setting domestic hot water temperature

Changing the circuit

Installation Guide ACS Substation

2323Danfoss District Energy VIGEK202 DEN-SMTFI

Changing the desired tempera-ture Getting out of the menu

510 Basic parameters factory settings

Heating circuit

Setting Factory set-ting

Own setting Comment

Room temperature and setback temp 20 degC 16 degC

Heat curve 10 Note In a floor-heating system the typical setting is 04

Limit for heating cut-out 18 degC

Flow temperature min 20 degC

Flow temperature max 90 degC Note In a floor-heating system change the max temp to 45 degC

Proportional band Xp 85 K

Integration time constant Tn 25 s

Running time of the motorized con-trol valve

120 s

Neutral zone Nz 2 K

Pressure alarm limit max 23

Pressure alarm limit min 08

Pressure alarm timeout 30 s

Pump alarm alarm value 1 1= open contact (eg Wilo)0= closing contact (eg Grundfos)

Pump alarm timeout 20 s

Max flow temperature limitation alarm (temperature limiting thermostatic function)

90 degC Note In a floor-heating system change to 50 degC

Max flow temperature limitation alarm timeout ΔTALARM

60 s

DHW circuit Setting Factory set-

tingOwn setting Comment

DHW temperature and setback temp 58 degC 55 degC

Flow temperature min 45 degC

Flow temperature max 65 degC

Proportional band Xp 9 K

Integration time constant Tn 13 s

Running time of the motorized control valve

15 s

Neutral zone Nz 3 K

Installation Guide ACS Substation

24 DEN-SMTFI VIGEK202 Danfoss District Energy

Problems Heating

Room temperature is too lowie flow temperature is too low

Disruption in the district heating distribution

Get in contact with the district heating distributor

The filter is cloggedGet in contact with the district heating distributor or with local Danfoss Sales Company

The heat curve is not correct Check the heat curve settings

Failure in the heating circuit controls Get in contact with local Danfoss Sales Company

The circulation pump has stopped Turn the pump on check eg heat relay

Pressure in the heating circuit is too low Add water through the filling valve Write down the filling date

Air in the heating circuit Remove air from the radiators add water if necessary

Fouling in the heat exchanger Get in contact with local Danfoss Sales Company

The radiator thermostat is stuck or broken Get in contact with the installer

The control valve is stuck Get in contact with local Danfoss Sales Company

Room temperature is too highie flow temperature is too high

The heat curve is not correct Check the heat curve settings

The controller in the heating circuit is brokenGet in contact with local Danfoss Sales Company

The control valve stays openclosed

511 Start-up

Check following point before start-up

Check points before start-up

Pipes are connected according to the designsDrainage valves are closedThe temperature for the domestic hot water is set to +58˚CThe outdoor temperature sensor is installed and connectedController settingsConnections are tightenedFunction of the safety valves is checked

Fill the substation with flow media and raise the pressure slowly to working pressure When starting up the substation it should be air vented The shut-off valve in the primary side on the return side is opened and the shut-off valve on the supply side is closed Air comes out by open-ing the air vent valveAfter that the operation of the substation must be observed If the substation operates according to designed parameters it can be taken into continuous use

Check points after start-up

Check temperaturesCheck pressuresThermal expansionOperation of the pumpsFlow directionsOperation of the controls

All Danfoss heat exchangers and substations have been pres-sure tested according to PED 9723EC (module H)

Make sure to give operating instructions to the users of the substation

60 Trouble shooting

Installation Guide ACS Substation

2525Danfoss District Energy VIGEK202 DEN-SMTFI

60 Trouble shooting

Problems Domestic hot water (DHW)

DHW smells bad or is coloured DHW heat exchanger has an internal leakage

Get in contact with local Danfoss Sales Company

Temperature of DHW varies more than usual

DHW control does not work or the control valve is broken

DHW control valve is too big for the existing conditions

Inadequate DHW circulation Get in contact with the installer

The filter is clogged Get in contact with the district heating distributor

The pressure difference is too bigGet in contact with local Danfoss Sales Company

Trash in the control valve

Other situations

The pump sounds strangeAir lock in the pump Stop the pump for a moment to remove the

air lock

The bearing in the pump is brokenGet in contact with the district heating distributor

The control valve has a strong whistling sound

The control valve is broken

Pressure difference is too big in the district heating network

Get in contact with the district heating distributor

Water leaks on the floor in the boiler room or the heat exchanger insulation is wet The heat exchanger has an external leakage

Get in contact with the district heating distributor andor local Danfoss Sales Company

The pressure or the temperature of district heating water differs significantly from the normal

Disruption in the district heating distribution Get in contact with the district heating distributor

The outdoor temperature is not visible on the display

The outdoor temperature sensor has been connected to the substation with the power on

Pull the substation contact plug out and reconnect it

Heating control does not work

The controller is let in rdquoManual controlrdquo mode

Set the controller to rdquoComfort moderdquo or rdquoScheduled operation moderdquo

The controller sensor or motorized control valve is broken Get in contact with local Danfoss Sales

CompanyThe control valve stays openclosed

Water in the heating circuit increases and excess water comes out through the safety valve for the expansion vessel

The heat exchanger has an internal leakageGet in contact with the district heating distributor andor with local Danfoss Sales Company

The filling valve in the heating circuit leaks into the heating circuit

Get in contact with local Danfoss Sales Company

Pressure in the heating circuit is too low The heating circuit has too little water or the ciruit has a leakage

Add water into the circuit through the filling valve Write down the filling date If this happens often get in contact with local Danfoss Sales Company

The return temperature in the heating circuit is high

The difference between district heating and heating circuit return temperatures is big

Get in contact with local Danfoss Sales Company

Installation Guide ACS Substation

26 DEN-SMTFI VIGEK202 Danfoss District Energy

Declaration of conformityPressure equip

ment in accordance w

ith the sound engineering practice

(Directive 9723EC

Article 33)

Pressure equipm

ent in hazard category I (D

irective 9723EC A

rticle 9)

Installation Guide ACS Substation

2727Danfoss District Energy VIGEK202 DEN-SMTFI

Declaration of conformity

Disposal instructionThis product should be dismantled and its components sorted if possible in various groups before recycling or disposal Always follow the local disposal regulations

Pressure equipm

ent in hazard category II - III (D

irective 9723EC A

rticle 9)

Installation Guide ACS Substation

Danfoss can accept no responsibility for possible errors in catalogues brochures and other printed material Danfoss reserves the right to alter its products without notice This also applies to products already on order provided that such alterations can be made without subsequential changes being necessary in specications already agreedAll trademarks in this material are property of the respective companies Danfoss and the Danfoss logotype are trademarks of Danfoss AS All rights reserved

Produced by Danfoss AS copy 072010

Oy Danfoss Ab middot Danfoss LPM middot Box 19 middot 79101 Leppaumlvirta middot FinlandPhone +358 403 092 200 middot Fax +358 403 092 281 middot salesdanfosscom middot wwwdanfosscom middot wwwlpmdanfossfi

General warranty conditions

1) Scope of application and warranty provider This warranty shall apply to Danfoss LPM heating substations and heat exchangers that are supplied by Oy Danfoss Ab for district heating use

2) Warranty periodThis warranty shall be in force as follows- Heating substation components 12 months from the initialization or 18 months from the delivery date

whichever period concludes earlier- Pipework parts and connectors 12 months from the initialization or 18 months from the delivery date whichever

period concludes earlier- Heat exchangers 12 months from the initialization or 18 months from the delivery date whichever period

concludes earlierA change of ownership causing transfer of goods for continued use will not terminate this warranty Product which has been repaired or replaced is not granted the new or extended warranty

3) Scope of warrantyThe guarantee covers the new component but not the costs for the assembly of the component Oy Danfoss Ab shall not be responsible for faults in cases where as can be proven the goodrsquos deteriorated quality or non-conforming applicability is obviously due to- Careless or faulty installation or repair work (such as insufficient pipe work supports the wrong operating

environment)- Exceeding the maximum pressure level (pressure shocks)- External stress (temperature mechanical stress etc)- Poor circulation water quality (does not fill the national requirements)

4) Reporting faultsThe buyer shall report any faults to Oy Danfoss Ab within 14 days from the date on which they had or should have detected the fault in question

5) Correcting faults In cases where the fault in question is covered by the warranty defined in these conditions Oy Danfoss Ab shall be obliged to correct the fault by delivering flawless goods within a reasonable period of time once a fault report has been received The liability of Oy Danfoss Ab is limited and does not cover the indirect costs and damages

6) Settling disputesThe Buyer shall be entitled to submit a warranty condition dispute to the Finnish Arbitral Tribunal for settlement All disputes will be handled in English

Oy Danfoss Ab Danfoss LPM

Oy Danfoss Ab middot Danfoss LPM

General Warranty Conditions

Please refer to Danfoss General Sales Conditions in details about sales process

Page 14: Installation Guide ACS Substation - Danfoss Heatingheating.danfoss.com/PCMPDF/VIGEK202_ACS_Inst_Guide.pdf · 5.9.6 Manual control ... DRAWING NO HE pump alarm. Installation Guide

Installation Guide ACS Substation

14 DEN-SMTFI VIGEK202 Danfoss District Energy

591 Controller display and symbols

592 Operating the controller

The graphical monochrome display shows all temperature val-ues status information and is used for the setting of control pa-rameters Navigation browsing and selecting is done by means of the dial You can navigate in the menus and change the values by turning the dial left or right and pushing to confirm

When a rectangle appears around the value or symbol it is pos-sible to do changes by turning the dial left or right

You can always get back to your favourite display by going to the top of the display and turning the dial so many times that ldquoHomerdquo appears If the dial has not been activated the controller will after 20 min revert to the favourite display

Favourite display for the user

Symbol Description

Tempera-tures

Outdoor temperature

Room temperature

DHW temperature

Position indicator

Mode

Scheduled operation

Comfort mode

Saving mode

Frost protection mode

Manual mode

Circuits

Heating

DHW

Common controller

Control-led com-ponents

Pump ON

Pumppu OFF

Actuator opens

Actuator closes

Alarm

Display selector

Favourite display for the installer

1 = Heating circuit = DHW circuit = Common controller

Mode

= Manual mode

= Scheduled operation

= Comfort mode

= Saving mode

= Frost protection modeMenus with

values and settings

Position indicator for

navigation

Display selection

State of components

System pressure

Primary return temperature

actual and desired

Flow temperatureactual and desired

Return temperature actual

1 = Heating circuit = DHW circuit = Common controller

Mode

= Scheduled operation

= Comfort mode

= Saving mode

= Frost protection modeDesired room temperature

Date

Outdoor temperature

Time

Schedule

Menus with values and settings Position indicator

for navigation

Display selection

Installation Guide ACS Substation

1515Danfoss District Energy VIGEK202 DEN-SMTFI

593 Setting the date and time

Set correct date and time in the controller

Setting done as with the hours

Setting the date same way as time

Getting out of the menu

Installation Guide ACS Substation

16 DEN-SMTFI VIGEK202 Danfoss District Energy

594 Setting the heat curve

Due to different heat masses heating system insulation dimen-sions etc it might be necessary to change the heat curve

Set the heat curve always according to HEVAC plans (functioning temperature of the heating circuit) There you can find desired flow temperatures for different outdoor temperatures

10

20

30

40

50

60

70

80

90

100

110

120

130

140

150

-40 -30 -20 -10 0 10 20 30 [oC]

[oC]

10

14

06

02

18

22 30 3526 40

01

0304

Factory setting the heat curve Example heat curve for the floor-heating system

Factory setting is a typical heat curve for radiator heating about 10

Outdoor temperature

degC

Flow temperature

degC

Visible on the display

-30 75 (-3075)-15 60 (-1560)-5 50 (-550)0 45 (045)5 40 (540)

15 28 (1528)

The heat curve typically used with floor-heat-ing about 04

Outdoor temperature

degC

Flow temperature

degC

Visible on the display

-30 45 (-3045)-15 38 (-1538)-5 34 (-534)0 31 (031)5 28 (528)

15 22 (522)

Changes in the heat curve point by point

Set the desired temperature

Move to the following points

Setting same way as with the previous point

Installation Guide ACS Substation

1717Danfoss District Energy VIGEK202 DEN-SMTFI

Saving the new curve Getting out of the menu

595 Setting up limitations for flow temperature

The flow temperature maximum limitation prevents too hot water from going into the heating circuit eg in the floor-heating system

When taking floor-heating system into use for the first time the max limitation for flow temperature can be set eg at 27degC The limitation temperature cuts off the heat curve when the tempera-ture reaches the limitLater on after the concrete slab has dried the flow temperature limitation can be raised to 45degC which is typically used in the floor-heating system

Typical max limitation in the radiator heating circuit is 90degC

Typical flow temperature limitations in different heating systems

Flow temperature

min degC max degC

Radiator heating 20 90When taking floor-heating system into use for the first time (drying up concrete slab)

20 27

Floor-heating 20 45

Setting the flow temperature max limitation

Typical flow temperature max limitation floor-heating 45degC

Setting the flow temperature min limitation

Typical flow temperature max limitation radiator heating 90degC

The heat curve display by fol-lowing the intructions in ldquo594 Setting the heat curverdquo

Installation Guide ACS Substation

18 DEN-SMTFI VIGEK202 Danfoss District Energy

Typical flow temperature max limitation When taking floor-heating system into use for the first time (drying up concrete slab) 27degC

Example display of the heat curve limiting temperature floor-heating heat curve flow temp max limitation 27degC

Getting out of the menu

The heat curve display by fol-lowing the intructions in ldquo594 Setting the heat curverdquo

Getting out of the menu

Typical flow temperature min limitation is 20degC

596 Manual control

Manual control is typically used when installing or servicing The controlled components valve pump etc can be controlled for correct function

Do not leave the controller in ldquoManual controlrdquo mode after finishing maintenance or service work The normal mode is ldquoComfort moderdquo or when using schedules ldquoScheduled operationrdquo

The valve is open

Installation Guide ACS Substation

1919Danfoss District Energy VIGEK202 DEN-SMTFI

The valve is closed

Getting away

Changing back to Comfort mode

597 Commissioning with one circuit

When commissioning the substation it might be necessary to close a circuit eg DHW circuit The circuit in question can be closed by forcing the control valve to close downThe pump has to be stopped with an operating switch

M1 P1 DHW circuit control valve and circulation pump

M2 P2 Heating circuit control valve and circulation pump

A1 Alarm relay

An example DHW circuit control valve close down

The valve is forced to close down

STOP leaves the valve in closed position

Getting out of the menu

Installation Guide ACS Substation

20 DEN-SMTFI VIGEK202 Danfoss District Energy

598 Sensor displays

Temperature and pressure information can be read on the con-troller display

All values can be found by going down the list

Getting out of the menu

599 Alarm

Alarm functions in the controller pressure alarm pump alarm and maximum temperature alarm (temperature limiting thermo-static function) As a sign of an alarm symbol appears on the display

Alarm overview shows which alarm is in question

Installation Guide ACS Substation

2121Danfoss District Energy VIGEK202 DEN-SMTFI

Pressure alarm

Max and min limitations (Alarm high Alarm low) have to adapted to the building Low X and high X values have been set based on the pressure transmitter included Do not change

Pump alarm The alarm disap-pears from the display when the pump is working again

Alarm value1=open contact (eg Wilo)0= closing contact (eg Grund-fos)

Max temperature limitation (temperature limiting thermo-static function)

Max temperature limitation can be used eg in floor-heating system as a temperature limiting thermostatic function

Getting out of the menu

In a floor-heating system the maximum temperature limita-tion can be set at 50degC

Installation Guide ACS Substation

22 DEN-SMTFI VIGEK202 Danfoss District Energy

5910 Changing the favourite display for the user

After having done the installation settings it is recommendable to change the favourite display to fit the userrsquos needs

5911 Setting the room temperature

The setting of the desired room temperature is important even if the room temperature sensor is not connected It has an effect on the temperature in your property

5912 Setting domestic hot water temperature

Changing the circuit

Installation Guide ACS Substation

2323Danfoss District Energy VIGEK202 DEN-SMTFI

Changing the desired tempera-ture Getting out of the menu

510 Basic parameters factory settings

Heating circuit

Setting Factory set-ting

Own setting Comment

Room temperature and setback temp 20 degC 16 degC

Heat curve 10 Note In a floor-heating system the typical setting is 04

Limit for heating cut-out 18 degC

Flow temperature min 20 degC

Flow temperature max 90 degC Note In a floor-heating system change the max temp to 45 degC

Proportional band Xp 85 K

Integration time constant Tn 25 s

Running time of the motorized con-trol valve

120 s

Neutral zone Nz 2 K

Pressure alarm limit max 23

Pressure alarm limit min 08

Pressure alarm timeout 30 s

Pump alarm alarm value 1 1= open contact (eg Wilo)0= closing contact (eg Grundfos)

Pump alarm timeout 20 s

Max flow temperature limitation alarm (temperature limiting thermostatic function)

90 degC Note In a floor-heating system change to 50 degC

Max flow temperature limitation alarm timeout ΔTALARM

60 s

DHW circuit Setting Factory set-

tingOwn setting Comment

DHW temperature and setback temp 58 degC 55 degC

Flow temperature min 45 degC

Flow temperature max 65 degC

Proportional band Xp 9 K

Integration time constant Tn 13 s

Running time of the motorized control valve

15 s

Neutral zone Nz 3 K

Installation Guide ACS Substation

24 DEN-SMTFI VIGEK202 Danfoss District Energy

Problems Heating

Room temperature is too lowie flow temperature is too low

Disruption in the district heating distribution

Get in contact with the district heating distributor

The filter is cloggedGet in contact with the district heating distributor or with local Danfoss Sales Company

The heat curve is not correct Check the heat curve settings

Failure in the heating circuit controls Get in contact with local Danfoss Sales Company

The circulation pump has stopped Turn the pump on check eg heat relay

Pressure in the heating circuit is too low Add water through the filling valve Write down the filling date

Air in the heating circuit Remove air from the radiators add water if necessary

Fouling in the heat exchanger Get in contact with local Danfoss Sales Company

The radiator thermostat is stuck or broken Get in contact with the installer

The control valve is stuck Get in contact with local Danfoss Sales Company

Room temperature is too highie flow temperature is too high

The heat curve is not correct Check the heat curve settings

The controller in the heating circuit is brokenGet in contact with local Danfoss Sales Company

The control valve stays openclosed

511 Start-up

Check following point before start-up

Check points before start-up

Pipes are connected according to the designsDrainage valves are closedThe temperature for the domestic hot water is set to +58˚CThe outdoor temperature sensor is installed and connectedController settingsConnections are tightenedFunction of the safety valves is checked

Fill the substation with flow media and raise the pressure slowly to working pressure When starting up the substation it should be air vented The shut-off valve in the primary side on the return side is opened and the shut-off valve on the supply side is closed Air comes out by open-ing the air vent valveAfter that the operation of the substation must be observed If the substation operates according to designed parameters it can be taken into continuous use

Check points after start-up

Check temperaturesCheck pressuresThermal expansionOperation of the pumpsFlow directionsOperation of the controls

All Danfoss heat exchangers and substations have been pres-sure tested according to PED 9723EC (module H)

Make sure to give operating instructions to the users of the substation

60 Trouble shooting

Installation Guide ACS Substation

2525Danfoss District Energy VIGEK202 DEN-SMTFI

60 Trouble shooting

Problems Domestic hot water (DHW)

DHW smells bad or is coloured DHW heat exchanger has an internal leakage

Get in contact with local Danfoss Sales Company

Temperature of DHW varies more than usual

DHW control does not work or the control valve is broken

DHW control valve is too big for the existing conditions

Inadequate DHW circulation Get in contact with the installer

The filter is clogged Get in contact with the district heating distributor

The pressure difference is too bigGet in contact with local Danfoss Sales Company

Trash in the control valve

Other situations

The pump sounds strangeAir lock in the pump Stop the pump for a moment to remove the

air lock

The bearing in the pump is brokenGet in contact with the district heating distributor

The control valve has a strong whistling sound

The control valve is broken

Pressure difference is too big in the district heating network

Get in contact with the district heating distributor

Water leaks on the floor in the boiler room or the heat exchanger insulation is wet The heat exchanger has an external leakage

Get in contact with the district heating distributor andor local Danfoss Sales Company

The pressure or the temperature of district heating water differs significantly from the normal

Disruption in the district heating distribution Get in contact with the district heating distributor

The outdoor temperature is not visible on the display

The outdoor temperature sensor has been connected to the substation with the power on

Pull the substation contact plug out and reconnect it

Heating control does not work

The controller is let in rdquoManual controlrdquo mode

Set the controller to rdquoComfort moderdquo or rdquoScheduled operation moderdquo

The controller sensor or motorized control valve is broken Get in contact with local Danfoss Sales

CompanyThe control valve stays openclosed

Water in the heating circuit increases and excess water comes out through the safety valve for the expansion vessel

The heat exchanger has an internal leakageGet in contact with the district heating distributor andor with local Danfoss Sales Company

The filling valve in the heating circuit leaks into the heating circuit

Get in contact with local Danfoss Sales Company

Pressure in the heating circuit is too low The heating circuit has too little water or the ciruit has a leakage

Add water into the circuit through the filling valve Write down the filling date If this happens often get in contact with local Danfoss Sales Company

The return temperature in the heating circuit is high

The difference between district heating and heating circuit return temperatures is big

Get in contact with local Danfoss Sales Company

Installation Guide ACS Substation

26 DEN-SMTFI VIGEK202 Danfoss District Energy

Declaration of conformityPressure equip

ment in accordance w

ith the sound engineering practice

(Directive 9723EC

Article 33)

Pressure equipm

ent in hazard category I (D

irective 9723EC A

rticle 9)

Installation Guide ACS Substation

2727Danfoss District Energy VIGEK202 DEN-SMTFI

Declaration of conformity

Disposal instructionThis product should be dismantled and its components sorted if possible in various groups before recycling or disposal Always follow the local disposal regulations

Pressure equipm

ent in hazard category II - III (D

irective 9723EC A

rticle 9)

Installation Guide ACS Substation

Danfoss can accept no responsibility for possible errors in catalogues brochures and other printed material Danfoss reserves the right to alter its products without notice This also applies to products already on order provided that such alterations can be made without subsequential changes being necessary in specications already agreedAll trademarks in this material are property of the respective companies Danfoss and the Danfoss logotype are trademarks of Danfoss AS All rights reserved

Produced by Danfoss AS copy 072010

Oy Danfoss Ab middot Danfoss LPM middot Box 19 middot 79101 Leppaumlvirta middot FinlandPhone +358 403 092 200 middot Fax +358 403 092 281 middot salesdanfosscom middot wwwdanfosscom middot wwwlpmdanfossfi

General warranty conditions

1) Scope of application and warranty provider This warranty shall apply to Danfoss LPM heating substations and heat exchangers that are supplied by Oy Danfoss Ab for district heating use

2) Warranty periodThis warranty shall be in force as follows- Heating substation components 12 months from the initialization or 18 months from the delivery date

whichever period concludes earlier- Pipework parts and connectors 12 months from the initialization or 18 months from the delivery date whichever

period concludes earlier- Heat exchangers 12 months from the initialization or 18 months from the delivery date whichever period

concludes earlierA change of ownership causing transfer of goods for continued use will not terminate this warranty Product which has been repaired or replaced is not granted the new or extended warranty

3) Scope of warrantyThe guarantee covers the new component but not the costs for the assembly of the component Oy Danfoss Ab shall not be responsible for faults in cases where as can be proven the goodrsquos deteriorated quality or non-conforming applicability is obviously due to- Careless or faulty installation or repair work (such as insufficient pipe work supports the wrong operating

environment)- Exceeding the maximum pressure level (pressure shocks)- External stress (temperature mechanical stress etc)- Poor circulation water quality (does not fill the national requirements)

4) Reporting faultsThe buyer shall report any faults to Oy Danfoss Ab within 14 days from the date on which they had or should have detected the fault in question

5) Correcting faults In cases where the fault in question is covered by the warranty defined in these conditions Oy Danfoss Ab shall be obliged to correct the fault by delivering flawless goods within a reasonable period of time once a fault report has been received The liability of Oy Danfoss Ab is limited and does not cover the indirect costs and damages

6) Settling disputesThe Buyer shall be entitled to submit a warranty condition dispute to the Finnish Arbitral Tribunal for settlement All disputes will be handled in English

Oy Danfoss Ab Danfoss LPM

Oy Danfoss Ab middot Danfoss LPM

General Warranty Conditions

Please refer to Danfoss General Sales Conditions in details about sales process

Page 15: Installation Guide ACS Substation - Danfoss Heatingheating.danfoss.com/PCMPDF/VIGEK202_ACS_Inst_Guide.pdf · 5.9.6 Manual control ... DRAWING NO HE pump alarm. Installation Guide

Installation Guide ACS Substation

1515Danfoss District Energy VIGEK202 DEN-SMTFI

593 Setting the date and time

Set correct date and time in the controller

Setting done as with the hours

Setting the date same way as time

Getting out of the menu

Installation Guide ACS Substation

16 DEN-SMTFI VIGEK202 Danfoss District Energy

594 Setting the heat curve

Due to different heat masses heating system insulation dimen-sions etc it might be necessary to change the heat curve

Set the heat curve always according to HEVAC plans (functioning temperature of the heating circuit) There you can find desired flow temperatures for different outdoor temperatures

10

20

30

40

50

60

70

80

90

100

110

120

130

140

150

-40 -30 -20 -10 0 10 20 30 [oC]

[oC]

10

14

06

02

18

22 30 3526 40

01

0304

Factory setting the heat curve Example heat curve for the floor-heating system

Factory setting is a typical heat curve for radiator heating about 10

Outdoor temperature

degC

Flow temperature

degC

Visible on the display

-30 75 (-3075)-15 60 (-1560)-5 50 (-550)0 45 (045)5 40 (540)

15 28 (1528)

The heat curve typically used with floor-heat-ing about 04

Outdoor temperature

degC

Flow temperature

degC

Visible on the display

-30 45 (-3045)-15 38 (-1538)-5 34 (-534)0 31 (031)5 28 (528)

15 22 (522)

Changes in the heat curve point by point

Set the desired temperature

Move to the following points

Setting same way as with the previous point

Installation Guide ACS Substation

1717Danfoss District Energy VIGEK202 DEN-SMTFI

Saving the new curve Getting out of the menu

595 Setting up limitations for flow temperature

The flow temperature maximum limitation prevents too hot water from going into the heating circuit eg in the floor-heating system

When taking floor-heating system into use for the first time the max limitation for flow temperature can be set eg at 27degC The limitation temperature cuts off the heat curve when the tempera-ture reaches the limitLater on after the concrete slab has dried the flow temperature limitation can be raised to 45degC which is typically used in the floor-heating system

Typical max limitation in the radiator heating circuit is 90degC

Typical flow temperature limitations in different heating systems

Flow temperature

min degC max degC

Radiator heating 20 90When taking floor-heating system into use for the first time (drying up concrete slab)

20 27

Floor-heating 20 45

Setting the flow temperature max limitation

Typical flow temperature max limitation floor-heating 45degC

Setting the flow temperature min limitation

Typical flow temperature max limitation radiator heating 90degC

The heat curve display by fol-lowing the intructions in ldquo594 Setting the heat curverdquo

Installation Guide ACS Substation

18 DEN-SMTFI VIGEK202 Danfoss District Energy

Typical flow temperature max limitation When taking floor-heating system into use for the first time (drying up concrete slab) 27degC

Example display of the heat curve limiting temperature floor-heating heat curve flow temp max limitation 27degC

Getting out of the menu

The heat curve display by fol-lowing the intructions in ldquo594 Setting the heat curverdquo

Getting out of the menu

Typical flow temperature min limitation is 20degC

596 Manual control

Manual control is typically used when installing or servicing The controlled components valve pump etc can be controlled for correct function

Do not leave the controller in ldquoManual controlrdquo mode after finishing maintenance or service work The normal mode is ldquoComfort moderdquo or when using schedules ldquoScheduled operationrdquo

The valve is open

Installation Guide ACS Substation

1919Danfoss District Energy VIGEK202 DEN-SMTFI

The valve is closed

Getting away

Changing back to Comfort mode

597 Commissioning with one circuit

When commissioning the substation it might be necessary to close a circuit eg DHW circuit The circuit in question can be closed by forcing the control valve to close downThe pump has to be stopped with an operating switch

M1 P1 DHW circuit control valve and circulation pump

M2 P2 Heating circuit control valve and circulation pump

A1 Alarm relay

An example DHW circuit control valve close down

The valve is forced to close down

STOP leaves the valve in closed position

Getting out of the menu

Installation Guide ACS Substation

20 DEN-SMTFI VIGEK202 Danfoss District Energy

598 Sensor displays

Temperature and pressure information can be read on the con-troller display

All values can be found by going down the list

Getting out of the menu

599 Alarm

Alarm functions in the controller pressure alarm pump alarm and maximum temperature alarm (temperature limiting thermo-static function) As a sign of an alarm symbol appears on the display

Alarm overview shows which alarm is in question

Installation Guide ACS Substation

2121Danfoss District Energy VIGEK202 DEN-SMTFI

Pressure alarm

Max and min limitations (Alarm high Alarm low) have to adapted to the building Low X and high X values have been set based on the pressure transmitter included Do not change

Pump alarm The alarm disap-pears from the display when the pump is working again

Alarm value1=open contact (eg Wilo)0= closing contact (eg Grund-fos)

Max temperature limitation (temperature limiting thermo-static function)

Max temperature limitation can be used eg in floor-heating system as a temperature limiting thermostatic function

Getting out of the menu

In a floor-heating system the maximum temperature limita-tion can be set at 50degC

Installation Guide ACS Substation

22 DEN-SMTFI VIGEK202 Danfoss District Energy

5910 Changing the favourite display for the user

After having done the installation settings it is recommendable to change the favourite display to fit the userrsquos needs

5911 Setting the room temperature

The setting of the desired room temperature is important even if the room temperature sensor is not connected It has an effect on the temperature in your property

5912 Setting domestic hot water temperature

Changing the circuit

Installation Guide ACS Substation

2323Danfoss District Energy VIGEK202 DEN-SMTFI

Changing the desired tempera-ture Getting out of the menu

510 Basic parameters factory settings

Heating circuit

Setting Factory set-ting

Own setting Comment

Room temperature and setback temp 20 degC 16 degC

Heat curve 10 Note In a floor-heating system the typical setting is 04

Limit for heating cut-out 18 degC

Flow temperature min 20 degC

Flow temperature max 90 degC Note In a floor-heating system change the max temp to 45 degC

Proportional band Xp 85 K

Integration time constant Tn 25 s

Running time of the motorized con-trol valve

120 s

Neutral zone Nz 2 K

Pressure alarm limit max 23

Pressure alarm limit min 08

Pressure alarm timeout 30 s

Pump alarm alarm value 1 1= open contact (eg Wilo)0= closing contact (eg Grundfos)

Pump alarm timeout 20 s

Max flow temperature limitation alarm (temperature limiting thermostatic function)

90 degC Note In a floor-heating system change to 50 degC

Max flow temperature limitation alarm timeout ΔTALARM

60 s

DHW circuit Setting Factory set-

tingOwn setting Comment

DHW temperature and setback temp 58 degC 55 degC

Flow temperature min 45 degC

Flow temperature max 65 degC

Proportional band Xp 9 K

Integration time constant Tn 13 s

Running time of the motorized control valve

15 s

Neutral zone Nz 3 K

Installation Guide ACS Substation

24 DEN-SMTFI VIGEK202 Danfoss District Energy

Problems Heating

Room temperature is too lowie flow temperature is too low

Disruption in the district heating distribution

Get in contact with the district heating distributor

The filter is cloggedGet in contact with the district heating distributor or with local Danfoss Sales Company

The heat curve is not correct Check the heat curve settings

Failure in the heating circuit controls Get in contact with local Danfoss Sales Company

The circulation pump has stopped Turn the pump on check eg heat relay

Pressure in the heating circuit is too low Add water through the filling valve Write down the filling date

Air in the heating circuit Remove air from the radiators add water if necessary

Fouling in the heat exchanger Get in contact with local Danfoss Sales Company

The radiator thermostat is stuck or broken Get in contact with the installer

The control valve is stuck Get in contact with local Danfoss Sales Company

Room temperature is too highie flow temperature is too high

The heat curve is not correct Check the heat curve settings

The controller in the heating circuit is brokenGet in contact with local Danfoss Sales Company

The control valve stays openclosed

511 Start-up

Check following point before start-up

Check points before start-up

Pipes are connected according to the designsDrainage valves are closedThe temperature for the domestic hot water is set to +58˚CThe outdoor temperature sensor is installed and connectedController settingsConnections are tightenedFunction of the safety valves is checked

Fill the substation with flow media and raise the pressure slowly to working pressure When starting up the substation it should be air vented The shut-off valve in the primary side on the return side is opened and the shut-off valve on the supply side is closed Air comes out by open-ing the air vent valveAfter that the operation of the substation must be observed If the substation operates according to designed parameters it can be taken into continuous use

Check points after start-up

Check temperaturesCheck pressuresThermal expansionOperation of the pumpsFlow directionsOperation of the controls

All Danfoss heat exchangers and substations have been pres-sure tested according to PED 9723EC (module H)

Make sure to give operating instructions to the users of the substation

60 Trouble shooting

Installation Guide ACS Substation

2525Danfoss District Energy VIGEK202 DEN-SMTFI

60 Trouble shooting

Problems Domestic hot water (DHW)

DHW smells bad or is coloured DHW heat exchanger has an internal leakage

Get in contact with local Danfoss Sales Company

Temperature of DHW varies more than usual

DHW control does not work or the control valve is broken

DHW control valve is too big for the existing conditions

Inadequate DHW circulation Get in contact with the installer

The filter is clogged Get in contact with the district heating distributor

The pressure difference is too bigGet in contact with local Danfoss Sales Company

Trash in the control valve

Other situations

The pump sounds strangeAir lock in the pump Stop the pump for a moment to remove the

air lock

The bearing in the pump is brokenGet in contact with the district heating distributor

The control valve has a strong whistling sound

The control valve is broken

Pressure difference is too big in the district heating network

Get in contact with the district heating distributor

Water leaks on the floor in the boiler room or the heat exchanger insulation is wet The heat exchanger has an external leakage

Get in contact with the district heating distributor andor local Danfoss Sales Company

The pressure or the temperature of district heating water differs significantly from the normal

Disruption in the district heating distribution Get in contact with the district heating distributor

The outdoor temperature is not visible on the display

The outdoor temperature sensor has been connected to the substation with the power on

Pull the substation contact plug out and reconnect it

Heating control does not work

The controller is let in rdquoManual controlrdquo mode

Set the controller to rdquoComfort moderdquo or rdquoScheduled operation moderdquo

The controller sensor or motorized control valve is broken Get in contact with local Danfoss Sales

CompanyThe control valve stays openclosed

Water in the heating circuit increases and excess water comes out through the safety valve for the expansion vessel

The heat exchanger has an internal leakageGet in contact with the district heating distributor andor with local Danfoss Sales Company

The filling valve in the heating circuit leaks into the heating circuit

Get in contact with local Danfoss Sales Company

Pressure in the heating circuit is too low The heating circuit has too little water or the ciruit has a leakage

Add water into the circuit through the filling valve Write down the filling date If this happens often get in contact with local Danfoss Sales Company

The return temperature in the heating circuit is high

The difference between district heating and heating circuit return temperatures is big

Get in contact with local Danfoss Sales Company

Installation Guide ACS Substation

26 DEN-SMTFI VIGEK202 Danfoss District Energy

Declaration of conformityPressure equip

ment in accordance w

ith the sound engineering practice

(Directive 9723EC

Article 33)

Pressure equipm

ent in hazard category I (D

irective 9723EC A

rticle 9)

Installation Guide ACS Substation

2727Danfoss District Energy VIGEK202 DEN-SMTFI

Declaration of conformity

Disposal instructionThis product should be dismantled and its components sorted if possible in various groups before recycling or disposal Always follow the local disposal regulations

Pressure equipm

ent in hazard category II - III (D

irective 9723EC A

rticle 9)

Installation Guide ACS Substation

Danfoss can accept no responsibility for possible errors in catalogues brochures and other printed material Danfoss reserves the right to alter its products without notice This also applies to products already on order provided that such alterations can be made without subsequential changes being necessary in specications already agreedAll trademarks in this material are property of the respective companies Danfoss and the Danfoss logotype are trademarks of Danfoss AS All rights reserved

Produced by Danfoss AS copy 072010

Oy Danfoss Ab middot Danfoss LPM middot Box 19 middot 79101 Leppaumlvirta middot FinlandPhone +358 403 092 200 middot Fax +358 403 092 281 middot salesdanfosscom middot wwwdanfosscom middot wwwlpmdanfossfi

General warranty conditions

1) Scope of application and warranty provider This warranty shall apply to Danfoss LPM heating substations and heat exchangers that are supplied by Oy Danfoss Ab for district heating use

2) Warranty periodThis warranty shall be in force as follows- Heating substation components 12 months from the initialization or 18 months from the delivery date

whichever period concludes earlier- Pipework parts and connectors 12 months from the initialization or 18 months from the delivery date whichever

period concludes earlier- Heat exchangers 12 months from the initialization or 18 months from the delivery date whichever period

concludes earlierA change of ownership causing transfer of goods for continued use will not terminate this warranty Product which has been repaired or replaced is not granted the new or extended warranty

3) Scope of warrantyThe guarantee covers the new component but not the costs for the assembly of the component Oy Danfoss Ab shall not be responsible for faults in cases where as can be proven the goodrsquos deteriorated quality or non-conforming applicability is obviously due to- Careless or faulty installation or repair work (such as insufficient pipe work supports the wrong operating

environment)- Exceeding the maximum pressure level (pressure shocks)- External stress (temperature mechanical stress etc)- Poor circulation water quality (does not fill the national requirements)

4) Reporting faultsThe buyer shall report any faults to Oy Danfoss Ab within 14 days from the date on which they had or should have detected the fault in question

5) Correcting faults In cases where the fault in question is covered by the warranty defined in these conditions Oy Danfoss Ab shall be obliged to correct the fault by delivering flawless goods within a reasonable period of time once a fault report has been received The liability of Oy Danfoss Ab is limited and does not cover the indirect costs and damages

6) Settling disputesThe Buyer shall be entitled to submit a warranty condition dispute to the Finnish Arbitral Tribunal for settlement All disputes will be handled in English

Oy Danfoss Ab Danfoss LPM

Oy Danfoss Ab middot Danfoss LPM

General Warranty Conditions

Please refer to Danfoss General Sales Conditions in details about sales process

Page 16: Installation Guide ACS Substation - Danfoss Heatingheating.danfoss.com/PCMPDF/VIGEK202_ACS_Inst_Guide.pdf · 5.9.6 Manual control ... DRAWING NO HE pump alarm. Installation Guide

Installation Guide ACS Substation

16 DEN-SMTFI VIGEK202 Danfoss District Energy

594 Setting the heat curve

Due to different heat masses heating system insulation dimen-sions etc it might be necessary to change the heat curve

Set the heat curve always according to HEVAC plans (functioning temperature of the heating circuit) There you can find desired flow temperatures for different outdoor temperatures

10

20

30

40

50

60

70

80

90

100

110

120

130

140

150

-40 -30 -20 -10 0 10 20 30 [oC]

[oC]

10

14

06

02

18

22 30 3526 40

01

0304

Factory setting the heat curve Example heat curve for the floor-heating system

Factory setting is a typical heat curve for radiator heating about 10

Outdoor temperature

degC

Flow temperature

degC

Visible on the display

-30 75 (-3075)-15 60 (-1560)-5 50 (-550)0 45 (045)5 40 (540)

15 28 (1528)

The heat curve typically used with floor-heat-ing about 04

Outdoor temperature

degC

Flow temperature

degC

Visible on the display

-30 45 (-3045)-15 38 (-1538)-5 34 (-534)0 31 (031)5 28 (528)

15 22 (522)

Changes in the heat curve point by point

Set the desired temperature

Move to the following points

Setting same way as with the previous point

Installation Guide ACS Substation

1717Danfoss District Energy VIGEK202 DEN-SMTFI

Saving the new curve Getting out of the menu

595 Setting up limitations for flow temperature

The flow temperature maximum limitation prevents too hot water from going into the heating circuit eg in the floor-heating system

When taking floor-heating system into use for the first time the max limitation for flow temperature can be set eg at 27degC The limitation temperature cuts off the heat curve when the tempera-ture reaches the limitLater on after the concrete slab has dried the flow temperature limitation can be raised to 45degC which is typically used in the floor-heating system

Typical max limitation in the radiator heating circuit is 90degC

Typical flow temperature limitations in different heating systems

Flow temperature

min degC max degC

Radiator heating 20 90When taking floor-heating system into use for the first time (drying up concrete slab)

20 27

Floor-heating 20 45

Setting the flow temperature max limitation

Typical flow temperature max limitation floor-heating 45degC

Setting the flow temperature min limitation

Typical flow temperature max limitation radiator heating 90degC

The heat curve display by fol-lowing the intructions in ldquo594 Setting the heat curverdquo

Installation Guide ACS Substation

18 DEN-SMTFI VIGEK202 Danfoss District Energy

Typical flow temperature max limitation When taking floor-heating system into use for the first time (drying up concrete slab) 27degC

Example display of the heat curve limiting temperature floor-heating heat curve flow temp max limitation 27degC

Getting out of the menu

The heat curve display by fol-lowing the intructions in ldquo594 Setting the heat curverdquo

Getting out of the menu

Typical flow temperature min limitation is 20degC

596 Manual control

Manual control is typically used when installing or servicing The controlled components valve pump etc can be controlled for correct function

Do not leave the controller in ldquoManual controlrdquo mode after finishing maintenance or service work The normal mode is ldquoComfort moderdquo or when using schedules ldquoScheduled operationrdquo

The valve is open

Installation Guide ACS Substation

1919Danfoss District Energy VIGEK202 DEN-SMTFI

The valve is closed

Getting away

Changing back to Comfort mode

597 Commissioning with one circuit

When commissioning the substation it might be necessary to close a circuit eg DHW circuit The circuit in question can be closed by forcing the control valve to close downThe pump has to be stopped with an operating switch

M1 P1 DHW circuit control valve and circulation pump

M2 P2 Heating circuit control valve and circulation pump

A1 Alarm relay

An example DHW circuit control valve close down

The valve is forced to close down

STOP leaves the valve in closed position

Getting out of the menu

Installation Guide ACS Substation

20 DEN-SMTFI VIGEK202 Danfoss District Energy

598 Sensor displays

Temperature and pressure information can be read on the con-troller display

All values can be found by going down the list

Getting out of the menu

599 Alarm

Alarm functions in the controller pressure alarm pump alarm and maximum temperature alarm (temperature limiting thermo-static function) As a sign of an alarm symbol appears on the display

Alarm overview shows which alarm is in question

Installation Guide ACS Substation

2121Danfoss District Energy VIGEK202 DEN-SMTFI

Pressure alarm

Max and min limitations (Alarm high Alarm low) have to adapted to the building Low X and high X values have been set based on the pressure transmitter included Do not change

Pump alarm The alarm disap-pears from the display when the pump is working again

Alarm value1=open contact (eg Wilo)0= closing contact (eg Grund-fos)

Max temperature limitation (temperature limiting thermo-static function)

Max temperature limitation can be used eg in floor-heating system as a temperature limiting thermostatic function

Getting out of the menu

In a floor-heating system the maximum temperature limita-tion can be set at 50degC

Installation Guide ACS Substation

22 DEN-SMTFI VIGEK202 Danfoss District Energy

5910 Changing the favourite display for the user

After having done the installation settings it is recommendable to change the favourite display to fit the userrsquos needs

5911 Setting the room temperature

The setting of the desired room temperature is important even if the room temperature sensor is not connected It has an effect on the temperature in your property

5912 Setting domestic hot water temperature

Changing the circuit

Installation Guide ACS Substation

2323Danfoss District Energy VIGEK202 DEN-SMTFI

Changing the desired tempera-ture Getting out of the menu

510 Basic parameters factory settings

Heating circuit

Setting Factory set-ting

Own setting Comment

Room temperature and setback temp 20 degC 16 degC

Heat curve 10 Note In a floor-heating system the typical setting is 04

Limit for heating cut-out 18 degC

Flow temperature min 20 degC

Flow temperature max 90 degC Note In a floor-heating system change the max temp to 45 degC

Proportional band Xp 85 K

Integration time constant Tn 25 s

Running time of the motorized con-trol valve

120 s

Neutral zone Nz 2 K

Pressure alarm limit max 23

Pressure alarm limit min 08

Pressure alarm timeout 30 s

Pump alarm alarm value 1 1= open contact (eg Wilo)0= closing contact (eg Grundfos)

Pump alarm timeout 20 s

Max flow temperature limitation alarm (temperature limiting thermostatic function)

90 degC Note In a floor-heating system change to 50 degC

Max flow temperature limitation alarm timeout ΔTALARM

60 s

DHW circuit Setting Factory set-

tingOwn setting Comment

DHW temperature and setback temp 58 degC 55 degC

Flow temperature min 45 degC

Flow temperature max 65 degC

Proportional band Xp 9 K

Integration time constant Tn 13 s

Running time of the motorized control valve

15 s

Neutral zone Nz 3 K

Installation Guide ACS Substation

24 DEN-SMTFI VIGEK202 Danfoss District Energy

Problems Heating

Room temperature is too lowie flow temperature is too low

Disruption in the district heating distribution

Get in contact with the district heating distributor

The filter is cloggedGet in contact with the district heating distributor or with local Danfoss Sales Company

The heat curve is not correct Check the heat curve settings

Failure in the heating circuit controls Get in contact with local Danfoss Sales Company

The circulation pump has stopped Turn the pump on check eg heat relay

Pressure in the heating circuit is too low Add water through the filling valve Write down the filling date

Air in the heating circuit Remove air from the radiators add water if necessary

Fouling in the heat exchanger Get in contact with local Danfoss Sales Company

The radiator thermostat is stuck or broken Get in contact with the installer

The control valve is stuck Get in contact with local Danfoss Sales Company

Room temperature is too highie flow temperature is too high

The heat curve is not correct Check the heat curve settings

The controller in the heating circuit is brokenGet in contact with local Danfoss Sales Company

The control valve stays openclosed

511 Start-up

Check following point before start-up

Check points before start-up

Pipes are connected according to the designsDrainage valves are closedThe temperature for the domestic hot water is set to +58˚CThe outdoor temperature sensor is installed and connectedController settingsConnections are tightenedFunction of the safety valves is checked

Fill the substation with flow media and raise the pressure slowly to working pressure When starting up the substation it should be air vented The shut-off valve in the primary side on the return side is opened and the shut-off valve on the supply side is closed Air comes out by open-ing the air vent valveAfter that the operation of the substation must be observed If the substation operates according to designed parameters it can be taken into continuous use

Check points after start-up

Check temperaturesCheck pressuresThermal expansionOperation of the pumpsFlow directionsOperation of the controls

All Danfoss heat exchangers and substations have been pres-sure tested according to PED 9723EC (module H)

Make sure to give operating instructions to the users of the substation

60 Trouble shooting

Installation Guide ACS Substation

2525Danfoss District Energy VIGEK202 DEN-SMTFI

60 Trouble shooting

Problems Domestic hot water (DHW)

DHW smells bad or is coloured DHW heat exchanger has an internal leakage

Get in contact with local Danfoss Sales Company

Temperature of DHW varies more than usual

DHW control does not work or the control valve is broken

DHW control valve is too big for the existing conditions

Inadequate DHW circulation Get in contact with the installer

The filter is clogged Get in contact with the district heating distributor

The pressure difference is too bigGet in contact with local Danfoss Sales Company

Trash in the control valve

Other situations

The pump sounds strangeAir lock in the pump Stop the pump for a moment to remove the

air lock

The bearing in the pump is brokenGet in contact with the district heating distributor

The control valve has a strong whistling sound

The control valve is broken

Pressure difference is too big in the district heating network

Get in contact with the district heating distributor

Water leaks on the floor in the boiler room or the heat exchanger insulation is wet The heat exchanger has an external leakage

Get in contact with the district heating distributor andor local Danfoss Sales Company

The pressure or the temperature of district heating water differs significantly from the normal

Disruption in the district heating distribution Get in contact with the district heating distributor

The outdoor temperature is not visible on the display

The outdoor temperature sensor has been connected to the substation with the power on

Pull the substation contact plug out and reconnect it

Heating control does not work

The controller is let in rdquoManual controlrdquo mode

Set the controller to rdquoComfort moderdquo or rdquoScheduled operation moderdquo

The controller sensor or motorized control valve is broken Get in contact with local Danfoss Sales

CompanyThe control valve stays openclosed

Water in the heating circuit increases and excess water comes out through the safety valve for the expansion vessel

The heat exchanger has an internal leakageGet in contact with the district heating distributor andor with local Danfoss Sales Company

The filling valve in the heating circuit leaks into the heating circuit

Get in contact with local Danfoss Sales Company

Pressure in the heating circuit is too low The heating circuit has too little water or the ciruit has a leakage

Add water into the circuit through the filling valve Write down the filling date If this happens often get in contact with local Danfoss Sales Company

The return temperature in the heating circuit is high

The difference between district heating and heating circuit return temperatures is big

Get in contact with local Danfoss Sales Company

Installation Guide ACS Substation

26 DEN-SMTFI VIGEK202 Danfoss District Energy

Declaration of conformityPressure equip

ment in accordance w

ith the sound engineering practice

(Directive 9723EC

Article 33)

Pressure equipm

ent in hazard category I (D

irective 9723EC A

rticle 9)

Installation Guide ACS Substation

2727Danfoss District Energy VIGEK202 DEN-SMTFI

Declaration of conformity

Disposal instructionThis product should be dismantled and its components sorted if possible in various groups before recycling or disposal Always follow the local disposal regulations

Pressure equipm

ent in hazard category II - III (D

irective 9723EC A

rticle 9)

Installation Guide ACS Substation

Danfoss can accept no responsibility for possible errors in catalogues brochures and other printed material Danfoss reserves the right to alter its products without notice This also applies to products already on order provided that such alterations can be made without subsequential changes being necessary in specications already agreedAll trademarks in this material are property of the respective companies Danfoss and the Danfoss logotype are trademarks of Danfoss AS All rights reserved

Produced by Danfoss AS copy 072010

Oy Danfoss Ab middot Danfoss LPM middot Box 19 middot 79101 Leppaumlvirta middot FinlandPhone +358 403 092 200 middot Fax +358 403 092 281 middot salesdanfosscom middot wwwdanfosscom middot wwwlpmdanfossfi

General warranty conditions

1) Scope of application and warranty provider This warranty shall apply to Danfoss LPM heating substations and heat exchangers that are supplied by Oy Danfoss Ab for district heating use

2) Warranty periodThis warranty shall be in force as follows- Heating substation components 12 months from the initialization or 18 months from the delivery date

whichever period concludes earlier- Pipework parts and connectors 12 months from the initialization or 18 months from the delivery date whichever

period concludes earlier- Heat exchangers 12 months from the initialization or 18 months from the delivery date whichever period

concludes earlierA change of ownership causing transfer of goods for continued use will not terminate this warranty Product which has been repaired or replaced is not granted the new or extended warranty

3) Scope of warrantyThe guarantee covers the new component but not the costs for the assembly of the component Oy Danfoss Ab shall not be responsible for faults in cases where as can be proven the goodrsquos deteriorated quality or non-conforming applicability is obviously due to- Careless or faulty installation or repair work (such as insufficient pipe work supports the wrong operating

environment)- Exceeding the maximum pressure level (pressure shocks)- External stress (temperature mechanical stress etc)- Poor circulation water quality (does not fill the national requirements)

4) Reporting faultsThe buyer shall report any faults to Oy Danfoss Ab within 14 days from the date on which they had or should have detected the fault in question

5) Correcting faults In cases where the fault in question is covered by the warranty defined in these conditions Oy Danfoss Ab shall be obliged to correct the fault by delivering flawless goods within a reasonable period of time once a fault report has been received The liability of Oy Danfoss Ab is limited and does not cover the indirect costs and damages

6) Settling disputesThe Buyer shall be entitled to submit a warranty condition dispute to the Finnish Arbitral Tribunal for settlement All disputes will be handled in English

Oy Danfoss Ab Danfoss LPM

Oy Danfoss Ab middot Danfoss LPM

General Warranty Conditions

Please refer to Danfoss General Sales Conditions in details about sales process

Page 17: Installation Guide ACS Substation - Danfoss Heatingheating.danfoss.com/PCMPDF/VIGEK202_ACS_Inst_Guide.pdf · 5.9.6 Manual control ... DRAWING NO HE pump alarm. Installation Guide

Installation Guide ACS Substation

1717Danfoss District Energy VIGEK202 DEN-SMTFI

Saving the new curve Getting out of the menu

595 Setting up limitations for flow temperature

The flow temperature maximum limitation prevents too hot water from going into the heating circuit eg in the floor-heating system

When taking floor-heating system into use for the first time the max limitation for flow temperature can be set eg at 27degC The limitation temperature cuts off the heat curve when the tempera-ture reaches the limitLater on after the concrete slab has dried the flow temperature limitation can be raised to 45degC which is typically used in the floor-heating system

Typical max limitation in the radiator heating circuit is 90degC

Typical flow temperature limitations in different heating systems

Flow temperature

min degC max degC

Radiator heating 20 90When taking floor-heating system into use for the first time (drying up concrete slab)

20 27

Floor-heating 20 45

Setting the flow temperature max limitation

Typical flow temperature max limitation floor-heating 45degC

Setting the flow temperature min limitation

Typical flow temperature max limitation radiator heating 90degC

The heat curve display by fol-lowing the intructions in ldquo594 Setting the heat curverdquo

Installation Guide ACS Substation

18 DEN-SMTFI VIGEK202 Danfoss District Energy

Typical flow temperature max limitation When taking floor-heating system into use for the first time (drying up concrete slab) 27degC

Example display of the heat curve limiting temperature floor-heating heat curve flow temp max limitation 27degC

Getting out of the menu

The heat curve display by fol-lowing the intructions in ldquo594 Setting the heat curverdquo

Getting out of the menu

Typical flow temperature min limitation is 20degC

596 Manual control

Manual control is typically used when installing or servicing The controlled components valve pump etc can be controlled for correct function

Do not leave the controller in ldquoManual controlrdquo mode after finishing maintenance or service work The normal mode is ldquoComfort moderdquo or when using schedules ldquoScheduled operationrdquo

The valve is open

Installation Guide ACS Substation

1919Danfoss District Energy VIGEK202 DEN-SMTFI

The valve is closed

Getting away

Changing back to Comfort mode

597 Commissioning with one circuit

When commissioning the substation it might be necessary to close a circuit eg DHW circuit The circuit in question can be closed by forcing the control valve to close downThe pump has to be stopped with an operating switch

M1 P1 DHW circuit control valve and circulation pump

M2 P2 Heating circuit control valve and circulation pump

A1 Alarm relay

An example DHW circuit control valve close down

The valve is forced to close down

STOP leaves the valve in closed position

Getting out of the menu

Installation Guide ACS Substation

20 DEN-SMTFI VIGEK202 Danfoss District Energy

598 Sensor displays

Temperature and pressure information can be read on the con-troller display

All values can be found by going down the list

Getting out of the menu

599 Alarm

Alarm functions in the controller pressure alarm pump alarm and maximum temperature alarm (temperature limiting thermo-static function) As a sign of an alarm symbol appears on the display

Alarm overview shows which alarm is in question

Installation Guide ACS Substation

2121Danfoss District Energy VIGEK202 DEN-SMTFI

Pressure alarm

Max and min limitations (Alarm high Alarm low) have to adapted to the building Low X and high X values have been set based on the pressure transmitter included Do not change

Pump alarm The alarm disap-pears from the display when the pump is working again

Alarm value1=open contact (eg Wilo)0= closing contact (eg Grund-fos)

Max temperature limitation (temperature limiting thermo-static function)

Max temperature limitation can be used eg in floor-heating system as a temperature limiting thermostatic function

Getting out of the menu

In a floor-heating system the maximum temperature limita-tion can be set at 50degC

Installation Guide ACS Substation

22 DEN-SMTFI VIGEK202 Danfoss District Energy

5910 Changing the favourite display for the user

After having done the installation settings it is recommendable to change the favourite display to fit the userrsquos needs

5911 Setting the room temperature

The setting of the desired room temperature is important even if the room temperature sensor is not connected It has an effect on the temperature in your property

5912 Setting domestic hot water temperature

Changing the circuit

Installation Guide ACS Substation

2323Danfoss District Energy VIGEK202 DEN-SMTFI

Changing the desired tempera-ture Getting out of the menu

510 Basic parameters factory settings

Heating circuit

Setting Factory set-ting

Own setting Comment

Room temperature and setback temp 20 degC 16 degC

Heat curve 10 Note In a floor-heating system the typical setting is 04

Limit for heating cut-out 18 degC

Flow temperature min 20 degC

Flow temperature max 90 degC Note In a floor-heating system change the max temp to 45 degC

Proportional band Xp 85 K

Integration time constant Tn 25 s

Running time of the motorized con-trol valve

120 s

Neutral zone Nz 2 K

Pressure alarm limit max 23

Pressure alarm limit min 08

Pressure alarm timeout 30 s

Pump alarm alarm value 1 1= open contact (eg Wilo)0= closing contact (eg Grundfos)

Pump alarm timeout 20 s

Max flow temperature limitation alarm (temperature limiting thermostatic function)

90 degC Note In a floor-heating system change to 50 degC

Max flow temperature limitation alarm timeout ΔTALARM

60 s

DHW circuit Setting Factory set-

tingOwn setting Comment

DHW temperature and setback temp 58 degC 55 degC

Flow temperature min 45 degC

Flow temperature max 65 degC

Proportional band Xp 9 K

Integration time constant Tn 13 s

Running time of the motorized control valve

15 s

Neutral zone Nz 3 K

Installation Guide ACS Substation

24 DEN-SMTFI VIGEK202 Danfoss District Energy

Problems Heating

Room temperature is too lowie flow temperature is too low

Disruption in the district heating distribution

Get in contact with the district heating distributor

The filter is cloggedGet in contact with the district heating distributor or with local Danfoss Sales Company

The heat curve is not correct Check the heat curve settings

Failure in the heating circuit controls Get in contact with local Danfoss Sales Company

The circulation pump has stopped Turn the pump on check eg heat relay

Pressure in the heating circuit is too low Add water through the filling valve Write down the filling date

Air in the heating circuit Remove air from the radiators add water if necessary

Fouling in the heat exchanger Get in contact with local Danfoss Sales Company

The radiator thermostat is stuck or broken Get in contact with the installer

The control valve is stuck Get in contact with local Danfoss Sales Company

Room temperature is too highie flow temperature is too high

The heat curve is not correct Check the heat curve settings

The controller in the heating circuit is brokenGet in contact with local Danfoss Sales Company

The control valve stays openclosed

511 Start-up

Check following point before start-up

Check points before start-up

Pipes are connected according to the designsDrainage valves are closedThe temperature for the domestic hot water is set to +58˚CThe outdoor temperature sensor is installed and connectedController settingsConnections are tightenedFunction of the safety valves is checked

Fill the substation with flow media and raise the pressure slowly to working pressure When starting up the substation it should be air vented The shut-off valve in the primary side on the return side is opened and the shut-off valve on the supply side is closed Air comes out by open-ing the air vent valveAfter that the operation of the substation must be observed If the substation operates according to designed parameters it can be taken into continuous use

Check points after start-up

Check temperaturesCheck pressuresThermal expansionOperation of the pumpsFlow directionsOperation of the controls

All Danfoss heat exchangers and substations have been pres-sure tested according to PED 9723EC (module H)

Make sure to give operating instructions to the users of the substation

60 Trouble shooting

Installation Guide ACS Substation

2525Danfoss District Energy VIGEK202 DEN-SMTFI

60 Trouble shooting

Problems Domestic hot water (DHW)

DHW smells bad or is coloured DHW heat exchanger has an internal leakage

Get in contact with local Danfoss Sales Company

Temperature of DHW varies more than usual

DHW control does not work or the control valve is broken

DHW control valve is too big for the existing conditions

Inadequate DHW circulation Get in contact with the installer

The filter is clogged Get in contact with the district heating distributor

The pressure difference is too bigGet in contact with local Danfoss Sales Company

Trash in the control valve

Other situations

The pump sounds strangeAir lock in the pump Stop the pump for a moment to remove the

air lock

The bearing in the pump is brokenGet in contact with the district heating distributor

The control valve has a strong whistling sound

The control valve is broken

Pressure difference is too big in the district heating network

Get in contact with the district heating distributor

Water leaks on the floor in the boiler room or the heat exchanger insulation is wet The heat exchanger has an external leakage

Get in contact with the district heating distributor andor local Danfoss Sales Company

The pressure or the temperature of district heating water differs significantly from the normal

Disruption in the district heating distribution Get in contact with the district heating distributor

The outdoor temperature is not visible on the display

The outdoor temperature sensor has been connected to the substation with the power on

Pull the substation contact plug out and reconnect it

Heating control does not work

The controller is let in rdquoManual controlrdquo mode

Set the controller to rdquoComfort moderdquo or rdquoScheduled operation moderdquo

The controller sensor or motorized control valve is broken Get in contact with local Danfoss Sales

CompanyThe control valve stays openclosed

Water in the heating circuit increases and excess water comes out through the safety valve for the expansion vessel

The heat exchanger has an internal leakageGet in contact with the district heating distributor andor with local Danfoss Sales Company

The filling valve in the heating circuit leaks into the heating circuit

Get in contact with local Danfoss Sales Company

Pressure in the heating circuit is too low The heating circuit has too little water or the ciruit has a leakage

Add water into the circuit through the filling valve Write down the filling date If this happens often get in contact with local Danfoss Sales Company

The return temperature in the heating circuit is high

The difference between district heating and heating circuit return temperatures is big

Get in contact with local Danfoss Sales Company

Installation Guide ACS Substation

26 DEN-SMTFI VIGEK202 Danfoss District Energy

Declaration of conformityPressure equip

ment in accordance w

ith the sound engineering practice

(Directive 9723EC

Article 33)

Pressure equipm

ent in hazard category I (D

irective 9723EC A

rticle 9)

Installation Guide ACS Substation

2727Danfoss District Energy VIGEK202 DEN-SMTFI

Declaration of conformity

Disposal instructionThis product should be dismantled and its components sorted if possible in various groups before recycling or disposal Always follow the local disposal regulations

Pressure equipm

ent in hazard category II - III (D

irective 9723EC A

rticle 9)

Installation Guide ACS Substation

Danfoss can accept no responsibility for possible errors in catalogues brochures and other printed material Danfoss reserves the right to alter its products without notice This also applies to products already on order provided that such alterations can be made without subsequential changes being necessary in specications already agreedAll trademarks in this material are property of the respective companies Danfoss and the Danfoss logotype are trademarks of Danfoss AS All rights reserved

Produced by Danfoss AS copy 072010

Oy Danfoss Ab middot Danfoss LPM middot Box 19 middot 79101 Leppaumlvirta middot FinlandPhone +358 403 092 200 middot Fax +358 403 092 281 middot salesdanfosscom middot wwwdanfosscom middot wwwlpmdanfossfi

General warranty conditions

1) Scope of application and warranty provider This warranty shall apply to Danfoss LPM heating substations and heat exchangers that are supplied by Oy Danfoss Ab for district heating use

2) Warranty periodThis warranty shall be in force as follows- Heating substation components 12 months from the initialization or 18 months from the delivery date

whichever period concludes earlier- Pipework parts and connectors 12 months from the initialization or 18 months from the delivery date whichever

period concludes earlier- Heat exchangers 12 months from the initialization or 18 months from the delivery date whichever period

concludes earlierA change of ownership causing transfer of goods for continued use will not terminate this warranty Product which has been repaired or replaced is not granted the new or extended warranty

3) Scope of warrantyThe guarantee covers the new component but not the costs for the assembly of the component Oy Danfoss Ab shall not be responsible for faults in cases where as can be proven the goodrsquos deteriorated quality or non-conforming applicability is obviously due to- Careless or faulty installation or repair work (such as insufficient pipe work supports the wrong operating

environment)- Exceeding the maximum pressure level (pressure shocks)- External stress (temperature mechanical stress etc)- Poor circulation water quality (does not fill the national requirements)

4) Reporting faultsThe buyer shall report any faults to Oy Danfoss Ab within 14 days from the date on which they had or should have detected the fault in question

5) Correcting faults In cases where the fault in question is covered by the warranty defined in these conditions Oy Danfoss Ab shall be obliged to correct the fault by delivering flawless goods within a reasonable period of time once a fault report has been received The liability of Oy Danfoss Ab is limited and does not cover the indirect costs and damages

6) Settling disputesThe Buyer shall be entitled to submit a warranty condition dispute to the Finnish Arbitral Tribunal for settlement All disputes will be handled in English

Oy Danfoss Ab Danfoss LPM

Oy Danfoss Ab middot Danfoss LPM

General Warranty Conditions

Please refer to Danfoss General Sales Conditions in details about sales process

Page 18: Installation Guide ACS Substation - Danfoss Heatingheating.danfoss.com/PCMPDF/VIGEK202_ACS_Inst_Guide.pdf · 5.9.6 Manual control ... DRAWING NO HE pump alarm. Installation Guide

Installation Guide ACS Substation

18 DEN-SMTFI VIGEK202 Danfoss District Energy

Typical flow temperature max limitation When taking floor-heating system into use for the first time (drying up concrete slab) 27degC

Example display of the heat curve limiting temperature floor-heating heat curve flow temp max limitation 27degC

Getting out of the menu

The heat curve display by fol-lowing the intructions in ldquo594 Setting the heat curverdquo

Getting out of the menu

Typical flow temperature min limitation is 20degC

596 Manual control

Manual control is typically used when installing or servicing The controlled components valve pump etc can be controlled for correct function

Do not leave the controller in ldquoManual controlrdquo mode after finishing maintenance or service work The normal mode is ldquoComfort moderdquo or when using schedules ldquoScheduled operationrdquo

The valve is open

Installation Guide ACS Substation

1919Danfoss District Energy VIGEK202 DEN-SMTFI

The valve is closed

Getting away

Changing back to Comfort mode

597 Commissioning with one circuit

When commissioning the substation it might be necessary to close a circuit eg DHW circuit The circuit in question can be closed by forcing the control valve to close downThe pump has to be stopped with an operating switch

M1 P1 DHW circuit control valve and circulation pump

M2 P2 Heating circuit control valve and circulation pump

A1 Alarm relay

An example DHW circuit control valve close down

The valve is forced to close down

STOP leaves the valve in closed position

Getting out of the menu

Installation Guide ACS Substation

20 DEN-SMTFI VIGEK202 Danfoss District Energy

598 Sensor displays

Temperature and pressure information can be read on the con-troller display

All values can be found by going down the list

Getting out of the menu

599 Alarm

Alarm functions in the controller pressure alarm pump alarm and maximum temperature alarm (temperature limiting thermo-static function) As a sign of an alarm symbol appears on the display

Alarm overview shows which alarm is in question

Installation Guide ACS Substation

2121Danfoss District Energy VIGEK202 DEN-SMTFI

Pressure alarm

Max and min limitations (Alarm high Alarm low) have to adapted to the building Low X and high X values have been set based on the pressure transmitter included Do not change

Pump alarm The alarm disap-pears from the display when the pump is working again

Alarm value1=open contact (eg Wilo)0= closing contact (eg Grund-fos)

Max temperature limitation (temperature limiting thermo-static function)

Max temperature limitation can be used eg in floor-heating system as a temperature limiting thermostatic function

Getting out of the menu

In a floor-heating system the maximum temperature limita-tion can be set at 50degC

Installation Guide ACS Substation

22 DEN-SMTFI VIGEK202 Danfoss District Energy

5910 Changing the favourite display for the user

After having done the installation settings it is recommendable to change the favourite display to fit the userrsquos needs

5911 Setting the room temperature

The setting of the desired room temperature is important even if the room temperature sensor is not connected It has an effect on the temperature in your property

5912 Setting domestic hot water temperature

Changing the circuit

Installation Guide ACS Substation

2323Danfoss District Energy VIGEK202 DEN-SMTFI

Changing the desired tempera-ture Getting out of the menu

510 Basic parameters factory settings

Heating circuit

Setting Factory set-ting

Own setting Comment

Room temperature and setback temp 20 degC 16 degC

Heat curve 10 Note In a floor-heating system the typical setting is 04

Limit for heating cut-out 18 degC

Flow temperature min 20 degC

Flow temperature max 90 degC Note In a floor-heating system change the max temp to 45 degC

Proportional band Xp 85 K

Integration time constant Tn 25 s

Running time of the motorized con-trol valve

120 s

Neutral zone Nz 2 K

Pressure alarm limit max 23

Pressure alarm limit min 08

Pressure alarm timeout 30 s

Pump alarm alarm value 1 1= open contact (eg Wilo)0= closing contact (eg Grundfos)

Pump alarm timeout 20 s

Max flow temperature limitation alarm (temperature limiting thermostatic function)

90 degC Note In a floor-heating system change to 50 degC

Max flow temperature limitation alarm timeout ΔTALARM

60 s

DHW circuit Setting Factory set-

tingOwn setting Comment

DHW temperature and setback temp 58 degC 55 degC

Flow temperature min 45 degC

Flow temperature max 65 degC

Proportional band Xp 9 K

Integration time constant Tn 13 s

Running time of the motorized control valve

15 s

Neutral zone Nz 3 K

Installation Guide ACS Substation

24 DEN-SMTFI VIGEK202 Danfoss District Energy

Problems Heating

Room temperature is too lowie flow temperature is too low

Disruption in the district heating distribution

Get in contact with the district heating distributor

The filter is cloggedGet in contact with the district heating distributor or with local Danfoss Sales Company

The heat curve is not correct Check the heat curve settings

Failure in the heating circuit controls Get in contact with local Danfoss Sales Company

The circulation pump has stopped Turn the pump on check eg heat relay

Pressure in the heating circuit is too low Add water through the filling valve Write down the filling date

Air in the heating circuit Remove air from the radiators add water if necessary

Fouling in the heat exchanger Get in contact with local Danfoss Sales Company

The radiator thermostat is stuck or broken Get in contact with the installer

The control valve is stuck Get in contact with local Danfoss Sales Company

Room temperature is too highie flow temperature is too high

The heat curve is not correct Check the heat curve settings

The controller in the heating circuit is brokenGet in contact with local Danfoss Sales Company

The control valve stays openclosed

511 Start-up

Check following point before start-up

Check points before start-up

Pipes are connected according to the designsDrainage valves are closedThe temperature for the domestic hot water is set to +58˚CThe outdoor temperature sensor is installed and connectedController settingsConnections are tightenedFunction of the safety valves is checked

Fill the substation with flow media and raise the pressure slowly to working pressure When starting up the substation it should be air vented The shut-off valve in the primary side on the return side is opened and the shut-off valve on the supply side is closed Air comes out by open-ing the air vent valveAfter that the operation of the substation must be observed If the substation operates according to designed parameters it can be taken into continuous use

Check points after start-up

Check temperaturesCheck pressuresThermal expansionOperation of the pumpsFlow directionsOperation of the controls

All Danfoss heat exchangers and substations have been pres-sure tested according to PED 9723EC (module H)

Make sure to give operating instructions to the users of the substation

60 Trouble shooting

Installation Guide ACS Substation

2525Danfoss District Energy VIGEK202 DEN-SMTFI

60 Trouble shooting

Problems Domestic hot water (DHW)

DHW smells bad or is coloured DHW heat exchanger has an internal leakage

Get in contact with local Danfoss Sales Company

Temperature of DHW varies more than usual

DHW control does not work or the control valve is broken

DHW control valve is too big for the existing conditions

Inadequate DHW circulation Get in contact with the installer

The filter is clogged Get in contact with the district heating distributor

The pressure difference is too bigGet in contact with local Danfoss Sales Company

Trash in the control valve

Other situations

The pump sounds strangeAir lock in the pump Stop the pump for a moment to remove the

air lock

The bearing in the pump is brokenGet in contact with the district heating distributor

The control valve has a strong whistling sound

The control valve is broken

Pressure difference is too big in the district heating network

Get in contact with the district heating distributor

Water leaks on the floor in the boiler room or the heat exchanger insulation is wet The heat exchanger has an external leakage

Get in contact with the district heating distributor andor local Danfoss Sales Company

The pressure or the temperature of district heating water differs significantly from the normal

Disruption in the district heating distribution Get in contact with the district heating distributor

The outdoor temperature is not visible on the display

The outdoor temperature sensor has been connected to the substation with the power on

Pull the substation contact plug out and reconnect it

Heating control does not work

The controller is let in rdquoManual controlrdquo mode

Set the controller to rdquoComfort moderdquo or rdquoScheduled operation moderdquo

The controller sensor or motorized control valve is broken Get in contact with local Danfoss Sales

CompanyThe control valve stays openclosed

Water in the heating circuit increases and excess water comes out through the safety valve for the expansion vessel

The heat exchanger has an internal leakageGet in contact with the district heating distributor andor with local Danfoss Sales Company

The filling valve in the heating circuit leaks into the heating circuit

Get in contact with local Danfoss Sales Company

Pressure in the heating circuit is too low The heating circuit has too little water or the ciruit has a leakage

Add water into the circuit through the filling valve Write down the filling date If this happens often get in contact with local Danfoss Sales Company

The return temperature in the heating circuit is high

The difference between district heating and heating circuit return temperatures is big

Get in contact with local Danfoss Sales Company

Installation Guide ACS Substation

26 DEN-SMTFI VIGEK202 Danfoss District Energy

Declaration of conformityPressure equip

ment in accordance w

ith the sound engineering practice

(Directive 9723EC

Article 33)

Pressure equipm

ent in hazard category I (D

irective 9723EC A

rticle 9)

Installation Guide ACS Substation

2727Danfoss District Energy VIGEK202 DEN-SMTFI

Declaration of conformity

Disposal instructionThis product should be dismantled and its components sorted if possible in various groups before recycling or disposal Always follow the local disposal regulations

Pressure equipm

ent in hazard category II - III (D

irective 9723EC A

rticle 9)

Installation Guide ACS Substation

Danfoss can accept no responsibility for possible errors in catalogues brochures and other printed material Danfoss reserves the right to alter its products without notice This also applies to products already on order provided that such alterations can be made without subsequential changes being necessary in specications already agreedAll trademarks in this material are property of the respective companies Danfoss and the Danfoss logotype are trademarks of Danfoss AS All rights reserved

Produced by Danfoss AS copy 072010

Oy Danfoss Ab middot Danfoss LPM middot Box 19 middot 79101 Leppaumlvirta middot FinlandPhone +358 403 092 200 middot Fax +358 403 092 281 middot salesdanfosscom middot wwwdanfosscom middot wwwlpmdanfossfi

General warranty conditions

1) Scope of application and warranty provider This warranty shall apply to Danfoss LPM heating substations and heat exchangers that are supplied by Oy Danfoss Ab for district heating use

2) Warranty periodThis warranty shall be in force as follows- Heating substation components 12 months from the initialization or 18 months from the delivery date

whichever period concludes earlier- Pipework parts and connectors 12 months from the initialization or 18 months from the delivery date whichever

period concludes earlier- Heat exchangers 12 months from the initialization or 18 months from the delivery date whichever period

concludes earlierA change of ownership causing transfer of goods for continued use will not terminate this warranty Product which has been repaired or replaced is not granted the new or extended warranty

3) Scope of warrantyThe guarantee covers the new component but not the costs for the assembly of the component Oy Danfoss Ab shall not be responsible for faults in cases where as can be proven the goodrsquos deteriorated quality or non-conforming applicability is obviously due to- Careless or faulty installation or repair work (such as insufficient pipe work supports the wrong operating

environment)- Exceeding the maximum pressure level (pressure shocks)- External stress (temperature mechanical stress etc)- Poor circulation water quality (does not fill the national requirements)

4) Reporting faultsThe buyer shall report any faults to Oy Danfoss Ab within 14 days from the date on which they had or should have detected the fault in question

5) Correcting faults In cases where the fault in question is covered by the warranty defined in these conditions Oy Danfoss Ab shall be obliged to correct the fault by delivering flawless goods within a reasonable period of time once a fault report has been received The liability of Oy Danfoss Ab is limited and does not cover the indirect costs and damages

6) Settling disputesThe Buyer shall be entitled to submit a warranty condition dispute to the Finnish Arbitral Tribunal for settlement All disputes will be handled in English

Oy Danfoss Ab Danfoss LPM

Oy Danfoss Ab middot Danfoss LPM

General Warranty Conditions

Please refer to Danfoss General Sales Conditions in details about sales process

Page 19: Installation Guide ACS Substation - Danfoss Heatingheating.danfoss.com/PCMPDF/VIGEK202_ACS_Inst_Guide.pdf · 5.9.6 Manual control ... DRAWING NO HE pump alarm. Installation Guide

Installation Guide ACS Substation

1919Danfoss District Energy VIGEK202 DEN-SMTFI

The valve is closed

Getting away

Changing back to Comfort mode

597 Commissioning with one circuit

When commissioning the substation it might be necessary to close a circuit eg DHW circuit The circuit in question can be closed by forcing the control valve to close downThe pump has to be stopped with an operating switch

M1 P1 DHW circuit control valve and circulation pump

M2 P2 Heating circuit control valve and circulation pump

A1 Alarm relay

An example DHW circuit control valve close down

The valve is forced to close down

STOP leaves the valve in closed position

Getting out of the menu

Installation Guide ACS Substation

20 DEN-SMTFI VIGEK202 Danfoss District Energy

598 Sensor displays

Temperature and pressure information can be read on the con-troller display

All values can be found by going down the list

Getting out of the menu

599 Alarm

Alarm functions in the controller pressure alarm pump alarm and maximum temperature alarm (temperature limiting thermo-static function) As a sign of an alarm symbol appears on the display

Alarm overview shows which alarm is in question

Installation Guide ACS Substation

2121Danfoss District Energy VIGEK202 DEN-SMTFI

Pressure alarm

Max and min limitations (Alarm high Alarm low) have to adapted to the building Low X and high X values have been set based on the pressure transmitter included Do not change

Pump alarm The alarm disap-pears from the display when the pump is working again

Alarm value1=open contact (eg Wilo)0= closing contact (eg Grund-fos)

Max temperature limitation (temperature limiting thermo-static function)

Max temperature limitation can be used eg in floor-heating system as a temperature limiting thermostatic function

Getting out of the menu

In a floor-heating system the maximum temperature limita-tion can be set at 50degC

Installation Guide ACS Substation

22 DEN-SMTFI VIGEK202 Danfoss District Energy

5910 Changing the favourite display for the user

After having done the installation settings it is recommendable to change the favourite display to fit the userrsquos needs

5911 Setting the room temperature

The setting of the desired room temperature is important even if the room temperature sensor is not connected It has an effect on the temperature in your property

5912 Setting domestic hot water temperature

Changing the circuit

Installation Guide ACS Substation

2323Danfoss District Energy VIGEK202 DEN-SMTFI

Changing the desired tempera-ture Getting out of the menu

510 Basic parameters factory settings

Heating circuit

Setting Factory set-ting

Own setting Comment

Room temperature and setback temp 20 degC 16 degC

Heat curve 10 Note In a floor-heating system the typical setting is 04

Limit for heating cut-out 18 degC

Flow temperature min 20 degC

Flow temperature max 90 degC Note In a floor-heating system change the max temp to 45 degC

Proportional band Xp 85 K

Integration time constant Tn 25 s

Running time of the motorized con-trol valve

120 s

Neutral zone Nz 2 K

Pressure alarm limit max 23

Pressure alarm limit min 08

Pressure alarm timeout 30 s

Pump alarm alarm value 1 1= open contact (eg Wilo)0= closing contact (eg Grundfos)

Pump alarm timeout 20 s

Max flow temperature limitation alarm (temperature limiting thermostatic function)

90 degC Note In a floor-heating system change to 50 degC

Max flow temperature limitation alarm timeout ΔTALARM

60 s

DHW circuit Setting Factory set-

tingOwn setting Comment

DHW temperature and setback temp 58 degC 55 degC

Flow temperature min 45 degC

Flow temperature max 65 degC

Proportional band Xp 9 K

Integration time constant Tn 13 s

Running time of the motorized control valve

15 s

Neutral zone Nz 3 K

Installation Guide ACS Substation

24 DEN-SMTFI VIGEK202 Danfoss District Energy

Problems Heating

Room temperature is too lowie flow temperature is too low

Disruption in the district heating distribution

Get in contact with the district heating distributor

The filter is cloggedGet in contact with the district heating distributor or with local Danfoss Sales Company

The heat curve is not correct Check the heat curve settings

Failure in the heating circuit controls Get in contact with local Danfoss Sales Company

The circulation pump has stopped Turn the pump on check eg heat relay

Pressure in the heating circuit is too low Add water through the filling valve Write down the filling date

Air in the heating circuit Remove air from the radiators add water if necessary

Fouling in the heat exchanger Get in contact with local Danfoss Sales Company

The radiator thermostat is stuck or broken Get in contact with the installer

The control valve is stuck Get in contact with local Danfoss Sales Company

Room temperature is too highie flow temperature is too high

The heat curve is not correct Check the heat curve settings

The controller in the heating circuit is brokenGet in contact with local Danfoss Sales Company

The control valve stays openclosed

511 Start-up

Check following point before start-up

Check points before start-up

Pipes are connected according to the designsDrainage valves are closedThe temperature for the domestic hot water is set to +58˚CThe outdoor temperature sensor is installed and connectedController settingsConnections are tightenedFunction of the safety valves is checked

Fill the substation with flow media and raise the pressure slowly to working pressure When starting up the substation it should be air vented The shut-off valve in the primary side on the return side is opened and the shut-off valve on the supply side is closed Air comes out by open-ing the air vent valveAfter that the operation of the substation must be observed If the substation operates according to designed parameters it can be taken into continuous use

Check points after start-up

Check temperaturesCheck pressuresThermal expansionOperation of the pumpsFlow directionsOperation of the controls

All Danfoss heat exchangers and substations have been pres-sure tested according to PED 9723EC (module H)

Make sure to give operating instructions to the users of the substation

60 Trouble shooting

Installation Guide ACS Substation

2525Danfoss District Energy VIGEK202 DEN-SMTFI

60 Trouble shooting

Problems Domestic hot water (DHW)

DHW smells bad or is coloured DHW heat exchanger has an internal leakage

Get in contact with local Danfoss Sales Company

Temperature of DHW varies more than usual

DHW control does not work or the control valve is broken

DHW control valve is too big for the existing conditions

Inadequate DHW circulation Get in contact with the installer

The filter is clogged Get in contact with the district heating distributor

The pressure difference is too bigGet in contact with local Danfoss Sales Company

Trash in the control valve

Other situations

The pump sounds strangeAir lock in the pump Stop the pump for a moment to remove the

air lock

The bearing in the pump is brokenGet in contact with the district heating distributor

The control valve has a strong whistling sound

The control valve is broken

Pressure difference is too big in the district heating network

Get in contact with the district heating distributor

Water leaks on the floor in the boiler room or the heat exchanger insulation is wet The heat exchanger has an external leakage

Get in contact with the district heating distributor andor local Danfoss Sales Company

The pressure or the temperature of district heating water differs significantly from the normal

Disruption in the district heating distribution Get in contact with the district heating distributor

The outdoor temperature is not visible on the display

The outdoor temperature sensor has been connected to the substation with the power on

Pull the substation contact plug out and reconnect it

Heating control does not work

The controller is let in rdquoManual controlrdquo mode

Set the controller to rdquoComfort moderdquo or rdquoScheduled operation moderdquo

The controller sensor or motorized control valve is broken Get in contact with local Danfoss Sales

CompanyThe control valve stays openclosed

Water in the heating circuit increases and excess water comes out through the safety valve for the expansion vessel

The heat exchanger has an internal leakageGet in contact with the district heating distributor andor with local Danfoss Sales Company

The filling valve in the heating circuit leaks into the heating circuit

Get in contact with local Danfoss Sales Company

Pressure in the heating circuit is too low The heating circuit has too little water or the ciruit has a leakage

Add water into the circuit through the filling valve Write down the filling date If this happens often get in contact with local Danfoss Sales Company

The return temperature in the heating circuit is high

The difference between district heating and heating circuit return temperatures is big

Get in contact with local Danfoss Sales Company

Installation Guide ACS Substation

26 DEN-SMTFI VIGEK202 Danfoss District Energy

Declaration of conformityPressure equip

ment in accordance w

ith the sound engineering practice

(Directive 9723EC

Article 33)

Pressure equipm

ent in hazard category I (D

irective 9723EC A

rticle 9)

Installation Guide ACS Substation

2727Danfoss District Energy VIGEK202 DEN-SMTFI

Declaration of conformity

Disposal instructionThis product should be dismantled and its components sorted if possible in various groups before recycling or disposal Always follow the local disposal regulations

Pressure equipm

ent in hazard category II - III (D

irective 9723EC A

rticle 9)

Installation Guide ACS Substation

Danfoss can accept no responsibility for possible errors in catalogues brochures and other printed material Danfoss reserves the right to alter its products without notice This also applies to products already on order provided that such alterations can be made without subsequential changes being necessary in specications already agreedAll trademarks in this material are property of the respective companies Danfoss and the Danfoss logotype are trademarks of Danfoss AS All rights reserved

Produced by Danfoss AS copy 072010

Oy Danfoss Ab middot Danfoss LPM middot Box 19 middot 79101 Leppaumlvirta middot FinlandPhone +358 403 092 200 middot Fax +358 403 092 281 middot salesdanfosscom middot wwwdanfosscom middot wwwlpmdanfossfi

General warranty conditions

1) Scope of application and warranty provider This warranty shall apply to Danfoss LPM heating substations and heat exchangers that are supplied by Oy Danfoss Ab for district heating use

2) Warranty periodThis warranty shall be in force as follows- Heating substation components 12 months from the initialization or 18 months from the delivery date

whichever period concludes earlier- Pipework parts and connectors 12 months from the initialization or 18 months from the delivery date whichever

period concludes earlier- Heat exchangers 12 months from the initialization or 18 months from the delivery date whichever period

concludes earlierA change of ownership causing transfer of goods for continued use will not terminate this warranty Product which has been repaired or replaced is not granted the new or extended warranty

3) Scope of warrantyThe guarantee covers the new component but not the costs for the assembly of the component Oy Danfoss Ab shall not be responsible for faults in cases where as can be proven the goodrsquos deteriorated quality or non-conforming applicability is obviously due to- Careless or faulty installation or repair work (such as insufficient pipe work supports the wrong operating

environment)- Exceeding the maximum pressure level (pressure shocks)- External stress (temperature mechanical stress etc)- Poor circulation water quality (does not fill the national requirements)

4) Reporting faultsThe buyer shall report any faults to Oy Danfoss Ab within 14 days from the date on which they had or should have detected the fault in question

5) Correcting faults In cases where the fault in question is covered by the warranty defined in these conditions Oy Danfoss Ab shall be obliged to correct the fault by delivering flawless goods within a reasonable period of time once a fault report has been received The liability of Oy Danfoss Ab is limited and does not cover the indirect costs and damages

6) Settling disputesThe Buyer shall be entitled to submit a warranty condition dispute to the Finnish Arbitral Tribunal for settlement All disputes will be handled in English

Oy Danfoss Ab Danfoss LPM

Oy Danfoss Ab middot Danfoss LPM

General Warranty Conditions

Please refer to Danfoss General Sales Conditions in details about sales process

Page 20: Installation Guide ACS Substation - Danfoss Heatingheating.danfoss.com/PCMPDF/VIGEK202_ACS_Inst_Guide.pdf · 5.9.6 Manual control ... DRAWING NO HE pump alarm. Installation Guide

Installation Guide ACS Substation

20 DEN-SMTFI VIGEK202 Danfoss District Energy

598 Sensor displays

Temperature and pressure information can be read on the con-troller display

All values can be found by going down the list

Getting out of the menu

599 Alarm

Alarm functions in the controller pressure alarm pump alarm and maximum temperature alarm (temperature limiting thermo-static function) As a sign of an alarm symbol appears on the display

Alarm overview shows which alarm is in question

Installation Guide ACS Substation

2121Danfoss District Energy VIGEK202 DEN-SMTFI

Pressure alarm

Max and min limitations (Alarm high Alarm low) have to adapted to the building Low X and high X values have been set based on the pressure transmitter included Do not change

Pump alarm The alarm disap-pears from the display when the pump is working again

Alarm value1=open contact (eg Wilo)0= closing contact (eg Grund-fos)

Max temperature limitation (temperature limiting thermo-static function)

Max temperature limitation can be used eg in floor-heating system as a temperature limiting thermostatic function

Getting out of the menu

In a floor-heating system the maximum temperature limita-tion can be set at 50degC

Installation Guide ACS Substation

22 DEN-SMTFI VIGEK202 Danfoss District Energy

5910 Changing the favourite display for the user

After having done the installation settings it is recommendable to change the favourite display to fit the userrsquos needs

5911 Setting the room temperature

The setting of the desired room temperature is important even if the room temperature sensor is not connected It has an effect on the temperature in your property

5912 Setting domestic hot water temperature

Changing the circuit

Installation Guide ACS Substation

2323Danfoss District Energy VIGEK202 DEN-SMTFI

Changing the desired tempera-ture Getting out of the menu

510 Basic parameters factory settings

Heating circuit

Setting Factory set-ting

Own setting Comment

Room temperature and setback temp 20 degC 16 degC

Heat curve 10 Note In a floor-heating system the typical setting is 04

Limit for heating cut-out 18 degC

Flow temperature min 20 degC

Flow temperature max 90 degC Note In a floor-heating system change the max temp to 45 degC

Proportional band Xp 85 K

Integration time constant Tn 25 s

Running time of the motorized con-trol valve

120 s

Neutral zone Nz 2 K

Pressure alarm limit max 23

Pressure alarm limit min 08

Pressure alarm timeout 30 s

Pump alarm alarm value 1 1= open contact (eg Wilo)0= closing contact (eg Grundfos)

Pump alarm timeout 20 s

Max flow temperature limitation alarm (temperature limiting thermostatic function)

90 degC Note In a floor-heating system change to 50 degC

Max flow temperature limitation alarm timeout ΔTALARM

60 s

DHW circuit Setting Factory set-

tingOwn setting Comment

DHW temperature and setback temp 58 degC 55 degC

Flow temperature min 45 degC

Flow temperature max 65 degC

Proportional band Xp 9 K

Integration time constant Tn 13 s

Running time of the motorized control valve

15 s

Neutral zone Nz 3 K

Installation Guide ACS Substation

24 DEN-SMTFI VIGEK202 Danfoss District Energy

Problems Heating

Room temperature is too lowie flow temperature is too low

Disruption in the district heating distribution

Get in contact with the district heating distributor

The filter is cloggedGet in contact with the district heating distributor or with local Danfoss Sales Company

The heat curve is not correct Check the heat curve settings

Failure in the heating circuit controls Get in contact with local Danfoss Sales Company

The circulation pump has stopped Turn the pump on check eg heat relay

Pressure in the heating circuit is too low Add water through the filling valve Write down the filling date

Air in the heating circuit Remove air from the radiators add water if necessary

Fouling in the heat exchanger Get in contact with local Danfoss Sales Company

The radiator thermostat is stuck or broken Get in contact with the installer

The control valve is stuck Get in contact with local Danfoss Sales Company

Room temperature is too highie flow temperature is too high

The heat curve is not correct Check the heat curve settings

The controller in the heating circuit is brokenGet in contact with local Danfoss Sales Company

The control valve stays openclosed

511 Start-up

Check following point before start-up

Check points before start-up

Pipes are connected according to the designsDrainage valves are closedThe temperature for the domestic hot water is set to +58˚CThe outdoor temperature sensor is installed and connectedController settingsConnections are tightenedFunction of the safety valves is checked

Fill the substation with flow media and raise the pressure slowly to working pressure When starting up the substation it should be air vented The shut-off valve in the primary side on the return side is opened and the shut-off valve on the supply side is closed Air comes out by open-ing the air vent valveAfter that the operation of the substation must be observed If the substation operates according to designed parameters it can be taken into continuous use

Check points after start-up

Check temperaturesCheck pressuresThermal expansionOperation of the pumpsFlow directionsOperation of the controls

All Danfoss heat exchangers and substations have been pres-sure tested according to PED 9723EC (module H)

Make sure to give operating instructions to the users of the substation

60 Trouble shooting

Installation Guide ACS Substation

2525Danfoss District Energy VIGEK202 DEN-SMTFI

60 Trouble shooting

Problems Domestic hot water (DHW)

DHW smells bad or is coloured DHW heat exchanger has an internal leakage

Get in contact with local Danfoss Sales Company

Temperature of DHW varies more than usual

DHW control does not work or the control valve is broken

DHW control valve is too big for the existing conditions

Inadequate DHW circulation Get in contact with the installer

The filter is clogged Get in contact with the district heating distributor

The pressure difference is too bigGet in contact with local Danfoss Sales Company

Trash in the control valve

Other situations

The pump sounds strangeAir lock in the pump Stop the pump for a moment to remove the

air lock

The bearing in the pump is brokenGet in contact with the district heating distributor

The control valve has a strong whistling sound

The control valve is broken

Pressure difference is too big in the district heating network

Get in contact with the district heating distributor

Water leaks on the floor in the boiler room or the heat exchanger insulation is wet The heat exchanger has an external leakage

Get in contact with the district heating distributor andor local Danfoss Sales Company

The pressure or the temperature of district heating water differs significantly from the normal

Disruption in the district heating distribution Get in contact with the district heating distributor

The outdoor temperature is not visible on the display

The outdoor temperature sensor has been connected to the substation with the power on

Pull the substation contact plug out and reconnect it

Heating control does not work

The controller is let in rdquoManual controlrdquo mode

Set the controller to rdquoComfort moderdquo or rdquoScheduled operation moderdquo

The controller sensor or motorized control valve is broken Get in contact with local Danfoss Sales

CompanyThe control valve stays openclosed

Water in the heating circuit increases and excess water comes out through the safety valve for the expansion vessel

The heat exchanger has an internal leakageGet in contact with the district heating distributor andor with local Danfoss Sales Company

The filling valve in the heating circuit leaks into the heating circuit

Get in contact with local Danfoss Sales Company

Pressure in the heating circuit is too low The heating circuit has too little water or the ciruit has a leakage

Add water into the circuit through the filling valve Write down the filling date If this happens often get in contact with local Danfoss Sales Company

The return temperature in the heating circuit is high

The difference between district heating and heating circuit return temperatures is big

Get in contact with local Danfoss Sales Company

Installation Guide ACS Substation

26 DEN-SMTFI VIGEK202 Danfoss District Energy

Declaration of conformityPressure equip

ment in accordance w

ith the sound engineering practice

(Directive 9723EC

Article 33)

Pressure equipm

ent in hazard category I (D

irective 9723EC A

rticle 9)

Installation Guide ACS Substation

2727Danfoss District Energy VIGEK202 DEN-SMTFI

Declaration of conformity

Disposal instructionThis product should be dismantled and its components sorted if possible in various groups before recycling or disposal Always follow the local disposal regulations

Pressure equipm

ent in hazard category II - III (D

irective 9723EC A

rticle 9)

Installation Guide ACS Substation

Danfoss can accept no responsibility for possible errors in catalogues brochures and other printed material Danfoss reserves the right to alter its products without notice This also applies to products already on order provided that such alterations can be made without subsequential changes being necessary in specications already agreedAll trademarks in this material are property of the respective companies Danfoss and the Danfoss logotype are trademarks of Danfoss AS All rights reserved

Produced by Danfoss AS copy 072010

Oy Danfoss Ab middot Danfoss LPM middot Box 19 middot 79101 Leppaumlvirta middot FinlandPhone +358 403 092 200 middot Fax +358 403 092 281 middot salesdanfosscom middot wwwdanfosscom middot wwwlpmdanfossfi

General warranty conditions

1) Scope of application and warranty provider This warranty shall apply to Danfoss LPM heating substations and heat exchangers that are supplied by Oy Danfoss Ab for district heating use

2) Warranty periodThis warranty shall be in force as follows- Heating substation components 12 months from the initialization or 18 months from the delivery date

whichever period concludes earlier- Pipework parts and connectors 12 months from the initialization or 18 months from the delivery date whichever

period concludes earlier- Heat exchangers 12 months from the initialization or 18 months from the delivery date whichever period

concludes earlierA change of ownership causing transfer of goods for continued use will not terminate this warranty Product which has been repaired or replaced is not granted the new or extended warranty

3) Scope of warrantyThe guarantee covers the new component but not the costs for the assembly of the component Oy Danfoss Ab shall not be responsible for faults in cases where as can be proven the goodrsquos deteriorated quality or non-conforming applicability is obviously due to- Careless or faulty installation or repair work (such as insufficient pipe work supports the wrong operating

environment)- Exceeding the maximum pressure level (pressure shocks)- External stress (temperature mechanical stress etc)- Poor circulation water quality (does not fill the national requirements)

4) Reporting faultsThe buyer shall report any faults to Oy Danfoss Ab within 14 days from the date on which they had or should have detected the fault in question

5) Correcting faults In cases where the fault in question is covered by the warranty defined in these conditions Oy Danfoss Ab shall be obliged to correct the fault by delivering flawless goods within a reasonable period of time once a fault report has been received The liability of Oy Danfoss Ab is limited and does not cover the indirect costs and damages

6) Settling disputesThe Buyer shall be entitled to submit a warranty condition dispute to the Finnish Arbitral Tribunal for settlement All disputes will be handled in English

Oy Danfoss Ab Danfoss LPM

Oy Danfoss Ab middot Danfoss LPM

General Warranty Conditions

Please refer to Danfoss General Sales Conditions in details about sales process

Page 21: Installation Guide ACS Substation - Danfoss Heatingheating.danfoss.com/PCMPDF/VIGEK202_ACS_Inst_Guide.pdf · 5.9.6 Manual control ... DRAWING NO HE pump alarm. Installation Guide

Installation Guide ACS Substation

2121Danfoss District Energy VIGEK202 DEN-SMTFI

Pressure alarm

Max and min limitations (Alarm high Alarm low) have to adapted to the building Low X and high X values have been set based on the pressure transmitter included Do not change

Pump alarm The alarm disap-pears from the display when the pump is working again

Alarm value1=open contact (eg Wilo)0= closing contact (eg Grund-fos)

Max temperature limitation (temperature limiting thermo-static function)

Max temperature limitation can be used eg in floor-heating system as a temperature limiting thermostatic function

Getting out of the menu

In a floor-heating system the maximum temperature limita-tion can be set at 50degC

Installation Guide ACS Substation

22 DEN-SMTFI VIGEK202 Danfoss District Energy

5910 Changing the favourite display for the user

After having done the installation settings it is recommendable to change the favourite display to fit the userrsquos needs

5911 Setting the room temperature

The setting of the desired room temperature is important even if the room temperature sensor is not connected It has an effect on the temperature in your property

5912 Setting domestic hot water temperature

Changing the circuit

Installation Guide ACS Substation

2323Danfoss District Energy VIGEK202 DEN-SMTFI

Changing the desired tempera-ture Getting out of the menu

510 Basic parameters factory settings

Heating circuit

Setting Factory set-ting

Own setting Comment

Room temperature and setback temp 20 degC 16 degC

Heat curve 10 Note In a floor-heating system the typical setting is 04

Limit for heating cut-out 18 degC

Flow temperature min 20 degC

Flow temperature max 90 degC Note In a floor-heating system change the max temp to 45 degC

Proportional band Xp 85 K

Integration time constant Tn 25 s

Running time of the motorized con-trol valve

120 s

Neutral zone Nz 2 K

Pressure alarm limit max 23

Pressure alarm limit min 08

Pressure alarm timeout 30 s

Pump alarm alarm value 1 1= open contact (eg Wilo)0= closing contact (eg Grundfos)

Pump alarm timeout 20 s

Max flow temperature limitation alarm (temperature limiting thermostatic function)

90 degC Note In a floor-heating system change to 50 degC

Max flow temperature limitation alarm timeout ΔTALARM

60 s

DHW circuit Setting Factory set-

tingOwn setting Comment

DHW temperature and setback temp 58 degC 55 degC

Flow temperature min 45 degC

Flow temperature max 65 degC

Proportional band Xp 9 K

Integration time constant Tn 13 s

Running time of the motorized control valve

15 s

Neutral zone Nz 3 K

Installation Guide ACS Substation

24 DEN-SMTFI VIGEK202 Danfoss District Energy

Problems Heating

Room temperature is too lowie flow temperature is too low

Disruption in the district heating distribution

Get in contact with the district heating distributor

The filter is cloggedGet in contact with the district heating distributor or with local Danfoss Sales Company

The heat curve is not correct Check the heat curve settings

Failure in the heating circuit controls Get in contact with local Danfoss Sales Company

The circulation pump has stopped Turn the pump on check eg heat relay

Pressure in the heating circuit is too low Add water through the filling valve Write down the filling date

Air in the heating circuit Remove air from the radiators add water if necessary

Fouling in the heat exchanger Get in contact with local Danfoss Sales Company

The radiator thermostat is stuck or broken Get in contact with the installer

The control valve is stuck Get in contact with local Danfoss Sales Company

Room temperature is too highie flow temperature is too high

The heat curve is not correct Check the heat curve settings

The controller in the heating circuit is brokenGet in contact with local Danfoss Sales Company

The control valve stays openclosed

511 Start-up

Check following point before start-up

Check points before start-up

Pipes are connected according to the designsDrainage valves are closedThe temperature for the domestic hot water is set to +58˚CThe outdoor temperature sensor is installed and connectedController settingsConnections are tightenedFunction of the safety valves is checked

Fill the substation with flow media and raise the pressure slowly to working pressure When starting up the substation it should be air vented The shut-off valve in the primary side on the return side is opened and the shut-off valve on the supply side is closed Air comes out by open-ing the air vent valveAfter that the operation of the substation must be observed If the substation operates according to designed parameters it can be taken into continuous use

Check points after start-up

Check temperaturesCheck pressuresThermal expansionOperation of the pumpsFlow directionsOperation of the controls

All Danfoss heat exchangers and substations have been pres-sure tested according to PED 9723EC (module H)

Make sure to give operating instructions to the users of the substation

60 Trouble shooting

Installation Guide ACS Substation

2525Danfoss District Energy VIGEK202 DEN-SMTFI

60 Trouble shooting

Problems Domestic hot water (DHW)

DHW smells bad or is coloured DHW heat exchanger has an internal leakage

Get in contact with local Danfoss Sales Company

Temperature of DHW varies more than usual

DHW control does not work or the control valve is broken

DHW control valve is too big for the existing conditions

Inadequate DHW circulation Get in contact with the installer

The filter is clogged Get in contact with the district heating distributor

The pressure difference is too bigGet in contact with local Danfoss Sales Company

Trash in the control valve

Other situations

The pump sounds strangeAir lock in the pump Stop the pump for a moment to remove the

air lock

The bearing in the pump is brokenGet in contact with the district heating distributor

The control valve has a strong whistling sound

The control valve is broken

Pressure difference is too big in the district heating network

Get in contact with the district heating distributor

Water leaks on the floor in the boiler room or the heat exchanger insulation is wet The heat exchanger has an external leakage

Get in contact with the district heating distributor andor local Danfoss Sales Company

The pressure or the temperature of district heating water differs significantly from the normal

Disruption in the district heating distribution Get in contact with the district heating distributor

The outdoor temperature is not visible on the display

The outdoor temperature sensor has been connected to the substation with the power on

Pull the substation contact plug out and reconnect it

Heating control does not work

The controller is let in rdquoManual controlrdquo mode

Set the controller to rdquoComfort moderdquo or rdquoScheduled operation moderdquo

The controller sensor or motorized control valve is broken Get in contact with local Danfoss Sales

CompanyThe control valve stays openclosed

Water in the heating circuit increases and excess water comes out through the safety valve for the expansion vessel

The heat exchanger has an internal leakageGet in contact with the district heating distributor andor with local Danfoss Sales Company

The filling valve in the heating circuit leaks into the heating circuit

Get in contact with local Danfoss Sales Company

Pressure in the heating circuit is too low The heating circuit has too little water or the ciruit has a leakage

Add water into the circuit through the filling valve Write down the filling date If this happens often get in contact with local Danfoss Sales Company

The return temperature in the heating circuit is high

The difference between district heating and heating circuit return temperatures is big

Get in contact with local Danfoss Sales Company

Installation Guide ACS Substation

26 DEN-SMTFI VIGEK202 Danfoss District Energy

Declaration of conformityPressure equip

ment in accordance w

ith the sound engineering practice

(Directive 9723EC

Article 33)

Pressure equipm

ent in hazard category I (D

irective 9723EC A

rticle 9)

Installation Guide ACS Substation

2727Danfoss District Energy VIGEK202 DEN-SMTFI

Declaration of conformity

Disposal instructionThis product should be dismantled and its components sorted if possible in various groups before recycling or disposal Always follow the local disposal regulations

Pressure equipm

ent in hazard category II - III (D

irective 9723EC A

rticle 9)

Installation Guide ACS Substation

Danfoss can accept no responsibility for possible errors in catalogues brochures and other printed material Danfoss reserves the right to alter its products without notice This also applies to products already on order provided that such alterations can be made without subsequential changes being necessary in specications already agreedAll trademarks in this material are property of the respective companies Danfoss and the Danfoss logotype are trademarks of Danfoss AS All rights reserved

Produced by Danfoss AS copy 072010

Oy Danfoss Ab middot Danfoss LPM middot Box 19 middot 79101 Leppaumlvirta middot FinlandPhone +358 403 092 200 middot Fax +358 403 092 281 middot salesdanfosscom middot wwwdanfosscom middot wwwlpmdanfossfi

General warranty conditions

1) Scope of application and warranty provider This warranty shall apply to Danfoss LPM heating substations and heat exchangers that are supplied by Oy Danfoss Ab for district heating use

2) Warranty periodThis warranty shall be in force as follows- Heating substation components 12 months from the initialization or 18 months from the delivery date

whichever period concludes earlier- Pipework parts and connectors 12 months from the initialization or 18 months from the delivery date whichever

period concludes earlier- Heat exchangers 12 months from the initialization or 18 months from the delivery date whichever period

concludes earlierA change of ownership causing transfer of goods for continued use will not terminate this warranty Product which has been repaired or replaced is not granted the new or extended warranty

3) Scope of warrantyThe guarantee covers the new component but not the costs for the assembly of the component Oy Danfoss Ab shall not be responsible for faults in cases where as can be proven the goodrsquos deteriorated quality or non-conforming applicability is obviously due to- Careless or faulty installation or repair work (such as insufficient pipe work supports the wrong operating

environment)- Exceeding the maximum pressure level (pressure shocks)- External stress (temperature mechanical stress etc)- Poor circulation water quality (does not fill the national requirements)

4) Reporting faultsThe buyer shall report any faults to Oy Danfoss Ab within 14 days from the date on which they had or should have detected the fault in question

5) Correcting faults In cases where the fault in question is covered by the warranty defined in these conditions Oy Danfoss Ab shall be obliged to correct the fault by delivering flawless goods within a reasonable period of time once a fault report has been received The liability of Oy Danfoss Ab is limited and does not cover the indirect costs and damages

6) Settling disputesThe Buyer shall be entitled to submit a warranty condition dispute to the Finnish Arbitral Tribunal for settlement All disputes will be handled in English

Oy Danfoss Ab Danfoss LPM

Oy Danfoss Ab middot Danfoss LPM

General Warranty Conditions

Please refer to Danfoss General Sales Conditions in details about sales process

Page 22: Installation Guide ACS Substation - Danfoss Heatingheating.danfoss.com/PCMPDF/VIGEK202_ACS_Inst_Guide.pdf · 5.9.6 Manual control ... DRAWING NO HE pump alarm. Installation Guide

Installation Guide ACS Substation

22 DEN-SMTFI VIGEK202 Danfoss District Energy

5910 Changing the favourite display for the user

After having done the installation settings it is recommendable to change the favourite display to fit the userrsquos needs

5911 Setting the room temperature

The setting of the desired room temperature is important even if the room temperature sensor is not connected It has an effect on the temperature in your property

5912 Setting domestic hot water temperature

Changing the circuit

Installation Guide ACS Substation

2323Danfoss District Energy VIGEK202 DEN-SMTFI

Changing the desired tempera-ture Getting out of the menu

510 Basic parameters factory settings

Heating circuit

Setting Factory set-ting

Own setting Comment

Room temperature and setback temp 20 degC 16 degC

Heat curve 10 Note In a floor-heating system the typical setting is 04

Limit for heating cut-out 18 degC

Flow temperature min 20 degC

Flow temperature max 90 degC Note In a floor-heating system change the max temp to 45 degC

Proportional band Xp 85 K

Integration time constant Tn 25 s

Running time of the motorized con-trol valve

120 s

Neutral zone Nz 2 K

Pressure alarm limit max 23

Pressure alarm limit min 08

Pressure alarm timeout 30 s

Pump alarm alarm value 1 1= open contact (eg Wilo)0= closing contact (eg Grundfos)

Pump alarm timeout 20 s

Max flow temperature limitation alarm (temperature limiting thermostatic function)

90 degC Note In a floor-heating system change to 50 degC

Max flow temperature limitation alarm timeout ΔTALARM

60 s

DHW circuit Setting Factory set-

tingOwn setting Comment

DHW temperature and setback temp 58 degC 55 degC

Flow temperature min 45 degC

Flow temperature max 65 degC

Proportional band Xp 9 K

Integration time constant Tn 13 s

Running time of the motorized control valve

15 s

Neutral zone Nz 3 K

Installation Guide ACS Substation

24 DEN-SMTFI VIGEK202 Danfoss District Energy

Problems Heating

Room temperature is too lowie flow temperature is too low

Disruption in the district heating distribution

Get in contact with the district heating distributor

The filter is cloggedGet in contact with the district heating distributor or with local Danfoss Sales Company

The heat curve is not correct Check the heat curve settings

Failure in the heating circuit controls Get in contact with local Danfoss Sales Company

The circulation pump has stopped Turn the pump on check eg heat relay

Pressure in the heating circuit is too low Add water through the filling valve Write down the filling date

Air in the heating circuit Remove air from the radiators add water if necessary

Fouling in the heat exchanger Get in contact with local Danfoss Sales Company

The radiator thermostat is stuck or broken Get in contact with the installer

The control valve is stuck Get in contact with local Danfoss Sales Company

Room temperature is too highie flow temperature is too high

The heat curve is not correct Check the heat curve settings

The controller in the heating circuit is brokenGet in contact with local Danfoss Sales Company

The control valve stays openclosed

511 Start-up

Check following point before start-up

Check points before start-up

Pipes are connected according to the designsDrainage valves are closedThe temperature for the domestic hot water is set to +58˚CThe outdoor temperature sensor is installed and connectedController settingsConnections are tightenedFunction of the safety valves is checked

Fill the substation with flow media and raise the pressure slowly to working pressure When starting up the substation it should be air vented The shut-off valve in the primary side on the return side is opened and the shut-off valve on the supply side is closed Air comes out by open-ing the air vent valveAfter that the operation of the substation must be observed If the substation operates according to designed parameters it can be taken into continuous use

Check points after start-up

Check temperaturesCheck pressuresThermal expansionOperation of the pumpsFlow directionsOperation of the controls

All Danfoss heat exchangers and substations have been pres-sure tested according to PED 9723EC (module H)

Make sure to give operating instructions to the users of the substation

60 Trouble shooting

Installation Guide ACS Substation

2525Danfoss District Energy VIGEK202 DEN-SMTFI

60 Trouble shooting

Problems Domestic hot water (DHW)

DHW smells bad or is coloured DHW heat exchanger has an internal leakage

Get in contact with local Danfoss Sales Company

Temperature of DHW varies more than usual

DHW control does not work or the control valve is broken

DHW control valve is too big for the existing conditions

Inadequate DHW circulation Get in contact with the installer

The filter is clogged Get in contact with the district heating distributor

The pressure difference is too bigGet in contact with local Danfoss Sales Company

Trash in the control valve

Other situations

The pump sounds strangeAir lock in the pump Stop the pump for a moment to remove the

air lock

The bearing in the pump is brokenGet in contact with the district heating distributor

The control valve has a strong whistling sound

The control valve is broken

Pressure difference is too big in the district heating network

Get in contact with the district heating distributor

Water leaks on the floor in the boiler room or the heat exchanger insulation is wet The heat exchanger has an external leakage

Get in contact with the district heating distributor andor local Danfoss Sales Company

The pressure or the temperature of district heating water differs significantly from the normal

Disruption in the district heating distribution Get in contact with the district heating distributor

The outdoor temperature is not visible on the display

The outdoor temperature sensor has been connected to the substation with the power on

Pull the substation contact plug out and reconnect it

Heating control does not work

The controller is let in rdquoManual controlrdquo mode

Set the controller to rdquoComfort moderdquo or rdquoScheduled operation moderdquo

The controller sensor or motorized control valve is broken Get in contact with local Danfoss Sales

CompanyThe control valve stays openclosed

Water in the heating circuit increases and excess water comes out through the safety valve for the expansion vessel

The heat exchanger has an internal leakageGet in contact with the district heating distributor andor with local Danfoss Sales Company

The filling valve in the heating circuit leaks into the heating circuit

Get in contact with local Danfoss Sales Company

Pressure in the heating circuit is too low The heating circuit has too little water or the ciruit has a leakage

Add water into the circuit through the filling valve Write down the filling date If this happens often get in contact with local Danfoss Sales Company

The return temperature in the heating circuit is high

The difference between district heating and heating circuit return temperatures is big

Get in contact with local Danfoss Sales Company

Installation Guide ACS Substation

26 DEN-SMTFI VIGEK202 Danfoss District Energy

Declaration of conformityPressure equip

ment in accordance w

ith the sound engineering practice

(Directive 9723EC

Article 33)

Pressure equipm

ent in hazard category I (D

irective 9723EC A

rticle 9)

Installation Guide ACS Substation

2727Danfoss District Energy VIGEK202 DEN-SMTFI

Declaration of conformity

Disposal instructionThis product should be dismantled and its components sorted if possible in various groups before recycling or disposal Always follow the local disposal regulations

Pressure equipm

ent in hazard category II - III (D

irective 9723EC A

rticle 9)

Installation Guide ACS Substation

Danfoss can accept no responsibility for possible errors in catalogues brochures and other printed material Danfoss reserves the right to alter its products without notice This also applies to products already on order provided that such alterations can be made without subsequential changes being necessary in specications already agreedAll trademarks in this material are property of the respective companies Danfoss and the Danfoss logotype are trademarks of Danfoss AS All rights reserved

Produced by Danfoss AS copy 072010

Oy Danfoss Ab middot Danfoss LPM middot Box 19 middot 79101 Leppaumlvirta middot FinlandPhone +358 403 092 200 middot Fax +358 403 092 281 middot salesdanfosscom middot wwwdanfosscom middot wwwlpmdanfossfi

General warranty conditions

1) Scope of application and warranty provider This warranty shall apply to Danfoss LPM heating substations and heat exchangers that are supplied by Oy Danfoss Ab for district heating use

2) Warranty periodThis warranty shall be in force as follows- Heating substation components 12 months from the initialization or 18 months from the delivery date

whichever period concludes earlier- Pipework parts and connectors 12 months from the initialization or 18 months from the delivery date whichever

period concludes earlier- Heat exchangers 12 months from the initialization or 18 months from the delivery date whichever period

concludes earlierA change of ownership causing transfer of goods for continued use will not terminate this warranty Product which has been repaired or replaced is not granted the new or extended warranty

3) Scope of warrantyThe guarantee covers the new component but not the costs for the assembly of the component Oy Danfoss Ab shall not be responsible for faults in cases where as can be proven the goodrsquos deteriorated quality or non-conforming applicability is obviously due to- Careless or faulty installation or repair work (such as insufficient pipe work supports the wrong operating

environment)- Exceeding the maximum pressure level (pressure shocks)- External stress (temperature mechanical stress etc)- Poor circulation water quality (does not fill the national requirements)

4) Reporting faultsThe buyer shall report any faults to Oy Danfoss Ab within 14 days from the date on which they had or should have detected the fault in question

5) Correcting faults In cases where the fault in question is covered by the warranty defined in these conditions Oy Danfoss Ab shall be obliged to correct the fault by delivering flawless goods within a reasonable period of time once a fault report has been received The liability of Oy Danfoss Ab is limited and does not cover the indirect costs and damages

6) Settling disputesThe Buyer shall be entitled to submit a warranty condition dispute to the Finnish Arbitral Tribunal for settlement All disputes will be handled in English

Oy Danfoss Ab Danfoss LPM

Oy Danfoss Ab middot Danfoss LPM

General Warranty Conditions

Please refer to Danfoss General Sales Conditions in details about sales process

Page 23: Installation Guide ACS Substation - Danfoss Heatingheating.danfoss.com/PCMPDF/VIGEK202_ACS_Inst_Guide.pdf · 5.9.6 Manual control ... DRAWING NO HE pump alarm. Installation Guide

Installation Guide ACS Substation

2323Danfoss District Energy VIGEK202 DEN-SMTFI

Changing the desired tempera-ture Getting out of the menu

510 Basic parameters factory settings

Heating circuit

Setting Factory set-ting

Own setting Comment

Room temperature and setback temp 20 degC 16 degC

Heat curve 10 Note In a floor-heating system the typical setting is 04

Limit for heating cut-out 18 degC

Flow temperature min 20 degC

Flow temperature max 90 degC Note In a floor-heating system change the max temp to 45 degC

Proportional band Xp 85 K

Integration time constant Tn 25 s

Running time of the motorized con-trol valve

120 s

Neutral zone Nz 2 K

Pressure alarm limit max 23

Pressure alarm limit min 08

Pressure alarm timeout 30 s

Pump alarm alarm value 1 1= open contact (eg Wilo)0= closing contact (eg Grundfos)

Pump alarm timeout 20 s

Max flow temperature limitation alarm (temperature limiting thermostatic function)

90 degC Note In a floor-heating system change to 50 degC

Max flow temperature limitation alarm timeout ΔTALARM

60 s

DHW circuit Setting Factory set-

tingOwn setting Comment

DHW temperature and setback temp 58 degC 55 degC

Flow temperature min 45 degC

Flow temperature max 65 degC

Proportional band Xp 9 K

Integration time constant Tn 13 s

Running time of the motorized control valve

15 s

Neutral zone Nz 3 K

Installation Guide ACS Substation

24 DEN-SMTFI VIGEK202 Danfoss District Energy

Problems Heating

Room temperature is too lowie flow temperature is too low

Disruption in the district heating distribution

Get in contact with the district heating distributor

The filter is cloggedGet in contact with the district heating distributor or with local Danfoss Sales Company

The heat curve is not correct Check the heat curve settings

Failure in the heating circuit controls Get in contact with local Danfoss Sales Company

The circulation pump has stopped Turn the pump on check eg heat relay

Pressure in the heating circuit is too low Add water through the filling valve Write down the filling date

Air in the heating circuit Remove air from the radiators add water if necessary

Fouling in the heat exchanger Get in contact with local Danfoss Sales Company

The radiator thermostat is stuck or broken Get in contact with the installer

The control valve is stuck Get in contact with local Danfoss Sales Company

Room temperature is too highie flow temperature is too high

The heat curve is not correct Check the heat curve settings

The controller in the heating circuit is brokenGet in contact with local Danfoss Sales Company

The control valve stays openclosed

511 Start-up

Check following point before start-up

Check points before start-up

Pipes are connected according to the designsDrainage valves are closedThe temperature for the domestic hot water is set to +58˚CThe outdoor temperature sensor is installed and connectedController settingsConnections are tightenedFunction of the safety valves is checked

Fill the substation with flow media and raise the pressure slowly to working pressure When starting up the substation it should be air vented The shut-off valve in the primary side on the return side is opened and the shut-off valve on the supply side is closed Air comes out by open-ing the air vent valveAfter that the operation of the substation must be observed If the substation operates according to designed parameters it can be taken into continuous use

Check points after start-up

Check temperaturesCheck pressuresThermal expansionOperation of the pumpsFlow directionsOperation of the controls

All Danfoss heat exchangers and substations have been pres-sure tested according to PED 9723EC (module H)

Make sure to give operating instructions to the users of the substation

60 Trouble shooting

Installation Guide ACS Substation

2525Danfoss District Energy VIGEK202 DEN-SMTFI

60 Trouble shooting

Problems Domestic hot water (DHW)

DHW smells bad or is coloured DHW heat exchanger has an internal leakage

Get in contact with local Danfoss Sales Company

Temperature of DHW varies more than usual

DHW control does not work or the control valve is broken

DHW control valve is too big for the existing conditions

Inadequate DHW circulation Get in contact with the installer

The filter is clogged Get in contact with the district heating distributor

The pressure difference is too bigGet in contact with local Danfoss Sales Company

Trash in the control valve

Other situations

The pump sounds strangeAir lock in the pump Stop the pump for a moment to remove the

air lock

The bearing in the pump is brokenGet in contact with the district heating distributor

The control valve has a strong whistling sound

The control valve is broken

Pressure difference is too big in the district heating network

Get in contact with the district heating distributor

Water leaks on the floor in the boiler room or the heat exchanger insulation is wet The heat exchanger has an external leakage

Get in contact with the district heating distributor andor local Danfoss Sales Company

The pressure or the temperature of district heating water differs significantly from the normal

Disruption in the district heating distribution Get in contact with the district heating distributor

The outdoor temperature is not visible on the display

The outdoor temperature sensor has been connected to the substation with the power on

Pull the substation contact plug out and reconnect it

Heating control does not work

The controller is let in rdquoManual controlrdquo mode

Set the controller to rdquoComfort moderdquo or rdquoScheduled operation moderdquo

The controller sensor or motorized control valve is broken Get in contact with local Danfoss Sales

CompanyThe control valve stays openclosed

Water in the heating circuit increases and excess water comes out through the safety valve for the expansion vessel

The heat exchanger has an internal leakageGet in contact with the district heating distributor andor with local Danfoss Sales Company

The filling valve in the heating circuit leaks into the heating circuit

Get in contact with local Danfoss Sales Company

Pressure in the heating circuit is too low The heating circuit has too little water or the ciruit has a leakage

Add water into the circuit through the filling valve Write down the filling date If this happens often get in contact with local Danfoss Sales Company

The return temperature in the heating circuit is high

The difference between district heating and heating circuit return temperatures is big

Get in contact with local Danfoss Sales Company

Installation Guide ACS Substation

26 DEN-SMTFI VIGEK202 Danfoss District Energy

Declaration of conformityPressure equip

ment in accordance w

ith the sound engineering practice

(Directive 9723EC

Article 33)

Pressure equipm

ent in hazard category I (D

irective 9723EC A

rticle 9)

Installation Guide ACS Substation

2727Danfoss District Energy VIGEK202 DEN-SMTFI

Declaration of conformity

Disposal instructionThis product should be dismantled and its components sorted if possible in various groups before recycling or disposal Always follow the local disposal regulations

Pressure equipm

ent in hazard category II - III (D

irective 9723EC A

rticle 9)

Installation Guide ACS Substation

Danfoss can accept no responsibility for possible errors in catalogues brochures and other printed material Danfoss reserves the right to alter its products without notice This also applies to products already on order provided that such alterations can be made without subsequential changes being necessary in specications already agreedAll trademarks in this material are property of the respective companies Danfoss and the Danfoss logotype are trademarks of Danfoss AS All rights reserved

Produced by Danfoss AS copy 072010

Oy Danfoss Ab middot Danfoss LPM middot Box 19 middot 79101 Leppaumlvirta middot FinlandPhone +358 403 092 200 middot Fax +358 403 092 281 middot salesdanfosscom middot wwwdanfosscom middot wwwlpmdanfossfi

General warranty conditions

1) Scope of application and warranty provider This warranty shall apply to Danfoss LPM heating substations and heat exchangers that are supplied by Oy Danfoss Ab for district heating use

2) Warranty periodThis warranty shall be in force as follows- Heating substation components 12 months from the initialization or 18 months from the delivery date

whichever period concludes earlier- Pipework parts and connectors 12 months from the initialization or 18 months from the delivery date whichever

period concludes earlier- Heat exchangers 12 months from the initialization or 18 months from the delivery date whichever period

concludes earlierA change of ownership causing transfer of goods for continued use will not terminate this warranty Product which has been repaired or replaced is not granted the new or extended warranty

3) Scope of warrantyThe guarantee covers the new component but not the costs for the assembly of the component Oy Danfoss Ab shall not be responsible for faults in cases where as can be proven the goodrsquos deteriorated quality or non-conforming applicability is obviously due to- Careless or faulty installation or repair work (such as insufficient pipe work supports the wrong operating

environment)- Exceeding the maximum pressure level (pressure shocks)- External stress (temperature mechanical stress etc)- Poor circulation water quality (does not fill the national requirements)

4) Reporting faultsThe buyer shall report any faults to Oy Danfoss Ab within 14 days from the date on which they had or should have detected the fault in question

5) Correcting faults In cases where the fault in question is covered by the warranty defined in these conditions Oy Danfoss Ab shall be obliged to correct the fault by delivering flawless goods within a reasonable period of time once a fault report has been received The liability of Oy Danfoss Ab is limited and does not cover the indirect costs and damages

6) Settling disputesThe Buyer shall be entitled to submit a warranty condition dispute to the Finnish Arbitral Tribunal for settlement All disputes will be handled in English

Oy Danfoss Ab Danfoss LPM

Oy Danfoss Ab middot Danfoss LPM

General Warranty Conditions

Please refer to Danfoss General Sales Conditions in details about sales process

Page 24: Installation Guide ACS Substation - Danfoss Heatingheating.danfoss.com/PCMPDF/VIGEK202_ACS_Inst_Guide.pdf · 5.9.6 Manual control ... DRAWING NO HE pump alarm. Installation Guide

Installation Guide ACS Substation

24 DEN-SMTFI VIGEK202 Danfoss District Energy

Problems Heating

Room temperature is too lowie flow temperature is too low

Disruption in the district heating distribution

Get in contact with the district heating distributor

The filter is cloggedGet in contact with the district heating distributor or with local Danfoss Sales Company

The heat curve is not correct Check the heat curve settings

Failure in the heating circuit controls Get in contact with local Danfoss Sales Company

The circulation pump has stopped Turn the pump on check eg heat relay

Pressure in the heating circuit is too low Add water through the filling valve Write down the filling date

Air in the heating circuit Remove air from the radiators add water if necessary

Fouling in the heat exchanger Get in contact with local Danfoss Sales Company

The radiator thermostat is stuck or broken Get in contact with the installer

The control valve is stuck Get in contact with local Danfoss Sales Company

Room temperature is too highie flow temperature is too high

The heat curve is not correct Check the heat curve settings

The controller in the heating circuit is brokenGet in contact with local Danfoss Sales Company

The control valve stays openclosed

511 Start-up

Check following point before start-up

Check points before start-up

Pipes are connected according to the designsDrainage valves are closedThe temperature for the domestic hot water is set to +58˚CThe outdoor temperature sensor is installed and connectedController settingsConnections are tightenedFunction of the safety valves is checked

Fill the substation with flow media and raise the pressure slowly to working pressure When starting up the substation it should be air vented The shut-off valve in the primary side on the return side is opened and the shut-off valve on the supply side is closed Air comes out by open-ing the air vent valveAfter that the operation of the substation must be observed If the substation operates according to designed parameters it can be taken into continuous use

Check points after start-up

Check temperaturesCheck pressuresThermal expansionOperation of the pumpsFlow directionsOperation of the controls

All Danfoss heat exchangers and substations have been pres-sure tested according to PED 9723EC (module H)

Make sure to give operating instructions to the users of the substation

60 Trouble shooting

Installation Guide ACS Substation

2525Danfoss District Energy VIGEK202 DEN-SMTFI

60 Trouble shooting

Problems Domestic hot water (DHW)

DHW smells bad or is coloured DHW heat exchanger has an internal leakage

Get in contact with local Danfoss Sales Company

Temperature of DHW varies more than usual

DHW control does not work or the control valve is broken

DHW control valve is too big for the existing conditions

Inadequate DHW circulation Get in contact with the installer

The filter is clogged Get in contact with the district heating distributor

The pressure difference is too bigGet in contact with local Danfoss Sales Company

Trash in the control valve

Other situations

The pump sounds strangeAir lock in the pump Stop the pump for a moment to remove the

air lock

The bearing in the pump is brokenGet in contact with the district heating distributor

The control valve has a strong whistling sound

The control valve is broken

Pressure difference is too big in the district heating network

Get in contact with the district heating distributor

Water leaks on the floor in the boiler room or the heat exchanger insulation is wet The heat exchanger has an external leakage

Get in contact with the district heating distributor andor local Danfoss Sales Company

The pressure or the temperature of district heating water differs significantly from the normal

Disruption in the district heating distribution Get in contact with the district heating distributor

The outdoor temperature is not visible on the display

The outdoor temperature sensor has been connected to the substation with the power on

Pull the substation contact plug out and reconnect it

Heating control does not work

The controller is let in rdquoManual controlrdquo mode

Set the controller to rdquoComfort moderdquo or rdquoScheduled operation moderdquo

The controller sensor or motorized control valve is broken Get in contact with local Danfoss Sales

CompanyThe control valve stays openclosed

Water in the heating circuit increases and excess water comes out through the safety valve for the expansion vessel

The heat exchanger has an internal leakageGet in contact with the district heating distributor andor with local Danfoss Sales Company

The filling valve in the heating circuit leaks into the heating circuit

Get in contact with local Danfoss Sales Company

Pressure in the heating circuit is too low The heating circuit has too little water or the ciruit has a leakage

Add water into the circuit through the filling valve Write down the filling date If this happens often get in contact with local Danfoss Sales Company

The return temperature in the heating circuit is high

The difference between district heating and heating circuit return temperatures is big

Get in contact with local Danfoss Sales Company

Installation Guide ACS Substation

26 DEN-SMTFI VIGEK202 Danfoss District Energy

Declaration of conformityPressure equip

ment in accordance w

ith the sound engineering practice

(Directive 9723EC

Article 33)

Pressure equipm

ent in hazard category I (D

irective 9723EC A

rticle 9)

Installation Guide ACS Substation

2727Danfoss District Energy VIGEK202 DEN-SMTFI

Declaration of conformity

Disposal instructionThis product should be dismantled and its components sorted if possible in various groups before recycling or disposal Always follow the local disposal regulations

Pressure equipm

ent in hazard category II - III (D

irective 9723EC A

rticle 9)

Installation Guide ACS Substation

Danfoss can accept no responsibility for possible errors in catalogues brochures and other printed material Danfoss reserves the right to alter its products without notice This also applies to products already on order provided that such alterations can be made without subsequential changes being necessary in specications already agreedAll trademarks in this material are property of the respective companies Danfoss and the Danfoss logotype are trademarks of Danfoss AS All rights reserved

Produced by Danfoss AS copy 072010

Oy Danfoss Ab middot Danfoss LPM middot Box 19 middot 79101 Leppaumlvirta middot FinlandPhone +358 403 092 200 middot Fax +358 403 092 281 middot salesdanfosscom middot wwwdanfosscom middot wwwlpmdanfossfi

General warranty conditions

1) Scope of application and warranty provider This warranty shall apply to Danfoss LPM heating substations and heat exchangers that are supplied by Oy Danfoss Ab for district heating use

2) Warranty periodThis warranty shall be in force as follows- Heating substation components 12 months from the initialization or 18 months from the delivery date

whichever period concludes earlier- Pipework parts and connectors 12 months from the initialization or 18 months from the delivery date whichever

period concludes earlier- Heat exchangers 12 months from the initialization or 18 months from the delivery date whichever period

concludes earlierA change of ownership causing transfer of goods for continued use will not terminate this warranty Product which has been repaired or replaced is not granted the new or extended warranty

3) Scope of warrantyThe guarantee covers the new component but not the costs for the assembly of the component Oy Danfoss Ab shall not be responsible for faults in cases where as can be proven the goodrsquos deteriorated quality or non-conforming applicability is obviously due to- Careless or faulty installation or repair work (such as insufficient pipe work supports the wrong operating

environment)- Exceeding the maximum pressure level (pressure shocks)- External stress (temperature mechanical stress etc)- Poor circulation water quality (does not fill the national requirements)

4) Reporting faultsThe buyer shall report any faults to Oy Danfoss Ab within 14 days from the date on which they had or should have detected the fault in question

5) Correcting faults In cases where the fault in question is covered by the warranty defined in these conditions Oy Danfoss Ab shall be obliged to correct the fault by delivering flawless goods within a reasonable period of time once a fault report has been received The liability of Oy Danfoss Ab is limited and does not cover the indirect costs and damages

6) Settling disputesThe Buyer shall be entitled to submit a warranty condition dispute to the Finnish Arbitral Tribunal for settlement All disputes will be handled in English

Oy Danfoss Ab Danfoss LPM

Oy Danfoss Ab middot Danfoss LPM

General Warranty Conditions

Please refer to Danfoss General Sales Conditions in details about sales process

Page 25: Installation Guide ACS Substation - Danfoss Heatingheating.danfoss.com/PCMPDF/VIGEK202_ACS_Inst_Guide.pdf · 5.9.6 Manual control ... DRAWING NO HE pump alarm. Installation Guide

Installation Guide ACS Substation

2525Danfoss District Energy VIGEK202 DEN-SMTFI

60 Trouble shooting

Problems Domestic hot water (DHW)

DHW smells bad or is coloured DHW heat exchanger has an internal leakage

Get in contact with local Danfoss Sales Company

Temperature of DHW varies more than usual

DHW control does not work or the control valve is broken

DHW control valve is too big for the existing conditions

Inadequate DHW circulation Get in contact with the installer

The filter is clogged Get in contact with the district heating distributor

The pressure difference is too bigGet in contact with local Danfoss Sales Company

Trash in the control valve

Other situations

The pump sounds strangeAir lock in the pump Stop the pump for a moment to remove the

air lock

The bearing in the pump is brokenGet in contact with the district heating distributor

The control valve has a strong whistling sound

The control valve is broken

Pressure difference is too big in the district heating network

Get in contact with the district heating distributor

Water leaks on the floor in the boiler room or the heat exchanger insulation is wet The heat exchanger has an external leakage

Get in contact with the district heating distributor andor local Danfoss Sales Company

The pressure or the temperature of district heating water differs significantly from the normal

Disruption in the district heating distribution Get in contact with the district heating distributor

The outdoor temperature is not visible on the display

The outdoor temperature sensor has been connected to the substation with the power on

Pull the substation contact plug out and reconnect it

Heating control does not work

The controller is let in rdquoManual controlrdquo mode

Set the controller to rdquoComfort moderdquo or rdquoScheduled operation moderdquo

The controller sensor or motorized control valve is broken Get in contact with local Danfoss Sales

CompanyThe control valve stays openclosed

Water in the heating circuit increases and excess water comes out through the safety valve for the expansion vessel

The heat exchanger has an internal leakageGet in contact with the district heating distributor andor with local Danfoss Sales Company

The filling valve in the heating circuit leaks into the heating circuit

Get in contact with local Danfoss Sales Company

Pressure in the heating circuit is too low The heating circuit has too little water or the ciruit has a leakage

Add water into the circuit through the filling valve Write down the filling date If this happens often get in contact with local Danfoss Sales Company

The return temperature in the heating circuit is high

The difference between district heating and heating circuit return temperatures is big

Get in contact with local Danfoss Sales Company

Installation Guide ACS Substation

26 DEN-SMTFI VIGEK202 Danfoss District Energy

Declaration of conformityPressure equip

ment in accordance w

ith the sound engineering practice

(Directive 9723EC

Article 33)

Pressure equipm

ent in hazard category I (D

irective 9723EC A

rticle 9)

Installation Guide ACS Substation

2727Danfoss District Energy VIGEK202 DEN-SMTFI

Declaration of conformity

Disposal instructionThis product should be dismantled and its components sorted if possible in various groups before recycling or disposal Always follow the local disposal regulations

Pressure equipm

ent in hazard category II - III (D

irective 9723EC A

rticle 9)

Installation Guide ACS Substation

Danfoss can accept no responsibility for possible errors in catalogues brochures and other printed material Danfoss reserves the right to alter its products without notice This also applies to products already on order provided that such alterations can be made without subsequential changes being necessary in specications already agreedAll trademarks in this material are property of the respective companies Danfoss and the Danfoss logotype are trademarks of Danfoss AS All rights reserved

Produced by Danfoss AS copy 072010

Oy Danfoss Ab middot Danfoss LPM middot Box 19 middot 79101 Leppaumlvirta middot FinlandPhone +358 403 092 200 middot Fax +358 403 092 281 middot salesdanfosscom middot wwwdanfosscom middot wwwlpmdanfossfi

General warranty conditions

1) Scope of application and warranty provider This warranty shall apply to Danfoss LPM heating substations and heat exchangers that are supplied by Oy Danfoss Ab for district heating use

2) Warranty periodThis warranty shall be in force as follows- Heating substation components 12 months from the initialization or 18 months from the delivery date

whichever period concludes earlier- Pipework parts and connectors 12 months from the initialization or 18 months from the delivery date whichever

period concludes earlier- Heat exchangers 12 months from the initialization or 18 months from the delivery date whichever period

concludes earlierA change of ownership causing transfer of goods for continued use will not terminate this warranty Product which has been repaired or replaced is not granted the new or extended warranty

3) Scope of warrantyThe guarantee covers the new component but not the costs for the assembly of the component Oy Danfoss Ab shall not be responsible for faults in cases where as can be proven the goodrsquos deteriorated quality or non-conforming applicability is obviously due to- Careless or faulty installation or repair work (such as insufficient pipe work supports the wrong operating

environment)- Exceeding the maximum pressure level (pressure shocks)- External stress (temperature mechanical stress etc)- Poor circulation water quality (does not fill the national requirements)

4) Reporting faultsThe buyer shall report any faults to Oy Danfoss Ab within 14 days from the date on which they had or should have detected the fault in question

5) Correcting faults In cases where the fault in question is covered by the warranty defined in these conditions Oy Danfoss Ab shall be obliged to correct the fault by delivering flawless goods within a reasonable period of time once a fault report has been received The liability of Oy Danfoss Ab is limited and does not cover the indirect costs and damages

6) Settling disputesThe Buyer shall be entitled to submit a warranty condition dispute to the Finnish Arbitral Tribunal for settlement All disputes will be handled in English

Oy Danfoss Ab Danfoss LPM

Oy Danfoss Ab middot Danfoss LPM

General Warranty Conditions

Please refer to Danfoss General Sales Conditions in details about sales process

Page 26: Installation Guide ACS Substation - Danfoss Heatingheating.danfoss.com/PCMPDF/VIGEK202_ACS_Inst_Guide.pdf · 5.9.6 Manual control ... DRAWING NO HE pump alarm. Installation Guide

Installation Guide ACS Substation

26 DEN-SMTFI VIGEK202 Danfoss District Energy

Declaration of conformityPressure equip

ment in accordance w

ith the sound engineering practice

(Directive 9723EC

Article 33)

Pressure equipm

ent in hazard category I (D

irective 9723EC A

rticle 9)

Installation Guide ACS Substation

2727Danfoss District Energy VIGEK202 DEN-SMTFI

Declaration of conformity

Disposal instructionThis product should be dismantled and its components sorted if possible in various groups before recycling or disposal Always follow the local disposal regulations

Pressure equipm

ent in hazard category II - III (D

irective 9723EC A

rticle 9)

Installation Guide ACS Substation

Danfoss can accept no responsibility for possible errors in catalogues brochures and other printed material Danfoss reserves the right to alter its products without notice This also applies to products already on order provided that such alterations can be made without subsequential changes being necessary in specications already agreedAll trademarks in this material are property of the respective companies Danfoss and the Danfoss logotype are trademarks of Danfoss AS All rights reserved

Produced by Danfoss AS copy 072010

Oy Danfoss Ab middot Danfoss LPM middot Box 19 middot 79101 Leppaumlvirta middot FinlandPhone +358 403 092 200 middot Fax +358 403 092 281 middot salesdanfosscom middot wwwdanfosscom middot wwwlpmdanfossfi

General warranty conditions

1) Scope of application and warranty provider This warranty shall apply to Danfoss LPM heating substations and heat exchangers that are supplied by Oy Danfoss Ab for district heating use

2) Warranty periodThis warranty shall be in force as follows- Heating substation components 12 months from the initialization or 18 months from the delivery date

whichever period concludes earlier- Pipework parts and connectors 12 months from the initialization or 18 months from the delivery date whichever

period concludes earlier- Heat exchangers 12 months from the initialization or 18 months from the delivery date whichever period

concludes earlierA change of ownership causing transfer of goods for continued use will not terminate this warranty Product which has been repaired or replaced is not granted the new or extended warranty

3) Scope of warrantyThe guarantee covers the new component but not the costs for the assembly of the component Oy Danfoss Ab shall not be responsible for faults in cases where as can be proven the goodrsquos deteriorated quality or non-conforming applicability is obviously due to- Careless or faulty installation or repair work (such as insufficient pipe work supports the wrong operating

environment)- Exceeding the maximum pressure level (pressure shocks)- External stress (temperature mechanical stress etc)- Poor circulation water quality (does not fill the national requirements)

4) Reporting faultsThe buyer shall report any faults to Oy Danfoss Ab within 14 days from the date on which they had or should have detected the fault in question

5) Correcting faults In cases where the fault in question is covered by the warranty defined in these conditions Oy Danfoss Ab shall be obliged to correct the fault by delivering flawless goods within a reasonable period of time once a fault report has been received The liability of Oy Danfoss Ab is limited and does not cover the indirect costs and damages

6) Settling disputesThe Buyer shall be entitled to submit a warranty condition dispute to the Finnish Arbitral Tribunal for settlement All disputes will be handled in English

Oy Danfoss Ab Danfoss LPM

Oy Danfoss Ab middot Danfoss LPM

General Warranty Conditions

Please refer to Danfoss General Sales Conditions in details about sales process

Page 27: Installation Guide ACS Substation - Danfoss Heatingheating.danfoss.com/PCMPDF/VIGEK202_ACS_Inst_Guide.pdf · 5.9.6 Manual control ... DRAWING NO HE pump alarm. Installation Guide

Installation Guide ACS Substation

2727Danfoss District Energy VIGEK202 DEN-SMTFI

Declaration of conformity

Disposal instructionThis product should be dismantled and its components sorted if possible in various groups before recycling or disposal Always follow the local disposal regulations

Pressure equipm

ent in hazard category II - III (D

irective 9723EC A

rticle 9)

Installation Guide ACS Substation

Danfoss can accept no responsibility for possible errors in catalogues brochures and other printed material Danfoss reserves the right to alter its products without notice This also applies to products already on order provided that such alterations can be made without subsequential changes being necessary in specications already agreedAll trademarks in this material are property of the respective companies Danfoss and the Danfoss logotype are trademarks of Danfoss AS All rights reserved

Produced by Danfoss AS copy 072010

Oy Danfoss Ab middot Danfoss LPM middot Box 19 middot 79101 Leppaumlvirta middot FinlandPhone +358 403 092 200 middot Fax +358 403 092 281 middot salesdanfosscom middot wwwdanfosscom middot wwwlpmdanfossfi

General warranty conditions

1) Scope of application and warranty provider This warranty shall apply to Danfoss LPM heating substations and heat exchangers that are supplied by Oy Danfoss Ab for district heating use

2) Warranty periodThis warranty shall be in force as follows- Heating substation components 12 months from the initialization or 18 months from the delivery date

whichever period concludes earlier- Pipework parts and connectors 12 months from the initialization or 18 months from the delivery date whichever

period concludes earlier- Heat exchangers 12 months from the initialization or 18 months from the delivery date whichever period

concludes earlierA change of ownership causing transfer of goods for continued use will not terminate this warranty Product which has been repaired or replaced is not granted the new or extended warranty

3) Scope of warrantyThe guarantee covers the new component but not the costs for the assembly of the component Oy Danfoss Ab shall not be responsible for faults in cases where as can be proven the goodrsquos deteriorated quality or non-conforming applicability is obviously due to- Careless or faulty installation or repair work (such as insufficient pipe work supports the wrong operating

environment)- Exceeding the maximum pressure level (pressure shocks)- External stress (temperature mechanical stress etc)- Poor circulation water quality (does not fill the national requirements)

4) Reporting faultsThe buyer shall report any faults to Oy Danfoss Ab within 14 days from the date on which they had or should have detected the fault in question

5) Correcting faults In cases where the fault in question is covered by the warranty defined in these conditions Oy Danfoss Ab shall be obliged to correct the fault by delivering flawless goods within a reasonable period of time once a fault report has been received The liability of Oy Danfoss Ab is limited and does not cover the indirect costs and damages

6) Settling disputesThe Buyer shall be entitled to submit a warranty condition dispute to the Finnish Arbitral Tribunal for settlement All disputes will be handled in English

Oy Danfoss Ab Danfoss LPM

Oy Danfoss Ab middot Danfoss LPM

General Warranty Conditions

Please refer to Danfoss General Sales Conditions in details about sales process

Page 28: Installation Guide ACS Substation - Danfoss Heatingheating.danfoss.com/PCMPDF/VIGEK202_ACS_Inst_Guide.pdf · 5.9.6 Manual control ... DRAWING NO HE pump alarm. Installation Guide

Installation Guide ACS Substation

Danfoss can accept no responsibility for possible errors in catalogues brochures and other printed material Danfoss reserves the right to alter its products without notice This also applies to products already on order provided that such alterations can be made without subsequential changes being necessary in specications already agreedAll trademarks in this material are property of the respective companies Danfoss and the Danfoss logotype are trademarks of Danfoss AS All rights reserved

Produced by Danfoss AS copy 072010

Oy Danfoss Ab middot Danfoss LPM middot Box 19 middot 79101 Leppaumlvirta middot FinlandPhone +358 403 092 200 middot Fax +358 403 092 281 middot salesdanfosscom middot wwwdanfosscom middot wwwlpmdanfossfi

General warranty conditions

1) Scope of application and warranty provider This warranty shall apply to Danfoss LPM heating substations and heat exchangers that are supplied by Oy Danfoss Ab for district heating use

2) Warranty periodThis warranty shall be in force as follows- Heating substation components 12 months from the initialization or 18 months from the delivery date

whichever period concludes earlier- Pipework parts and connectors 12 months from the initialization or 18 months from the delivery date whichever

period concludes earlier- Heat exchangers 12 months from the initialization or 18 months from the delivery date whichever period

concludes earlierA change of ownership causing transfer of goods for continued use will not terminate this warranty Product which has been repaired or replaced is not granted the new or extended warranty

3) Scope of warrantyThe guarantee covers the new component but not the costs for the assembly of the component Oy Danfoss Ab shall not be responsible for faults in cases where as can be proven the goodrsquos deteriorated quality or non-conforming applicability is obviously due to- Careless or faulty installation or repair work (such as insufficient pipe work supports the wrong operating

environment)- Exceeding the maximum pressure level (pressure shocks)- External stress (temperature mechanical stress etc)- Poor circulation water quality (does not fill the national requirements)

4) Reporting faultsThe buyer shall report any faults to Oy Danfoss Ab within 14 days from the date on which they had or should have detected the fault in question

5) Correcting faults In cases where the fault in question is covered by the warranty defined in these conditions Oy Danfoss Ab shall be obliged to correct the fault by delivering flawless goods within a reasonable period of time once a fault report has been received The liability of Oy Danfoss Ab is limited and does not cover the indirect costs and damages

6) Settling disputesThe Buyer shall be entitled to submit a warranty condition dispute to the Finnish Arbitral Tribunal for settlement All disputes will be handled in English

Oy Danfoss Ab Danfoss LPM

Oy Danfoss Ab middot Danfoss LPM

General Warranty Conditions

Please refer to Danfoss General Sales Conditions in details about sales process